COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT Accompanying the document COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL on the performance framework for the EU budget under the 2021-2027 MFF
Date: 2021-06-08
Institutions: Directorate-General for Budget, European Commission
Subjects: EU control, budget policy, coronavirus disease, economic recovery, epidemic, financial management, general budget (EU), implementation of the budget, multiannual financial framework, performance audit

EN 

  EN 

   EUROPEAN COMMISSION  Brussels, 8.6.2021  SWD(2021) 133 final  COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT     Accompanying the document COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL on the performance framework for the EU budget under the 2021-2027 MFF  {COM(2021) 366 final}  
 
 
Table of Contents 

Heading 1 
SINGLE MARKET, INNOVATION AND DIGITAL 

HORIZON EUROPE ...................................................................................................................................................... 4 
EURATOM ...................................................................................................................................................................... 9 
 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 16 
ITER 
INVESTEU .................................................................................................................................................................... 18 
CONNECTING EUROPE FACILITY ......................................................................................................................... 24 
DIGITAL EUROPE PROGRAMME ............................................................................................................................ 30 
SINGLE MARKET PROGRAMME ............................................................................................................................. 38 
ANTI-FRAUD ............................................................................................................................................................... 44 
FISCALIS ...................................................................................................................................................................... 47 
CUSTOMS .................................................................................................................................................................... 51 
EU SPACE PROGRAMME ......................................................................................................................................... 55 

Heading 2 
COHESION, RESILIENCE AND VALUES 
REGIONAL POLICY.................................................................................................................................................... 61 
TURKISH CYPRIOT COMMUNITY .......................................................................................................................... 70 
RECOVERY AND RESILIENCE FACILITY ............................................................................................................. 73 
TECHNICAL SUPPORT INSTRUMENT ................................................................................................................... 76 
PERICLES IV ............................................................................................................................................................... 79 
CIVIL PROTECTION ................................................................................................................................................... 83 
EU4HEALTH ................................................................................................................................................................ 88 
EUROPEAN SOCIAL FUND+ ................................................................................................................................... 94 
ERASMUS+ ............................................................................................................................................................... 100 
EUROPEAN SOLIDARITY CORPS ....................................................................................................................... 110 
CREATIVE EUROPE ................................................................................................................................................ 115 
JUSTICE PROGRAMME ......................................................................................................................................... 120 
CITIZENS, EQUALITY, RIGHTS AND VALUES ................................................................................................. 125 
COMMUNICATION .................................................................................................................................................. 132 

Heading 3 
NATURAL RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT 

COMMON AGRICULTURAL POLICY ................................................................................................................... 136 
EUROPEAN MARITIME FISHERIES AND AQUACULTURE FUND ................................................................ 141 
FISHERIES ORGANISATIONS AND AGREEMENTS ........................................................................................ 145 
 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 148 
LIFE 
JUST TRANSITION MECHANISM ........................................................................................................................ 154 

Heading 4 
MIGRATION AND BORDER MANAGEMENT 
ASYLUM, MIGRATION AND INTEGRATION FUND ......................................................................................... 165 
INTEGRATED BORDER MANAGEMENT FUND ................................................................................................ 170 

 
 
 
 
 
Heading 5 
SECURITY AND DEFENCE  
INTERNAL SECURITY FUND ................................................................................................................................ 176 
NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING (LT) ................................................................................................................. 180 
NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING: NDAP (BG, SK) AND JRC (BE, DE, IT, NL) .......................................... 183 
EUROPEAN DEFENCE FUND ............................................................................................................................... 188 

Heading 6 
NEIGHBOURHOOD AND THE WORLD 
NEIGHBOURHOOD,  DEVELOPMENT  AND 

INTERNATIONAL  COOPERATION 

INSTRUMENT -GLOBAL EUROPE.................................................................................................................... 193 
EUROPEAN INSTRUMENT FOR INTERNATIONAL NUCLEAR SAFETY COOPERATION ........................ 198 
HUMANITARIAN AID .............................................................................................................................................. 200 
COMMON FOREIGN SECURITY POLICY ........................................................................................................... 204 
OVERSEAS ASSOCIATION DECISION ............................................................................................................... 207 
MACRO-FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE ..................................................................................................................... 209 
INSTRUMENT FOR PRE-ACCESSION ASSISTANCE ...................................................................................... 210 

SPECIAL INSTRUMENTS AND MECHANISM OUTSIDE THE MFF 
INNOVATION FUND ............................................................................................................................................... 215 
EUROPEAN GLOBALISATION ADJUSTMENT FUND FOR DISPLACED WORKERS ................................ 218 
EUROPEAN UNION SOLIDARITY FUND ........................................................................................................... 221 

METHODOLOGICAL NOTE .............................................................................................. 187 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Heading 1 
SINGLE MARKET, INNOVATION AND DIGITAL 

The EU wants to step up investment in areas such as research and innovation, digital transformation, 
strategic infrastructure, and the single market, as they are key to unlocking future growth. Programmes under 
this heading will help tackle shared challenges, such as decarbonisation and demographic change, and boost 
the competitiveness of enterprises and small and medium-sized companies. 

RESEARCH AND INNOVATION 

Horizon Europe 

EUROPEAN STRATEGIC  
INVESTMENTS 

Euratom 

ITER 

InvestEU 

Connecting Europe Facility 

Digital Europe Programme 

SINGLE MARKET 

Single Market Programme 

Anti-fraud 

Fiscalis 

Customs 

SPACE 

EU Space Programme 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

HORIZON EUROPE 
Programme for Research and Innovation 

PROPOSAL FOR A REGULATION OF 
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL establishing 
Horizon Europe – the Framework 
Programme for Research and 
Innovation, laying down its rules for 
participation and dissemination 

COM(2018) 435 

Period of Application 
2021 – 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR 
MORE INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!kY78ur 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

75 623.6 

13 278.5 

14 398.5 

14 252.1 

12 824.9 

13 078.2 

13 337.0 

14 255.4 

95 424.5 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of 
thenHorizon Europe was carried 
out in 2018.  
For further information please 
consult: 

https://europa.eu/!Px33mc 

Challenge 
Research and innovation (R&I) contribute to improving 
people’s lives (e.g., through better health care) and 
work (through better digital services), and enhancing 
productivity, competitiveness and job-rich growth. 
They are also crucial for providing solutions to today’s 
and tomorrow’s challenges, e.g. in terms of 
environment and climate.  

It is important therefore to further improve creation 
and diffusion of high-quality new knowledge and 
innovation in Europe, reinforce the impact of R&I in 
addressing EU priorities, ensure a more rapid uptake 
of innovative solutions; and more generally 
strengthen the European Research Area.  

Gearing research to advance common EU (and indeed 
global) goals produces social benefits that exceed the 
private ones and indeed even those that flow to any 
individual Member State that supported such efforts 
within its borders or by its researchers. Thus, if left to 
the individual Member States, such research would be 
carried out at a suboptimal level. Only through action 
at the EU level can all the positive spillovers be fully 
realised. Conversely, in order to maximize EU value 
added, it is important that EU action in this area be 
squarely focused on objectives and activities that 
cannot be effectively implemented by Member States 
acting alone, but only through their cooperation.  

Mission 
Horizon Europe aims to promote scientific excellence 
and generate new knowledge and technologies, thus 
contributing to advancing EU’s objectives and policies 
(in particular in terms of boosting sustainable growth 
and job creation), tackling global challenges, and 
strengthening the European Research Area.  

Horizon Europe will have a budget of around 
€95.5 billion. This includes €5.4 billion from 
NextGenerationEU to boost our recovery and make the 
EU more resilient for the future, as well as an 
additional reinforcement of €4.5 billion. Horizon 
Europe will be implemented also through the 
European Defence Fund and complemented by the 
Euratom Research and Training Programme. 

Objectives  
Horizon Europe seeks to deliver R&I with maximum 
impact along three dimensions: 

  Scientific 

impact:  creating  high-quality  new 
knowledge,  strengthening  human  capital  in  R&I, 
and  fostering  diffusion  of  knowledge  and  Open 
Science; 

  Technological/economic  impact: 

influencing  the 
creation  and  growth  of  companies  within  the 
including  start-ups, 
Union,  especially  SMEs, 
creating  direct  and  indirect  jobs  especially  within 
the Union, and by leveraging investments for R&I. 
  Societal impact: addressing the EU policy priorities 
and  global 
the  UN 
Sustainable  Development  Goals,  following  the 
principles  of  the  Agenda 2030  and  the  goals  of 

challenges, 

including 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

the  Paris  Agreement,  through  R&I,  delivering 
benefits  and  impact  through  R&I  missions  and 
European  Partnerships  and  strengthening  the 
uptake  of 
in  society  ultimately 
contributing to people’s well-being.  

innovation 

Moreover, Horizon Europe is designed to optimise 
delivery to strengthen the impact and attractiveness 
of the European Research Area, to foster excellence-
based participation from all Member States, including 
low R&I performing countries, and to facilitate 
collaborative links in European R&I.  

Actions 
Horizon Europe activities include: supporting frontier 
R&I at the European Research Council and the 
European Innovation Council; funding fellowships and 
researchers’ mobility (e.g., Marie Skłodowska-Curie. 
Actions); investments in world-class research 
infrastructures; supporting research into our biggest 
societal challenges (e.g., health, climate change, clean 
energy, mobility, security, digital, materials); and 
supporting policymaking with independent scientific 
evidence and technical support 

Delivery mode 
Horizon Europe is implemented directly by the 
Commission or via funding bodies designated by it.  

Link to 2014-2020 MFF 
Horizon Europe builds on the positive results of its 
predecessor, Horizon 2020. As a result of the interim 
evaluation of the Horizon 2020 programme, some 
changes were made that are continued under 
Horizon Europe for example the European Innovation 
Council pilot launched in 2017 to support 
breakthrough innovation. In addition, novelties have 
been introduced in Horizon Europe, notably: 

  EU  missions,  to  deliver  targeted  solutions  to 

societal challenges together with citizens;  

  Streamlined approach to European Partnerships, to 

rationalise the funding landscape; 

  Extended  association  possibilities,  to  strengthen 

international cooperation; 

  Open Science policy, to reinforce openness;  
  Widening  participation  and  spreading  excellence, 

to decrease the R&I gap in Europe;  

  Synergies with other EU programmes and policies, 

to increase the R&I impact; and  

  Simpler rules, to reduce administrative burden. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Scientific impact by creating high-quality new knowledge, strengthening human capital in research and innovation, and 
fostering diffusion of knowledge and Open Science 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Publication - Number of peer-reviewed scientific 
publications 

Creating high-quality new 
knowledge 

Output 

EC, potentially external 
sources 

First data in 2024; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Citation - Field-Weighted Citation Index of Horizon 
Europe peer-reviewed publications  

Result 

EC, potentially external 
sources 

First data in 2026; no lag; data 
received in real time 

World-class science - Number of peer reviewed 
publications that are core contributions to scientific 
fields 

Skills - Number of researchers involved in upskilling 
(training, mentoring/coaching, mobility and access 
to R&I infrastructures) activities in projects  

Impact 

EC, potentially external 
sources 

First data in 2028; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Strengthening human 
capital in R&I 

Output 

EC, potentially external 
sources 

First data in 2022; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Careers - Number of upskilled  researchers with 
increased individual impact in their R&I field 

Result 

EC, potentially external 
sources and studies 

First data in 2026; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Working conditions - Number of upskilled 
researchers with improved working conditions, 
including better researchers' salaries 

Share knowledge - share of research outputs (open 
data/publication/software etc.) resulting from the 
Programme shared through open knowledge 
infrastructures 

Fostering diffusion of 
knowledge and Open 
Science 

Knowledge diffusion - Share of open access 
research outputs resulting from the Programme 
actively used/cited 

New collaborations - Number of upskilled 
researchers involved in the Programme with 
improved working conditions, including researchers' 
salaries 

Impact 

Output 

Result 

Impact 

EC, potentially external 
sources, webscraping and text 
mining 

First data in 2028; no lag; data 
received in real time 

EC, potentially external 
sources, webscraping and text 
mining 

First data in 2024; no lag; data 
received in real time 

EC, potentially external 
sources, webscraping and text 
mining 

First data in 2026; no lag; data 
received in real time 

EC, potentially external 
sources, webscraping and text 
mining 

First data in 2028; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Technological/economic impact especially within the Union by influencing the creation and growth of companies, especially 
SMEs including start-ups, creating direct and indirect jobs especially within the Union, and by leveraging investments for R&I 

Indicator 

Innovative results - Number of innovative products, 
processes or methods resulting from the 
Programme (by type of innovation) & Intellectual 
Property Rights (IPR) applications 

Dimension 
measured 
Generating innovation-
based growth 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC 

First data in 2024; no lag; data 
received in real time\ 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Innovations - Number of innovations resulting from 
the projects (by type of innovation) including from 
awarded IPRs from FP projects (by type of 
innovation) including from awarded IPRs 

Economic growth - Creation, growth & market 
shares of companies having developed innovations 
in the Programme  

Supported employment - Number of full time 
equivalent (FTE) jobs created, and jobs maintained 
in participating legal entities for the project funded 
by the Programme (by type of job 
Sustained employment - Increase of FTE jobs in 
participating legal entities following the project 
funded by the Programme (by type of job 

Total employment - Number of direct & indirect 
jobs created or maintained due to diffusion of 
results from the Programme (by type of job) 

Co-investment - Amount of public & private 
investment mobilised with the initial investment 
from the Programme 

Scaling-up - Amount of public & private investment 
mobilised to exploit or scale-up results from the 
Programme (including foreign direct investments) 

Contribution to '3 % target' - Union progress 
towards 3 % GDP target due to the Programme 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Result 

EC, potentially external 
sources, studies 

First data in 2027; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Impact 

Potentially NEMESIS Model 
informed with EC CORDA and 
external sources 

First data in 2029; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Creating more and better 
jobs 

Output 

EC 

First data in 2022; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Result 

Impact 

EC, potentially external 
sources, webscraping and text 
mining of company and media 
websites 

Potentially NEMESIS Model 
informed with EC, external 
sources and Orbis 
microeconometric modelling  

First data in 2027; no lag; data 
received in real time 

First data in 2029; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Leveraging investments in 
R&I 

Output 

EC 

First data in 2022; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Result 

Impact 

Potentially Orbis 
microeconometric modelling 

First data in 2027; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Potentially NEMESIS model 
informed with EC, external 
sources and Orbis 
microeconometric modelling 

First data in 2029; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Societal impact by addressing the EU policy priorities and global challenges, including UN SDGs, following the principles of the 
Agenda 2030 and the goals of the Paris Agreement, through R&I, delivering benefits and impact through R&I missions and 
European Partnerships and strengthening the uptake of innovation in society ultimately contributing to people’s well-being 

Dimension 
measured 
Addressing Union policy 
priorities and global 
challenges through R&I 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC 

First data in 2024; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Result 

EC 

First data in 2027; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Indicator 

Results - Number and share of results aimed at 
addressing identified Union policy priorities and 
global challenges (including SDGs) 
(multidimensional: for each identified priority), 
including: Number and share of climate-relevant 
results aimed at delivering on the Union's 
commitment under the Paris Agreement 
Solutions - Number and share of innovations and 
research outcomes addressing identified Union 
policy priorities and global challenges (including 
SDGs) (multidimensional: for each identified 
priority), including: Number and share of climate-
relevant innovations and research outcomes 
delivering on Union's commitment under the Paris 
Agreement 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Aggregated estimated effects from use/exploitation 
of results on tackling identified Union policy 
priorities and global challenges, including 
contribution to the policy and law-making cycle (as 
defined in Regulation (EU) 2021/695 of the 
European Parliament and of the Council of 28 April 
2021 establishing Horizon Europe)  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Impact 

Potentially NEMESIS Model 
informed with EC and external 
sources 

First data in 2029; no lag; data 
received in real time 

R&I mission results - Results in specific R&I 
missions (multidimensional: for each identified 
mission) 

Delivering benefits and 
impact through R&I 
missions 

Output 

EC  

First data in 2022; no lag; data 
received in real time 

R&I mission outcomes - Outcomes in specific R&I 
missions (multidimensional: for each identified 
mission) 

R&I mission targets met - Targets achieved in 
specific R&I missions (multidimensional: for each 
identified mission) 

Result 

Impact 

EC and potentially external 
sources 

First data in 2025; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Qualitative/quantitative 
estimation depending on the 
type of mission target,  

First data in 2029; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Co-creation - Number and share of projects funded 
by the Programme where Union citizens and end-
users contribute to the co-creation of R&I content 

Strengthening the uptake 
of Research and Innovation 
in society  

Output 

EC 

First data in 2022; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Engagement - Number and share of participating 
legal entities which have citizen and end-users 
engagement mechanisms in place after the end of 
projects funded by the Programme 

Societal R&I uptake - Uptake and outreach of co-
created scientific results and innovative solutions 
generated under the Programme 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Result 

EC and MoRRI project 
indicators 

First data in 2027; no lag; data 
received in real time 

Impact 

EC, and potentially external 
sources, Orbis 

First data in 2029; no lag; data 
received in real time 

microeconometric modelling,  
NEMESIS modelling, experts 
assessment  

Baseline  

Existing indicators: as Horizon 2020 is still running, baselines cannot be directly extracted from the current figures. An extrapolation 
based on the available data is being developed to estimate as precisely as possible the baseline for existing performance indicators. 

New indicators: for non-zero baselines, a study has been launched to establish baseline values based on data available from different 
sources, since no data were collected for these new indicators under the 2014-2020 programme. 

Target 

Target values will be set once the baselines are determined. The target-setting methodology will be based on a mix of both quantitative 
(trend analysis) and qualitative (expert opinion/policy workshop) methods. It will take into consideration the results obtained so far from 
the current R&I programme, other data sources, and the ambition of Horizon Europe while ensuring that the value is achievable and 
realistic.  

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital  

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

EURATOM 
RESEARCH AND TRAINING PROGRAMME OF THE EUROPEAN ATOMIC 
ENERGY COMMUNITY 

PROPOSAL FOR A COUNCIL 
REGULATION establishing the 
Research and Training 
Programme of the European 
Atomic Energy Community, 
complementing Horizon Europe 
– the Framework Programme 
for Research and Innovation 

COM(2018)437 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2025 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://ec.europa.eu/programmes/hori
zon2020/en/h2020-section/euratom 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

2 368.9 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

265.7 

270.7 

276.5 

281.2 

287.8 

293.8 

304.5 

Total 
programming 

1 980.3 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
SWD(2018) 307 final 
https://europa.eu/!hv87Cf 

Challenge 
Nuclear research contributes to social  well-being and 
economic  prosperity  by  improving  nuclear  safety, 
security  and  radiation  protection.  Research  and 
innovation  in  the  nuclear  field  play  a  key  role  in 
the  highest  safety  standards  and 
maintaining 
Europe’s  competences 
the  nuclear  domain. 
in 
Radiation  protection  research  leads  to  improvements 
in  medical  technologies  as  well  as  in  other  sectors 
(such as industry, agriculture, and environment) from 
which  many  citizens  benefit.  Nuclear  research  also 
supports  the  Union’s  efforts  in  the  transition  to  a 
climate-neutral energy system. 

Public  and  private  research  at  national  level  has  a 
significant role to play in this effort. Euratom’s task is 
to  complement  the  Member  States’  contributions  by 
means  of  a  Community-based  research  and  training 
programme. 

Mission 
Euratom  supports  nuclear  research  and  training 
activities. The programme aims at enhancing nuclear 
safety, security and protection from ionising radiation, 
including  through  safe  waste  management  and 
decommissioning  activities.  The  Programme  focuses 
also  on  the  development  of  fusion  energy,  a  long-
term  option  for  large-scale,  low-carbon  electricity 
production,  which  could  help  address  a  growing 
energy  demand  beyond  2050..  The  Programme 
provides, through the Joint Research Centre (JRC), an 
important  independent  scientific advice  in  support  of 
the  implementation  of  European  policies  in  the 
nuclear 
to 
strengthen 
the  EU’s  nuclear  competences  and 
knowledge  management,  while  expanding  our 
knowledge  base  of  fusion  energy,  and  pursues 
improvements in the areas of education, training and 
access to research infrastructure.  

field.  The  Programme  also  seeks 

Objectives 
Euratom pursues the following specific objectives: 

1.  To  improve  and  support  nuclear  safety,  security, 
safeguards,  radiation  protection,  safe  spent  fuel 
and 
radioactive  waste  management  and 
decommissioning,  including  the  safe  and  secure 
use  of  nuclear  power  and  of  non-power 
applications of ionizing radiation; 

2.  To  maintain  and  further  develop  expertise  and 
competence  in  the  nuclear  field  within  the 
Community;  

3.  To foster the development of fusion energy as a 
potential  future  energy  source  for  electricity 
production  and  contribute  to  the  implementation 
of the European fusion roadmap;  

4.  To support the policy of the Union on continuous 
improvement  of  nuclear  safety,  safeguards  and 
security.  

The  additional 

Actions 
In 2021-25 actions for maintaining nuclear expertise 
and  for  supporting  research  for  nuclear  safety  will 
remain  a  top  priority  of  Euratom  for  direct  and 
indirect  actions,  with  particular  emphasis  on  nuclear 
plants  ageing,  long-term  operation  strategies  and 
accident  management. 
safety 
requirements 
introduced  by  the  Nuclear  Safety 
Directive  require  increased  efforts  in  developing  an 
understanding of degradation mechanisms of safety-
relevant  components  and  the  impact  on  safety 
overall.  This  would 
science-based 
assessment  of  the  safety  margins  and  allow  for 
timely  implementation  of  safety  improvements.  The 
predictive  tools  and  assessment  methods  developed 
by  the  programme  would  benefit  the  periodic  safety 
reviews  of  existing  nuclear  installations.  They  would 
also help the regulators in assessing new designs. 

support  a 

Direct actions, implemented by the JRC, will focus as 
well  on  nuclear  security  and  nuclear  safeguards  by 
developing 
techniques  and  methods  aiming  at 
reducing nuclear security risks and supporting nuclear 
non-proliferation  efforts.  In  addition,  the  JRC  will 
develop  nuclear 
the 
implementation of Euratom policies in these areas.  

standards  and 

support 

For 
the  development  of  fusion  energy  during 
2021-2025,  the  co-funded  European  Partnership  in 
fusion research will build on the progress made by the 
EUROfusion 
(2014-2020),  providing 
support  for  the  efficient  commencement  of  ITER’s 
operations  and,  working  hand-in-hand  with  industry, 
to increase the efforts on the conceptual design of a 
fusion power plant. 

consortium 

Delivery mode  
The  indirect  actions  (grants  for  research  labs  and 
universities)  are  implemented  under  the  lead  of 
Directorate-General for Research and Innovation. The 
Programme  also  supports  direct  actions  undertaken 
by the JRC.  

Link to 2014-2020 MFF 
The  2021-2025  Euratom  programme  builds  on  its 
predecessor,  the  2014-2020  Euratom  Programme. 
Compared to its predecessor, the new programme has 
a single set of objectives for both direct and indirect 
actions,  seeking  to  enhance  synergies  with  Horizon 
Europe 
in  medical  applications  of 
radiation.  It  reinforces  the  education  and  training 
opens 
actions 
Marie Skłodowska-Curie  Actions  (MSCA)  for  nuclear 
researchers. 

in  particular 

nuclear 

field 

and 

in 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital  

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Improve and support nuclear safety, security, safeguards, radiation protection, safe spent fuel and radioactive waste 
management and decommissioning, including the safe and secure use of nuclear power and of non-power applications of 
ionizing radiation. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of Euratom-funded peer reviewed scientific 
publications 

1. High-quality new 
knowledge created 

Output 

CORDA, external sources such 
as OpenAire, Scopus, WOS, 
MAG, CrossRef.  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Field-Weighted Citation Index of Euratom-funded 
peer reviewed publications 

1. High-quality new 
knowledge created 

Result 

CORDA, external sources such 
as OpenAire, Scopus, WOS, 
MAG, CrossRef 

First data in 2027; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number and share of peer reviewed publications 
from Euratom Programme that are core 
contribution to scientific fields 

1 High-quality new 
knowledge created 

Impact 

CORDA, external sources such 
as OpenAire, Scopus, WOS, 
MAG, CrossRef 

First data in 2029; estimated lag 1 
year; annually  

Share of research outputs (open data/ publication/ 
software etc.) shared through open knowledge 
infrastructure   

2. Diffusion of knowledge 
and Open Science 

Output 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

CORDA, external sources such 
as OpenAire, Scopus, WOS, 
MAG, CrossRef, DataCite, 
Lens.org, and potentially 
webscraping and text mining 
of Company and media 
websites   

Euratom direct actions additional indicator: 
Reference materials and data delivered and/or 
incorporated to a library 

2. Diffusion of knowledge 
and Open Science 

Output  

PUBSY: JRC publications 
database 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Share of open access research outputs actively 
used/cited 

2. Diffusion of knowledge 
and Open Science 

Result 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

CORDA, external sources such 
as OpenAire, Scopus, WOS, 
MAG, CrossRef, DataCite, 
Lens.org, and potentially 
webscraping and text mining 
of Company and media 
websites   

Euratom direct actions additional indicator: Number 
of outputs contributing to modification of 
international standards 

2. Diffusion of knowledge 
and Open Science 

Result 

PUBSY: JRC publications 
database 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Share of Euratom beneficiaries having developed 
new transdisciplinary/ trans-sectoral collaborations 
with users of their open Euratom R&I outputs 

2. Diffusion of knowledge 
and Open Science 

Impact 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

CORDA, external sources such 
as OpenAire, Scopus, WOS, 
MAG, CrossRef, DataCite, 
Orbis, DealRoom, Lens.org, and 
potentially webscraping and 
text mining of Company and 
media websites   

9 

 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital  

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Number and share of outputs aimed at addressing 
specific EU policy priorities 

3. EU policy priorities 
addressed  through R&I 

Output 

CORDA 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Euratom direct actions additional indicator: Number 
of service agreements in support of EU safeguards 

3. EU policy priorities 
addressed  through R&I 

Output 

JIPSY: JRC integrated 
processing system  

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number and share of innovations and scientific 
results addressing specific EU policy priorities   

3. EU policy priorities 
addressed  through R&I 

Result 

CORDA 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Euratom direct actions additional indicator: Number 
of technical systems provided  

3. EU policy priorities 
addressed  through R&I 

Result 

PUBSY: JRC publications 
database 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Aggregated estimated effects from use of 
Euratom-funded results, on tackling specific EU 
policy priorities, including contribution to the policy 
and law-making cycle   

Euratom direct actions additional indicator: Number 
of training sessions delivered to nuclear inspectors 
and front-line officers 

Number and share of Euratom projects where EU 
citizens and end-users contribute to the co-creation 
of R&I content. 

3. EU policy priorities 
addressed  through R&I 

Impact 

NEMESIS Model informed with 
CORDA and external sources 

First data in 2027; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

3. EU policy priorities 
addressed  through R&I 

Impact 

PUBSY: JRC publications 
database 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

4.Uptake of innovation in 
society 

Output 

CORDA 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number and share of beneficiary entities with 
citizen and end-users engagement mechanisms 
after Euratom project 

4.Uptake of innovation in 
society 

Result 

CORDA, MoRRI indicators 
(PE5-7), as adjusted under 
SUPER MoRRI 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Uptake and outreach of Euratom co-created 
scientific results and innovative solutions 

4.Uptake of innovation in 
society 

Impact 

CORDA, external sources such 
as OpenAire, Scopus, WOS, 
MAG, CrossRef, Orbis 

First data in 2027; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Maintain and further develop expertise and competence in nuclear field within the Community. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of persons having benefitted from 
upskilling activities of the Euratom programme 
(through training, mobility and access to 
infrastructure)     

5. Human capital in R&I 
supported 

Output 

CORDA, MORE3 and MORE4 
data 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number and share of upskilled researchers (and 
other persons) with more influence in their field    

5. Human capital in R&I 
supported 

Result 

CORDA, external sources such 
as OpenAire, Scopus, WOS, 
MAG, CrossRef 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number and share of upskilled researchers with 
improved working conditions 

5. Human capital in R&I 
supported 

Impact 

MORRI and MORE studies, 
CORDA, external sources such 
as OpenAire, Scopus, WOS, 
MAG, CrossRef 

First data in 2027; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

10 

 
  
Single Market, Innovation and Digital  

Number of innovative products, processes or 
methods from Euratom Programme (by type of 
innovation) & Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) 
applications 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

6. Innovation resulting from 
Euratom Programme 

Output 

CORDA, external sources such 
as PATSTAT, lens.org, 
LexisNexis, Clarivate analytics  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number of innovations from Euratom projects (by 
type of innovation) including from awarded IPRs 

6. Innovation resulting from 
Euratom Programme 

Result 

Creation, growth & market shares of companies 
having developed Euratom innovations 

6. Innovation resulting from 
Euratom Programme 

Impact 

CORDA, Horizon Results 
Platform, InnoRadar, external 
sources such as PATSTAT, 
lens.org, LexisNexis, Clarivate 
analytics, Orbis, and 
potentially webscraping and 
text mining of company and 
media websites  

NEMESIS Model informed with 
CORDA and external sources 
and micromodelling based on 
Orbis data (Sharp RDD or DID) 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

First data in 2027; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number of FTE jobs created, and jobs maintained 
in beneficiary entities for the Euratom project (by 
type of job) 

7. Employment resulting 
from Euratom Programme 

Output 

CORDA 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Increase of FTE jobs in beneficiary entities 
following Euratom project (by type of job) 

7. Employment resulting 
from Euratom Programme 

Result 

CORDA, external sources such 
as ORBIS, Dealroom, 
Crunchbase, administrative 
microdata 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number of direct & indirect jobs created or 
maintained due to diffusion of Euratom results (by 
type of job) 

7. Employment resulting 
from Euratom Programme 

Impact 

NEMESIS Model informed with 
CORDA and external sources 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Amount of public & private investment mobilised 
with the initial Euratom investment 

8. Leverage of investments 
in R&I 

Output 

CORDA 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Amount of public & private investment mobilised to 
exploit or scale-up Euratom results 

8. Leverage of investments 
in R&I 

Result 

Orbis 
Microeconometric modelling 
(sharp discontinuity design, 
DiD) 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

EU progress towards 3% GDP target due to 
Euratom Programme 

8. Leverage of investments 
in R&I 

Impact 

NEMESIS Model informed with 
CORDA and external sources 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Foster the development of fusion energy as a potential future energy source for electricity production and contribute to the 
implementation of the European fusion roadmap. 

Indicator 

Progress in the implementation of the fusion 
roadmap – Percentage of the fusion roadmap’s 
milestones established for the period 2021-2025 
reached by the Euratom Programme 

Dimension 
measured 
9. Development of fusion 
energy 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Result 

Reporting from EUROfusion 
(co-funded European 
Partnership in fusion research) 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually  

11 

 
  
  
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital  

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Support the policy of the Union on nuclear safety, safeguards and security. 

Indicator 

Share of Euratom projects producing policy-
relevant findings 

Number of outputs having a demonstrable impact 
on the EU policy 

Dimension 
measured 
10. EU policies on nuclear 
safety, safeguards and 
security supported 

10. EU policies on nuclear 
safety, safeguards and 
security supported 

Number of policy items (Directives, Instruments, 
actions on the basis of Euratom Treaty articles) to 
which JRC provided effective and essential support 
in any part of the policy cycle) 

10. EU policies on nuclear 
safety, safeguards and 
security supported 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

JRC project Browser crossed 
with JRC Pubsy 

First data in 2022; estimated 
lag 1 year; annually  

Result 

JRC Productivity and Impact 
review 

First data in 2025; estimated 
lag 1 year; annually 

Impact 

JRC Productivity and Impact 
review 

First data in 2026; estimated 
lag 1 year; one year  

Estimation of baselines and targets   

Baseline 

Existing indicators: as Euratom is still running, baseline cannot be directly extracted from the current figures. An extrapolation based on 
the available data is being developed to estimate as precisely as possible the baseline for this indicator. 

New indicators: the data for new indicators have not been collected from the 2014-2020 Programme. Non-zero baselines will be 
established based on data available from different sources. 

Targets 

Target value will be set once the baseline is determined. The target-setting methodology will be based on a mix of both quantitative and 
qualitative methods. It will take into consideration the results obtained so far from the 2014-2020 programme, other data sources, and 
the ambition of the 2021-2025 programme, while ensuring that the value is achievable and realistic.  

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

ITER 
EUROPEAN JOINT UNDERTAKING FOR ITER AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF 
FUSION ENERGY 

COUNCIL DECISION  
amending Decision 
2007/198/Euratom establishing 
the European Joint Undertaking 
for ITER and the Development of 
Fusion Energy and conferring 
advantages upon it 

(Euratom) 2021/281 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
http://fusionforenergy.europa.eu/ 
https://www.iter.org/ 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

2 926.4 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

864.0 

710.1 

1 019.8 

806.3 

690.1 

856.3 

667.3 

5 614.0 

EX-ANTE EVALUATION 
The ex-ante evaluation of ITER was 
adopted on 7 June 2018  
(SWD(2018) 325). 

Challenge 
ITER  is  being  constructed  in  Saint  Paul-Lèz-Durance 
(France)  to  prove  the  scientific  and  technological 
feasibility of fusion as a future source of sustainable 
energy,  which  would  be  a  major  contribution  to  the 
EU’s  long-term  goal  of  decarbonising  the  energy 
system.  

The  risk,  costs,  and  long-term  nature  of  a  large 
research project such as ITER puts it beyond the reach 
of  individual  EU  Member  States,  and  calls  for  action 
at  the  EU  level  and  beyond.  A global  framework has 
been  established  between 
international 
partners  (Euratom,  Russia,  China,  India,  South  Korea, 
and  the  USA)  representing  more  than  half  of  the 
world’s  population  to  support  ITER’s  construction, 
which  started  in  2007.  Euratom  provides  about  45% 
of  all  components  through  the  European  Joint 
Undertaking  for  ITER  and  the  development  of  Fusion 
Energy (Fusion for Energy, F4E). 

seven 

Mission 
The general objective of the ITER-related EU action in 
the  2021-2027  MFF 
the 
is 
continuation  of  ITER’s  construction  to  reach  the  first 
experimental  operations  by  2027  and  to  continue 
further installations and upgrades laying grounds for 
successful full power operation by 2035. 

to  fully  support 

Europe's support to ITER and to other activities related 
to ITER, such as the Broader Approach activities with 
Japan,  contributes  to  the  strategic  agenda  of  the 
European  Union  for  clean  and  secure  energy.  ITER  is 
stimulating the European industrial investment in new 
advanced  technologies  for  the  components  of  the 
facility  and  in  advanced  civil  engineering  for  its 
construction. 

Objectives 
The  EU  participation  to  ITER  pursues  four  specific 
objectives: 

  Secure continued EU leadership in the ITER project 
by ensuring timely delivery of EU components and 
active participation in ITER governance processes;  

  Provide  sufficient  performance-based  funding  to 
ITER  International  Organisation  for  its  operations, 
particularly  the  assembly  of  the  installation  from 
the  components  arriving  from  individual  ITER 
members; 

  Offer  European  high-tech  industries  and  SMEs  a 
valuable  opportunity  to  innovate  and  develop 
‘spin off’ products for exploitation outside fusion; 

  Continue activities with Japan (Broader Approach) 
on the operation of the satellite tokamak JT60SA 
and  on  the  development  of  a  full  scale  material 
testing  facility  (IFMIF/DONES)  to  ensure  that  all 
technical  and  scientific  elements  needed  for  the 
design of a fusion-based power generation device 
for demonstration are in place. 

Actions 
The  programme  covers  the  European  contribution  to 
the ITER International Organisation in cash and in-kind 
for the construction of the ITER facility, which includes 
the  procurement  of  equipment,  installation,  general 
technical  and  administrative 
the 
construction  phase  as  well  as  the  participation  in 
commissioning and operations.  

support 

for 

The  programme  also  covers  other 
ITER--related 
activities, such as the Broader Approach activities with 
Japan.  

These  contributions  are  delivered  through  Fusion  for 
Energy (F4E), the European Domestic Agency, located 
in Barcelona (Spain). 

Delivery mode 
management 
Indirect 
Joint Undertaking Fusion for Energy (F4E). 

entrusted 

to 

the 

Link to MFF 2014-2020  
its 
continuation 
a 
is 
The 
MFF 2014-2020  predecessor.  The  budget  of  the 
programme has almost doubled. 

programme 

of 

13 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Performance Framework 

To fully support the continuation of ITER construction and to reach the operation of ITER with First Plasma by 2025, to be 
followed by first experimental operations as well as further installations and upgrades until 2027 and beyond, laying 
grounds for successful full power operation (so called Deuterium-Tritium stage) by 2035. 

Indicator 

Percentage of completion of ITER construction 

Dimension 
measured 
n/a 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Result 

ITER Organisation (IO) 

First  data  in  2022;  estimated  lag 
1 year; annually 

Percentage  of  Euratom’s 
discharged by F4E 

in  kind  obligations 

n/a 

Result 

ITER Organisation (IO) 

First  data  in  2022;  estimated  lag 
1 year; annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets   

Percentage of 
completion of 
ITER construction 
- Baseline, 
milestone and 
targets 

Procurement Arrangements (PAs) represent the vast majority of ITER expenditure. These are contracts created and defined by the 
International ITER Organisation (IO), each of which represents specific work to be performed and delivered to IO.  

To facilitate the procurements, an ITER "credits" system was introduced. When a PA is created, milestones are defined to mark the 
progress of its execution. Some of these milestones have ITER credits associated with them, which are released by IO to the Domestic 
Agency (DA) of each ITER Party on achievement. Obtaining all of the credits for a PA means that the DA has achieved all milestones 
and therefore fully discharged its obligations for that PA.  

The ex-ante profile of credits for each year is known and may only change whenever there is a change of the baseline of the project 
(scope, budget, schedule). The ex-post assessment of the credits achieved by the seven DAs is known at the beginning of the following 
year. All values are provided and followed up through the ITER Document Management (IDM) system maintained by IO.  

Percentage of 
Euratom’s in kind 
obligations 
discharged by F4E 
- Baseline, 
milestone and 
targets 

ITER expenditure is predominantly done through Procurement Arrangements (PAs), which are contracts created and defined by the 
International ITER Organisation (IO). Each of these represents specific work to be performed and delivered to IO.  

As in case of ‘Percentage of completion of ITER construction’ indicator, the ITER "credits" system is used (obtaining all of the credits for 
a PA means that F4E has achieved all milestones and therefore fully discharged its obligations for that PA). Some milestones, defined 
at the creation of a PA, have ITER credits associated with them; they are released by IO to European Domestic Agency (F4E) on 
achievement.  

The ex-ante profile of credits for each year is known and may only change whenever there is a change of the baseline of the project 
(scope, budget, schedule). The ex-post assessment of the credits achieved by F4E is known at the beginning of the following year. All 
values are provided and followed up through the ITER Document Management (IDM) system maintained by IO. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

INVESTEU 
InvestEU programme 

REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN 
PARLIAMENT AND OF THE 
COUNCIL establishing the InvestEU 
Programme 

(EU) 2021/523 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/investeu 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

8 548.51 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

2 436.6 

3 162.1 

2 811.7 

348.0 

355.2 

362.2 

587.4 

Total 
programming 

10 063,2 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
Impact Assessment accompanying the  
Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE 
COUNCIL  
establishing the InvestEU Programme  
https://europa.eu/!jV77BQ 

g)  the  sustainable  and  inclusive  recovery  after  the 
crisis  caused  by 
the  COVID-19  pandemic, 
upholding and strengthening the Union’s  strategic 
value  chains  and  maintaining  and  reinforcing 
activities of strategic importance to the Union. 

Objectives 
InvestEU has the following specific objectives: 

1.  supporting  financing  and  investment  operations 

related to sustainable infrastructure;  

2.  supporting  financing  and  investment  operations 
related to research, innovation and digitisation;  

3.  increasing  the  access  to  and  the  availability  of 
finance for SMEs and for small midcap companies 
and enhancing their global competitiveness;  

4.  increasing  access  to  and  the  availability  of 
microfinance and finance for social enterprises, to 
support  financing  and 
investment  operations 
related  to  social  investment,  competences  and 
skills,  and  to  develop  and  consolidate  social 
investment markets. 

Actions 
InvestEU  provides  EU  guarantees  to  support  eligible 
financing  and  investment  operations  carried  out  by 
the  implementing  partners.  In  addition,  through  the 
Advisory  Hub,  InvestEU  provides  advisory  support  for 
the development of investable projects and access to 
financing  and  related  capacity-building  assistance 
Finally, the InvestEU Portal increases projects’ visibility 
to a large network of investors. 

Delivery mode 
Indirect management through the EIB Group and other 
implementing  and  advisory  partners.  DG  ECFIN  is  in 
the lead for the Commission.  

It 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
InvestEU  is  the  successor  of  the  Investment  Plan  for 
Europe. 
financial 
instruments,  budgetary  guarantees  and  advisory 
initiatives under the 2014-2020 MFF in various policy 
areas,  in  particular  in  infrastructure,  research  and 
innovation, SMEs and in the social policy area.  

consolidates 

nearly  30 

has 

caused 

pandemic 

Challenge 
The 
an 
COVID-19 
unprecedented  economic  shock.  In  order  to  return  to 
sustained  and  inclusive  growth,  while  raising  our 
global  competitiveness,  enhancing  socio-economic 
convergence  and  cohesion  of 
the  Union,  and 
advancing  on  the  digital  and  green  transitions,  the 
Union  needs 
in 
innovation, digitisation, efficient use of resources, and 
upgrading  of  skills  and  infrastructure.  This,  in  turn, 
requires  expanding  the  supply  and  diversifying  the 
sources of external funding for EU businesses.  

investment, 

increased 

including 

EU  intervention  can  add  value  by  addressing  market 
failures  or  sub-optimal  investment  situations  (e.g., 
when  because  of  its  public  good  nature  the  full 
benefits of given investments cannot be captured by 
private agents, or the investment produces additional 
advantages  beyond  those  flowing  to  the  investing 
company  or  operator)  and  helping  reduce  the 
investment  gap 
in 
investments with a significant cross-border dimension 
or in sectors, countries, or regions for which their risk 
exceeds levels that private financial actors are able or 
willing  to  accept).  EU-level  intervention  can  also 
ensure  that  a  critical  mass  of  resources  can  be 
leveraged  in  order  to  maximise  the  impact  of 
investment on the ground.  

targeted  sectors 

(e.g., 

in 

is  complementary 
In  addition, 

By  supporting  projects  that  provide  EU  added  value, 
InvestEU 
to  Member  State 
investments. 
InvestEU  provides  for 
economies of scale in the use of innovative financial 
products  by  catalysing  private  investment  across  the 
EU.  

Mission 
The  mission  of  InvestEU  is  to  support  the  Union’s 
policy  objectives  through  financing  and  investment 
operations contributing to:  

a)  competitiveness, 
and digitisation; 

including  research, 

innovation 

b)  employment and growth, its sustainability and its 
environmental and climate dimension contributing 
to  the  achievement  of  the  Social  Development 
Goals, 
the  Paris  climate 
agreement, and the creation of high-quality jobs; 

the  objectives  of 

c)  social resilience, inclusiveness and innovativeness; 

d)  the  promotion  of  scientific  and  technological 

advance, of culture, education and training; 

e)  the integration of the Union’s capital markets and 
the  strengthening  of  the  Single  Market,  including 
solutions 
market 
fragmentation,  diversifying  sources  of  financing 
for  Union  enterprises  and  promoting  sustainable 
finance; 

addressing 

capital 

1  Includes  EFSI  budget  allocation  for 

cohesion; or  

2014-2020 

f)  the  promotion  of  economic,  social  and  territorial 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Performance Framework 

Support financing and investment operations that contribute to the general objectives of the InvestEU Programme 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Volume of operations signed 

Output 

Implementing partners 

Investment mobilised 

Result 

Implementing partners 

Amount of private finance mobilised 

Result 

Implementing partners 

Leverage and multiplier effect achieved 

Result 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Number  of  countries  (Member  States  and  third 
countries) covered by operations 

Output 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Number of regions covered by operations 

Output 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Volume  of  operations  per  country  (Member  State 
and third country) and per region 

Output 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Number of jobs created or supported 

Impact 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Investment  supporting  climate  objectives  and, 
where applicable, broken down by policy window 

Result 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Investment supporting digitalisation 

Result 

Implementing partners 

Investment supporting industrial transition 

Result 

Implementing partners 

Investment supporting just transition 

Result 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Number  and  volume  of  operations  contributing  to 
the provision of critical  

infrastructure 

Output 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Number  and  volume  of  operations  contributing  to 
investment in cybersecurity, space and defence 

Output 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

16 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Support financing and investment operations in sustainable infrastructure 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

renewable  and  other 

Additional 
sustainable 
generation capacity installed (in megawatts (MW)) 

safe  and 
energy 

low-emission 

zero  and 

Impact 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Number  of  households,  number  of  public  and 
improved  energy 
commercial  premises  with 
consumption classification 

Impact 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Estimated  energy  savings  generated  by 
projects (in kilowatt-hours (kWh)) 

the 

Impact 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Annual green-house gas emissions reduced/avoided 
in tonnes of CO2 equivalent 

Impact 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

investment 

Volume  of 
the  development, 
smartening  and  modernisation  of  sustainable 
energy infrastructure 

in 

Additional  households,  enterprises  or  public 
buildings  with  broadband  access  of  at  least  100 
Mbps  upgradable  to  gigabit  speed,  or  number  of 
WIFI-hotspots created 

Number of cross-border and missing links projects 
(including projects relating to urban nodes, regional 
connections,  multimodal 
cross-border 
platforms, maritime ports, inland ports, connections 
to  airports  and  rail-road  terminals  of  the  TEN-T 
core and comprehensive network) 

rail 

to 

of 

projects 

contributing 

Number 
the 
digitalisation of transport, in particular through the 
deployment  of  European  Rail  Traffic  Management 
System  (ERTMS),  River  Information  System  (RIS), 
(ITS),  vessel 
Intelligent  Transportation  System 
traffic  monitoring  and 
system 
(VTMIS)/e-maritime  services  and  Single  European 
Sky ATM Research (SESAR) 

information 

Result 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Impact 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Output 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Output 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Number  of  alternative  fuel  supply  points  built  or 
upgraded 

Impact 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Number  of  projects  contributing  to  the  safety  of 
transport 

Output 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Investment  contributing  to  the  implementation  of 
plans  and  programmes  required  by  the  Union 
environmental acquis relating to air quality, water, 
waste and nature 

Result 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Support  financing  and  investment  operations  in  research,  innovation  and  digitisation,  including  support  for  the  upscaling  of 
innovative companies and the rolling out of technologies to market. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Contribution to the objective of 3% of the Union's 
gross domestic product (GDP) invested in research, 
development and innovation 

Impact 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Number of enterprises supported by size carrying 
out research and innovation projects 

Result 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Increase the access to and the availability of finance for SMEs and for small mid-cap companies, and to enhance the global competitiveness 
of such SMEs 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number  of  enterprises  supported  by  size  (micro, 
small  mid-cap 
small,  medium-sized 
companies) 

and 

Result 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Number  of  enterprises  supported  by  stage  (early, 
growth/expansion) 

Result 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Number of enterprises supported by Member State 
and region at NUTS 2 level 

Result 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Number  of  enterprises  supported  by  sectors  by 
statistical  classification  of  economic  activities  in 
the European Union (NACE) code 

Result 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Percentage  of  investment  volume  under  the  SME 
policy window directed towards SMEs 

Result 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Increase the access to and the availability of microfinance and finance to social enterprises, support financing and investment 
operations related to social investment, competences and skills and develop and consolidate social investment markets 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Social 
infrastructure:  Capacity  and  access  to 
supported  social  infrastructure  by  sector:  housing, 
education, health, other 

Microfinance  and 
finance:  
Number  of  microfinance  recipients  and  social 
enterprises supported 

social  enterprise 

Number  of  individuals  acquiring  new  skills  or 
having  their  skills  validated  and  certified:  formal, 
education and training qualification 

Impact 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Result 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

Impact 

Implementing partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Under the InvestEU Advisory Hub, to provide advisory support for investment project identification, preparation and 
development to public and private counterparts. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number  of engagements  of  the  InvestEU  Advisory 
Hub by sector and Member State 

Result 

Advisory partners 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 2 
months; semi-annually 

To create a publicly available InvestEU web portal where EU based projects promoters will be given the opportunity to boost 
the visibility of their projects to potential international investors 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

The  number  of  project  published  on  the  InvestEU 
Portal 

Result 

Commission operational data 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 1 
month;  available  on  a  continuous 
basis. 

Estimation of targets2 

Indicator 

Investment mobilised  

Target 

Based  on  the  target  of  mobilised  investment  (372  billion  EUR)  defined  in  the  InvestEU 
Regulation. 

Leverage and Multiplier effect achieved  

Based  on  the  target  of  mobilised  investment  (372  billion  EUR)  and  the  EU  guarantee  (26 
billion EUR), as defined in the InvestEU Regulation. 

Number of countries covered by operations 

The  target  should  correspond  to  the  full  coverage  of  all  participating  countries  (Members 
States and third countries), based on extrapolation from EFSI as at 31/12/2020. 

Investment supporting climate objectives  

The target is established in the InvestEU Regulation. Actions under the InvestEU Programme 
are  expected  to  contribute  30  %  of  the  overall  financial  envelope  of  the  InvestEU 
Programme  and  of  60%  of  the  Sustainable  Infrastructure  window  financial  envelope  to 
climate objectives. 

Additional  renewable  and  other  safe  and  sustainable  zero  and  low-
emission energy generation capacity installed (in megawatts (MW))  

The target will be extrapolated using EFSI results as at  31/12/2020. It shall correspond to 
the  energy  generation  capacity  installed  (MW),  per  million  EUR  of  investment  into  energy 
generation projects. 

Additional households, enterprises or public buildings with broadband 
access of at least 100 Mbps upgradable  to gigabit speed, or number 
of WIFI-hotspots created 

The target will be extrapolated using EFSI results as at 31/12/2020. It shall correspond to 
the aggregate number of households, enterprises or public buildings with broadband access 
of at least 100 Mbps upgradable to gigabit speed, or number of WIFI-hotspots created, per 
million EUR of investment into broadband projects. 

Number  of  enterprises  supported  by  size  carrying  out  research  and 
innovation projects 

The target will be extrapolated using InnovFin and sub-window 2 of the EFSI SMEW equity 
product (InnovFin equity) results as at 31/12/2020. It shall correspond to aggregate number 
of enterprises supported for all sizes. 

2 Baselines are zero for all indicators. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Number of enterprises supported by size (micro, small, medium-sized 
and small mid-cap companies) 

The target will be extrapolated using COSME results as at 31/12/2020. It shall correspond to 
the aggregate number of enterprises supported for all sizes. 

Microfinance  and  social  enterprise  finance:  Number  of  microfinance 
recipients and social enterprises supported 

The target will be extrapolated using EaSI results as at 31/12/2020. It shall correspond to 
aggregate number of microfinance recipients and social enterprises supported. 

Number  of  individuals  acquiring  new  skills  or  having  their  skills 
validated and certified: formal, education and training qualification 

The target will be extrapolated using Erasmus+ results as at 31/12/2020. It shall correspond 
to the aggregate number of microfinance recipients and social enterprises supported. 

Number of engagements of the InvestEU Advisory Hub by sector and 
Member State 

Extrapolation  based  data  as  at  31/12/2020  on  the  European  Investment  Advisory  Hub 
(EIAH), ELENA, InnovFin Advisory and other relevant initiatives. 

The number of projects published on the InvestEU Portal 

Extrapolation based on data as at 31/12/2020 of the European Investment Project Portal. 

20 

 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

CEF 
CONNECTING EUROPE FACILITY 

PROPOSAL FOR A REGULATION 
OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT 
AND OF THE COUNCIL  

establishing the Connecting Europe 
Facility  

COM/2018/438 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!Px98ju 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING*  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

29 904.3 3 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

4 517.2 

4 569.4 

4 685.1 

4 807.4 

4 934.4 

5 061.6 

5 195.0 

Total 
programming 

33 769.9 

* These amounts include Military 
mobility and the contribution of the 
Cohesion fund 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
CEF Impact assessment SWD(2018) 
312 of 06/06/2018 

https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52
018SC0312&from=EN 

3 

includes 
contribution 

the 

Cohesion 

Fund 

Challenge 
To  achieve  smart,  sustainable  and  inclusive  growth, 
stimulate  job  creation,  and  respect  its  long-term 
decarbonisation  commitments,  the  Union  needs  to 
build  an  up-to-date,  multimodal  high-performance 
infrastructure to help connect and integrate the Union 
and all its regions in the transport, energy, and digital 
sectors.  To  complete  the  Trans-European  networks, 
support  is  needed  in  particular  to  facilitate  cross-
border connections. 

Mission 
The acceleration of these investments benefit not only 
the countries directly affected. , but the entire Union, 
enhancing the Single Market as a whole and bringing 
the whole EU closer to its sustainability objectives. For 
this  reason,  action  at  the  EU  level  is  warranted  and 
can provide significant added value.  

Objectives 
CEF targets the following specific objectives: 

In the transport sector: 

1.  contributing  to  the  development  of  efficient, 
interconnected  and  multimodal  trans-European 
transport  network  (TEN-T)  and  infrastructure  for 
smart, 
inclusive, 
accessible, safe and secure mobility; 

interoperable, 

sustainable, 

2.  adapting parts of the TEN-T infrastructure for dual 
use, improving both civilian and military mobility. 

In the energy sector: 

3.  contributing  to  further  integration  of  an  efficient 

and competitive internal energy market; 

4.  supporting  interoperability  of  networks  across 
border and sectors, and cross-border cooperation; 

5.  facilitating  decarbonisation  of  the  economy,  and 
promoting energy efficiency and ensuring security 
of supply; and 

6.  facilitating cross-border cooperation in the area of 

renewable energy. 

In the digital sector: 

7.  contributing to the deployment of safe and secure 
very  high  capacity  digital  networks  and  5G 
systems; 

8.  supporting an increased resilience and capacity of 
the digital backbone networks on EU territories by 
linking them to neighbouring territories; and 

9.  fostering the digitalisation of transport and energy 

networks.  

Actions 
CEF  has  the  general  objective  to  build,  develop, 
modernise  and 
trans-European 
networks,  to  contribute  to  the  achievement  of  the 
2030 climate and energy targets as well as the Union 
the 
long-term  decarbonisation  commitments  of 

complete 

the 

European Green Deal, and thus to contribute to smart, 
sustainable  and  inclusive  growth  and  to  enhance 
territorial, social and economic cohesion. 

For  the  transport  sector,  it  shall  contribute  to  the 
development of projects of common interest relating 
to  the  completion  of  the  TEN-T  network  and  its 
modernisation,  through  the  creation  of  new  and  the 
upgrade of existing infrastructure, including telematic 
innovation 
application, 
(including  alternative  fuels),  interoperability,  road 
safety, 
infrastructure  resilience,  accessibility  and 
security of transport., thus reflecting the priorities set 
in Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy. 

technologies  and 

new 

For  the  energy  sector,  CEF  will  contribute  to  the 
implementation  of  projects  of  common  interest, 
highlighting the enabling role of energy infrastructure 
for the transition to climate neutrality, for integrating 
European energy markets and for the interoperability 
of  networks.  The  new  category  of  cross-border 
projects  in  the  field  of  renewable  energy  in  addition 
contributes  specifically  to  a  cost  effective  target 
achievement  for  renewables  by  2030  and  is  an 
integral  element  of  the  enabling  framework  for 
cooperation on renewables. 

For  the  digital  sector,  actions  will  focus  on  ensuring 
uninterrupted coverage with 5G systems along major 
transport paths, the deployment of new or significant 
upgrade  of  existing 
communication  backbone 
networks, as well as the deployment of and access to 
very high capacity networks, including 5G. 

Delivery mode 
CEF  is  implemented  through  direct  management  by 
the  Commission.(DG  MOVE,  DG  ENER  and  DG  CNECT 
are  jointly  in  the  lead)..  On  an  ad-hoc  basis  and  if 
justified,  specific  actions  may  be  implemented  in 
indirect management.   

The  programme  is  implemented  through  Executive 
Agencies.  The  transport  and  energy  strands  will  be 
implemented  by  the  European  Climate, Infrastructure 
and  Environment  Executive  Agency  (CINEA).  The  CEF 
digital  programme  will  be  implemented  through  the 
Health and Digital Executive Agency (HaDEA)  

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
For  the  Transport  and  Energy  sectors,  CEF  will 
continue  the  successful  work  of  its  2014-2020  MFF 
predecessor CEF, with a focus on new priority actions. 
For  the  digital  strand,  CEF  will  depart  from  the 
2014-2020  CEF  Telecom  by  being  fully  dedicated  to 
support  the  deployment  of  high  performance  digital 
communication  infrastructures.  While  building  on  the 
experience  gained  with  the  previous  programme, 
CEF Digital  will  represent  a  step  change  as  regards 
the  scope,  volume  and  intensity  of  the  proposed 
EU support.

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Performance Framework 

CEF’s performance framework is based on five core performance indicators of which four apply to each specific objective (or strand) of the programme. 

To contribute to the development of projects of common interest relating to efficient and interconnected networks and 
infrastructure for smart, sustainable, inclusive, safe and secure mobility (Transport strand) 

Indicator 

Number of cross-border and missing links 
addressed with the support of CEF 

Number of CEF-supported actions contributing to 
the digitalisation of transport, in particular through 
the deployment of ERTMS, RIS, ITS, VTMIS/e-
maritime services and SESAR 

Number of alternative fuel supply points built or 
upgraded with the support of CEF 

Number of CEF supported actions contributing to 
the safety of transport 

Number of CEF actions contributing to transport 
accessibility for persons with reduced mobility 

Dimension 
measured 

Contribution to the 
development of projects of 
common interest related to 
efficient interconnected and 
multimodal networks and 
infrastructure for smart, 
interoperable, sustainable, 
inclusive, accessible, safe 
and secure mobility 

Contribution to the 
development of projects of 
common interest related to 
efficient interconnected and 
multimodal networks and 
infrastructure for smart, 
interoperable, sustainable, 
inclusive, accessible, safe 
and secure mobility 

Contribution to the 
development of projects of 
common interest related to 
efficient interconnected and 
multimodal networks and 
infrastructure for smart, 
interoperable, sustainable, 
inclusive, accessible, safe 
and secure mobility 

Contribution to the 
development of projects of 
common interest related to 
efficient interconnected and 
multimodal networks and 
infrastructure for smart, 
interoperable, sustainable, 
inclusive, accessible, safe 
and secure mobility 

Contribution to the 
development of projects of 
common interest related to 
efficient interconnected and 
multimodal networks and 
infrastructure for smart, 
interoperable, sustainable, 
inclusive, accessible, safe 
and secure mobility 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

Data collection could be part 
of the e-grant tool 

First data in 2022; annual; 
estimated lag 1 year; annually 

Input 

Data collection could be part 
of the e-grant tool 

First data in 2022; annual; 
estimated lag 1 year; annually 

Output 

Data collection could be part 
of the e-grant tool 

First data in 2022; annual; 
estimated lag 1 year; annually 

Output 

Data collection could be part 
of the e-grant tool 

First data in 2022; annual; 
estimated lag 1 year; annually 

Input 

Data collection could be part 
of the e-grant tool 

First data in 2022; annual; 
estimated lag 1 year; annually 

22 

 
  
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Number of CEF-supported actions contributing to 
reduce rail freight noise 

Contribution to the 
development of projects of 
common interest related to 
efficient interconnected and 
multimodal networks and 
infrastructure for smart, 
interoperable, sustainable, 
inclusive, accessible, safe 
and secure mobility 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Input  

Data collection could be part 
of the e-grant tool 

First data in 2022; annual; 
estimated lag 1 year; annually 

To adapt the TEN-T networks for military-civilian dual use need (Transport strand) 

Indicator 

Number of transport infrastructure components 
adapted to civilian-military dual-use requirements 

Dimension 
measured 
Contribution to the 
adaptation of parts of the 
trans- European transport 
network for a dual use of 
the transport infrastructure 
in view of improving both 
civilian and military 
mobility 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

First data in 2022; annual; 
estimated lag 1 year; annually 

Input 

Data collection should be part 
of (or linked to) the e-grant 
tools that support the 
submission of proposals, 
preparation of grant 
agreements and closure of 
Actions. For selected 
proposals, this information 
should be included in the 
grant agreement. 

To contribute to the development of projects of common interest relating to further integration of the internal energy market, 
interoperability of networks across borders and sectors, facilitating decarbonisation and the facilitation of cross-border 
cooperation in the area of renewable energy (Energy strand) 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of CEF actions contributing to projects 
interconnecting MS networks and removing internal 
constraints 

Contribution to the 
development of projects of 
common interest  in 
electricity and gas sectors 

Output 

CEF grant agreements 

PCI Transparency Platform 

First data in 2022; annual; 
estimated lag 1 year; annually 

To contribute to the security of energy supply (Energy strand) 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of CEF actions contributing to projects 
ensuring resilient gas network 

Contribution to the 
objective of ensuring 
security of energy  supply 

Output 

CEF grant agreements 

PCI Transparency Platform 

First data in 2022; annual; 
estimated lag 1 year; annually 

Number of CEF actions contributing to the 
smartening and digitalisation of grids and 
increasing energy storage capacity 

Contribution to the 
smartening and 
digitalisation of grids and 
increasing energy storage 
capacity 

Output 

CEF grant agreements 

PCI Transparency Platform 

First data in 2022; annual; 
estimated lag 1 year; annually 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

To contribute to sustainable development through enabling decarbonisation (Energy strand) 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

CEF grant agreements 

First data in 2022; annual; 
estimated lag 1 year; annually 

Output 

PCI Transparency Platform 

First data in 2022; annual; 
estimated lag 1 year; annually 

Indicator 

Number of CEF actions contributing to projects 
enabling increased penetration of renewable 
energy in the energy systems 

Number of CEF actions contributing to cost efficient 
reaching of the EU shared RES target on the basis 
of cross-border cooperation in the area of 
renewables 

Dimension 
measured 

Contribution to the 
development of projects of 
common interest 
facilitating decarbonisation 
and facilitating of cross-
border cooperation in the 
area of renewable energy 

Contribution to the 
development of projects of 
common interest relating 
to further integration of 
the internal energy market, 
interoperability of 
networks across borders 
and sectors, facilitating 
decarbonisation and the 
facilitation of cross-border 
cooperation in the area of 
renewable energy 

To contribute to the deployment of very high capacity digital networks and 5G systems, to the increased resilience and 
capacity of digital backbone networks on EU territories by linking them to neighbouring territories, as well to the digitalisation 
of transport and energy network (Digital strand) 

Indicator 

New connections to very high capacity networks for 
socio-economic drivers and very high quality 
connections for local communities 

Number of CEF actions enabling 5G connectivity 
along transport paths 

Number of actions enabling new connections to 
very high capacity networks 

Dimension 
measured 

Contribution to the 
deployment of very high 
capacity digital networks 
and 5G systems 

Number of projects 
dedicated to 5G coverage 
along transport paths 

Number of projects dealing 
with deployment or 
upgrade of backbone 
networks 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

Monitoring data 

First data in 2023; estimated lag 1 
year, annually 

Output 

Monitoring data 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year, annually 

Output 

Monitoring data 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year, annually 

Number of CEF actions contributing to the 
digitalisation of energy and transport sectors 

Digitalisation of transport 
and energy network 

Output 

Monitoring data 

First data in 2023; estimated lag 1 
year, annually 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Estimation of baselines and targets   

Transport stand:  

  Baseline is zero (0) for all indicators. 

Energy strand: 

Baseline  

  Baseline is zero (0) for all indicators. 

Digital strand 

  Baseline is zero (0) for all indicators, as they measure either the number of actions under the programme or the number of new connections 

to very high capacity networks as a result of CEF II support. 

Transport stand:  

  Targets will be established by using the available output information from the CEF I programme and adapting it to the changed policy 

framework. It is to be noted that the number of CEF-supported actions will depend on several factors, such as size of the proposed actions, 
and stakeholders’ response to call for proposals. 

Energy strand:  

Target 

  Given that the indicator measuring the number of CEF actions contributing to cost-efficient reaching of the EU-shared RES target on the 

basis of cross-border cooperation in the area of renewables concerns a new programme, the target will be determined taking into account 
the budget allocated. 

  For the other indicators, the target will be set taking into account the number of comparable actions funded by CEF Energy in 2014-2020 

and adjusted in consideration of the budget changes and advanced policy objectives. 

Digital strand 

  The target figure will result from the overall budget of the call topic and the connectivity requirements per project, to be defined in the work 

programme. An estimated average cost of the action will be calculated to identify the expected target of this indicator. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

DEP 
DIGITAL EUROPE PROGRAMME 

PROPOSAL FOR A 
REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL the Digital 
Europe Programme  

COM(2018)434 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!pQ93Fc 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

New 

1 129.6 

1 247.8 

1 268.4 

962.3 

981.4 

1 000.4 

1 020.2 

7 610.1 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment for the 
Digital Europe Programme was 
carried out in 2018.  
For further information please 
consult: 
 https://europa.eu/!BJ66th 

Challenge 
The global competition to control digital technologies 
forces  European  businesses,  public  sector  and 
researchers  to  access  the  computing,  data,  or 
artificial intelligence  resources  they  need  outside  the 
Union.  Meanwhile,  hundreds  of  thousands  of  jobs  in 
crucial digital areas go unfilled, hampering investment 
and innovation.  

Unless Europe improves its cybersecurity capabilities, 
its  vital  infrastructure  and  data  are  at  risk.  The 
take-up  of  digital 
technologies  by  European 
businesses,  SMEs  and  public  administrations  is  very 
uneven.  

Unless  Europe  develops  key  digital  capabilities, 
industries  and  skills,  its  strategic  autonomy  and 
competitiveness  are  at  stake.  Given  the  network 
effects of digitalisation (e.g., the need to promote EU 
interoperability  and  to  reach  critical mass  in  building 
state-of-the-art capacities), the EU can act decisively 
on these challenges, via co-investments with Member 
States and the private sector. 

Mission 
Support  the  digital  transformation  of  the  European 
economy and society, focusing on: 

  Building essential capacities and advanced skills in 
key  digital  technologies,  contributing  to  Europe’s 
strategic autonomy;  

  Accelerating  their  deployment  and  best  use  in 
areas of public interest and the private sector. 

Objectives 
1.  Make  Europe  a  world-leader  in  high-performance 
computing (HPC), by raising its scientific potential 
and industrial competitiveness; 

2.  Boost  deployment  of  Artificial Intelligence-based 
solutions  in  critical  areas  like  climate  change  or 
health; 

3.  Invest  in  cybersecurity  to  ensure  the  resilience, 
integrity  and  trustworthiness  of  European  critical 
networks, infrastructures and services; 

4.  Promote 

advanced 

digital 

skills, 

in 

key 

technologies deployed by the programme; 

5.  Widen  the  adoption  and  best  use  of  key  digital 
technologies  to  make  Europe  more  competitive 
and address major societal challenges. 

Actions 
HPC:  Deployment  of  world-class  exascale  and 
post-exascale  supercomputing  capacities  to  ensure 
the widest access to and use of these capacities;  

Artificial Intelligence: Deployment of EU-wide common 
data  spaces  based  on  a  cloud-to-edge  federated 
infrastructure  and  promote  testing  and  adoption  of 
Artificial Intelligence-based solutions;  

(including 

Cybersecurity:  Build  up  advanced  cybersecurity 
capabilities 
secure 
communication  infrastructure  for  Europe);  promote 
the  sharing  of  best  practices  and  ensure  wide 
deployment  of  the  state-of-the-art  cybersecurity 
solutions across the European economy; 

quantum 

a 

Advanced digital skills: Boost academic excellence, by 
increasing  the  education  offer  and  training  in  key 
digital  technologies,  such  as  HPC,  cybersecurity,  and 
Artificial Intelligence; 

Adoption  and  best  use  of  key  digital  technologies: 
Deployment  of  a  network  of  European  Digital 
Innovation Hubs supporting the digital transformation 
of  European  public  and  private  organisations; 
contribute  to  address  key  societal  challenges  (e.g. 
environment  and  climate  change)  via  high  impact 
deployments; 
the  European  blockchain 
capacities  and  the  digital  transformation  of  public 
administrations  and  services  while  promoting  an 
inclusive and trustworthy digital space. 

reinforce 

Delivery mode 
Actions  focused  on  Artificial  Intelligence,  advanced 
digital  skills  and  widening  the  best  use  of  digital 
technologies,  are  directly  managed  by  the  European 
Commission with the support of the Executive Agency 
for  Health  and  Digitalisation.  The  HPC  actions  are 
implemented  primarily  through  the  EuroHPC  joint 
undertaking.  Cybersecurity  actions  are  implemented 
primarily 
the  European  Cybersecurity 
Industrial,  Technology  and  Research  Competence 
Centre  and  the  Cybersecurity  Competence  Network. 
The lead DG is DG CNECT. 

through 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
Although Digital Europe is a new programme, some of 
its activities build on selected actions deployed in the 
previous MFF under CEF Telecom and ISA2 (supporting 
the 
the  European  public 
administrations).  The  programme  also  builds  on 
results from the Horizon 2020 programme, making it 
possible  to  move  technologies  such  as  HPC  and 
Artificial Intelligence into large-scale deployments. 

interoperability  of 

26 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Performance Framework 

Make Europe a world-leading region in high-performance computing, improving our scientific potential and industrial 
competitiveness 

Indicator 

HPC infrastructures jointly procured 

Usage of the exascale and post-exascale 
computers in total and by various stakeholder 
groups (universities, SMEs etc.) 

Dimension 
measured 

Integrated world-class 
exascale supercomputing 
and data infrastructure 
deployed and coordinated 

Integrated world-class 
exascale supercomputing 
and data infrastructure 
made accessible on a non-
commercial basis to public 
and private users and for 
publicly funded research 
purposes 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC monitoring 

First data 2023/24- estimated lag 
6 month, annual  

Result 

EC monitoring 

First data 2023/24- estimated lag 
12 month, annual  

Boost the development of AI and use it to respond to critical issues of our time 

Indicator 

Co-investment in sites for experimentation and 
testing  

Dimension 
measured 

Reinforcement and 
networking of  existing AI 
testing and experimentation 
facilities in MS, to create 
European Reference Testing 
and Experimentation 
Facilities (TEFs) 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC monitoring (part of the 
projects reporting 
requirements 

Usage of common European libraries or interfaces 
to libraries of algorithms, usage of Common 
European Data Spaces and usage of sites for 
experimentation and testing related to activities 
under this regulation 

Core AI capacities made 
accessible to businesses and 
public administrations 

Result 

EC monitoring (part of the 
projects reporting 
requirements) 

Cases for which organisations decide to integrate 
AI in their product, processes or services, as a result 
of the Programme 

Core AI capacities deployed 
in the Union 

Result 

EC monitoring (e.g. survey sent 
to users of the capacities 
offered by the programme) 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 
between 12 and 18 months (linked 
to the reporting frequency); 
annually or bi-annually depending 
on the financial reporting 
requirement. 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 
between 12 and 18 months (linked 
to the reporting frequency); 
annually or bi-annually (in line with 
the technical reporting 
requirement). 

First Data in 2025; estimated Lag: 
maximum 3 years (for the fastest 
integrators of the technologies); at 
least once, but it could be repeated 
3 years later. 

27 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Invest in cybersecurity to guarantee the resilience, integrity and trustworthiness of the Digital Single Market, including critical 
networks, infrastructures and services 

Indicator 

Cybersecurity infrastructure and/or tools jointly 
procured 

Users and communities getting access to European 
cybersecurity facilities 

Dimension 
measured 

Procurement of advanced 
cybersecurity equipment, 
tools and data 
infrastructures  

Availability of advanced 
cybersecurity equipment, 
tools and data 
infrastructures 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC monitoring 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 2 
years; annually 

Result 

EC monitoring 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 2 
years; annually 

Promote advanced digital skills to address the shortage of digital experts, particularly in key technological areas 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Persons who have received training to acquire 
advanced digital skills 

Skill development 

Output 

EC monitoring 

Enterprises having difficulty recruiting ICT 
specialists 

Skill gap 

Impact 

Eurostat 

People reporting improved employment situation 
after the end of the training supported by the 
Programme 

Skill acquisition 

Result 

Participants’ survey 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annual or biannual 
(depending on the type of courses). 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 
from 1 to 2 years; biannual  

Widen the adoption and best use of digital technologies in all regions and sectors to make Europe more competitive and 
address major societal challenge 

Indicator 

Take-up of digital public services 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Access of public sector and 
areas of public interests to 
state-of-the-art digital 
technologies 

Result 

EC monitoring (by contractor, 
cf. currently for CEF 
https://ec.europa.eu/cefdigital/
wiki/display/CEFDIGITAL/Dash
boards) 

First data in 2021 (baseline); 
estimated lag 6 months; annually. 

Enterprises with high digital intensity score 

Extent of alignment of the National Interoperability 
Framework with the European Interoperability 
Framework 

Uptake of advanced digital 
and related technologies by 
the Union industry, notably 
SMEs 

Interoperable digital 
solutions for EU level public 
services for European 
citizens and businesses 

Impact 

Eurostat 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 1 
year; annually. 

Result 

EC estimation integrating MS 
survey (EIF Contact points) 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 3 
months; annually.  

Businesses and public sector entities which have 
used the European Digital Innovation Hubs’ 
services 

Network of Digital 
Innovation Hubs 

Result 

EC monitoring 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

28 

  
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Estimation of baselines and targets   

For new indicators, the estimation will be based on a mix of qualitative methods. For the indicators that provide contextual  information, the targets will be 
based on past trends. As for the activities supported under CEF (deployment of Digital Service Infrastructures) and ISA2 programme (interoperability in 
administration applications), the DEP performance framework will build on the corresponding existing framework. This will ensure coherence and continuity 
in reporting between MFF 2014-2020 and MFF 2021-2027.  

Indicator 

Baseline 

Target 

1.1 N. of HPC infrastructures jointly procured 

 7 Supercomputers (2 precursors to 
exascale & 5 petascale supercomputers 
have been acquired in the context of the 
2014-2020 MFF) 

Based on the EuroHPC regulation, the programme shall procure at 
least two exascale systems by 2022-2023, and acquire one 
post-exascale system, as well as a hybrid HPC/Quantum computing 
infrastructure by 2027. Additional mid-range supercomputers will be 
acquired (precursor and petascale supercomputers). 

The form of procurement will be identified during the preparation of 
the work programmes. 

1.2 Usage of the exascale and post-exascale 
computers in total and by various stakeholder 
groups (universities, SMEs etc.) 

The indicator is strictly linked to the 
implementation of DEP; therefore, at the 
start of the Programme, the baseline is 0.  

To define the targets, we will analyse the usage of supercomputers 
currently managed by PRACE and define a target that would 
represent a significant increase. 

2.1 Total amount co-invested in sites for 
experimentation and testing  

The indicator is strictly linked to the 
implementation of DEP; therefore, at the 
start of the Programme, the baseline is 0. 
There is no existing TEF offering the kind 
of services at European level. There are 
plenty of embryos of facilities, and DEP 
will invest in scaling them up to reach EU 
level and MS will co-invest for that 
scaling up effort. 

The remaining 50% co-invested in TEFs (should be the same figure 
as the DEP funding under TEFs): 195M€. 

2.2 Usage of common European libraries or 
interfaces to libraries of algorithms, usage of 
Common European Data Spaces and usage of 
sites for experimentation and testing ) related to 
activities under this regulation 

By construction, the baseline for this 
composite indicator is 0. 

By construction, the target for this composite indicator is 1 (100%). 
Targets will be defined for each sub-indicator. 

29 

  
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

2.2.1. Usage of the European AI platform 

2.2.2. Usage of European Data Spaces 

The baseline will draw from usage levels 
of the AI4EU platform at the start of the 
programme. 
At the moment it is estimated that 100 
resources will be available on the 
platform by the start of DEP and that 
between 50-100 additional resources will 
be added per year (these are not simply 
assets put on the platform but 
"ready-to-use" assets, tested and fully 
usable and docked/linked to the right 
pipelines, and with the right licenses). 
Additional services will also be made 
available through the platform (e.g. 
access to cloud/HPC computing), and 
collaboration with other 
services/initiatives and federation of 
services even more resources would 
become available through the AI on 
Demand platform. 
The intensity of usage of these assets will 
have to be re-assessed later on. Some of 
the resources will be used extensively and 
other will be used more for “niche” 
applications. The multiplication factor is 
what counts. Because even if some tools 
can be found elsewhere, the AI on 
demand platform – as the central and 
reference access point - aims to 
guarantee that the resources offered are 
of quality, ready to use, have the correct 
license etc.  

In addition to providing such resources, 
the AI-on-demand-platform will offer 
supports to DIHs - such as "train the 
trainer" programme  

The indicator is strictly linked to the 
implementation of DEP, as it measures 
the usage of the TEFs set-up by the DEP 
programme, therefore, at the start of the 
programme, the baseline is 0. 

2.2.3. Usage of testing and experimentation 
facilities.  

The indicator is strictly linked to the 
implementation of DEP, as it measures 
the usage of the TEFs set-up by the DEP 
programme; therefore, at the start of the 
programme, the baseline is 0. 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

At least 200 "ready to use" resources available on the platform. The 
target number of the users of such resources will have to be 
reassessed, based on the experience form the AI-on demand 
platform funded under H2020, and the demand from the various 
users of the platform, including EDIHs, etc.  

500 organisations using the data spaces as data providers or data 
users. Targets might need to be revised based on data on the final 
number of data spaces initiated in the first two years of the work 
programme. 

The DEP work programme 2021-2022 will support the establishment 
of 10 Data Spaces (Green Deal, Health, etc.). Data Spaces will offer a 
secure and trusted mean to make available data, for both the private 
and public sector, based upon voluntary agreements or legal 
obligations where such obligations are in force. 

Once data spaces will have been deployed and will be fully 
operational it is expected that a minimum of 50 organisations per 
data space will use them as data provider and/or data reuser. 

220 users for the 4 sectorial TEFs by 2025 (the lack of any similar 
experience makes setting an accurate target challenging):  
=> projects starting beginning 2023 - 1 year to establish the TEF 
infrastructure and testing environments and  scenarios - therefore 
the hosting of AI providers to start the testing and experimentation 
will start in 2024 - each TEF is expected to host about 10 
experimenters in the starting phase - i.e. during 2024 - therefore at 
the beginning of 2025 10 testing times 22 TEFs gives 220 usages of 
TEFs by 2025.   

Regarding Edge AI TEF - 12 users of the edge AI TEF are expected by 
the end of 2025. Reasoning: Edge AI TEF will have to procure and 
install the equipment first, so it will be operational in mid/late 2023. 
That leaves 2 years for running the prototyping and testing activities, 
which also have some lead-time which obviously it depends on the 
complexity of the specific projects.  
By the end of 2025 the Edge AI TEF is expected to have served 

30 

  
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

2.2a N. of cases for which organisations decide to 
integrate AI in their product, processes or services, 
as a result of the Programme 

The indicator is strictly linked to the 
implementation of DEP, as it aims to 
measure its impact; therefore, at the start 
of the programme, the baseline is 0.  

3.1 N. of cybersecurity infrastructure and/or tools 
jointly procured. 

The indicator is strictly linked to the 
implementation of DEP; therefore, at the 
start of the Programme, the baseline is 0.  

3.2 N. of users and user communities getting 
access to European cybersecurity facilities 

The indicator is strictly linked to the 
implementation of DEP; therefore, at the 
start of the Programme, the baseline is 0.  

4.1 Number of persons who have received training 
to acquire advanced digital skills supported by the 
Programme 

The call has significantly changes from 
the CEF pilot for Master courses.  

4.2 N. of enterprises, in particular SMEs, having 
difficulty recruiting ICT specialists 

57% (EU 28) 

around 12 projects (this is an estimate). 

The lack of any similar experience makes setting an accurate target 
challenging. Targets will need to be assessed based on data 
collected about the usage of the various tools offered by the 
programme measured after 2 years. 
Indeed, it is too speculative to give such estimate at this stage, as it 
should integrate the actions from the Data/Cloud services and DIHs 
as well, and this will only happen later in the process. We should be 
able to provide some estimates later in the programme, once the 
usage of the various tools DIGITAL is provided. The number of 
take-up of AI solution in products, services and processes should be 
a function of the number of AI tools available on the AI-on-demand-
platform, the usage of the data-space and cloud infrastructure, the 
number of "test before invest" of AI tools via DIHS, and the number 
of AI solutions successfully validated in TEFs.   

7 - The number of joint infrastructure or joint actions will be defined 
by the European Cybersecurity Competence Centre. Today we have 
none defined yet (as the GB does not exist), we expect MS to agree 
on a couple to start with, while the Commission wish to see 
eventually a large number of joint actions 

Target is to have at least 20 Member States using each facility. The 
title of the indicator is not precise enough, number of users or 
number of communities will lead to significant difference. In view of 
the point above, the more realistic will be to measure the number of 
Member States using/committed to the joint action mentioned above. 

To be defined according to the total financial allocation per action 
and the estimated unit costs (already used in the context of other 
programmes for similar actions such as European Social Fund (short-
term trainings), and the pilot funded under CEF (4 Master's courses 
to be delivered as of end 2021). 

This is a context indicator. Its evolution depends on a number of 
external factors, in particular on the availability of ICT specialists in 
the labour market and the demand for these profiles from 
businesses. This means that if companies become more digitalised, 
we can expect that the demand will increase, leading to a possible 
increase in the value of this indicator, even if the offer increases at 
the same time. The contribution of the programme cannot be 
isolated in a straightforward manner.  

4.2b N. of people reporting improved employment 
situation after the end of the training supported by 
the Programme 

0. 

This is an indicator already used in the monitoring of the European 
Social Fund. In general terms, the target is that more than 50% of 
participants have improved their employment situation.  

5.1 Take-up of digital public services 

By construction, (as the indicator 
measures progress toward target in 
percent) the baseline for this composite 
indicator is 0. 

This indicator is a composite indicator measuring the progress 
towards the uptake targets for selected digital public services 
supported by the programme used as proxies. For each digital 
solution to be used as a proxy, one or several sub-indicators will 
measure its uptake. E.g.: number of projects reusing a solution, score 
evaluated against the completion of the planned work in the context 
of the maintenance of a core system, etc. For each sub-indicator, a 
level of progress is computed based on the baseline and target. This 
figure cannot exceed 1 (100%). 

We then compute an average of these percentages, which give a 
score for the service. The next step is to compute an average of the 
scores of each services by topic. Each area has equal weight. Finally, 
these figures are combined to compute the global score. 

Scope of the indicator: 

Indicator 5.1 covers the following digital public services, grouped by 

31 

  
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

areas of focus: 

1. 

Common services platform: 

1.1.1. 
the service) 

 Take-up of eTranslation (metrics: # of projects reusing 

1.1.2. 
solution) 

 Take-up of eDelivery (metrics: # of projects reusing the 

1.1.3. 
reusing the solution) 

 Take-up of interoperability testbed (metrics: # of projects 

2. 

Once-only principle implementation 

  Schedule Performance Index and Cost Performance 

2.1.1. 
Index. If the score is higher than one, the planned take-up is on track. 
If the ratio is less than one, the project is not on track. In ideal 
conditions, the ratio should be one. 

2.1.2. 
action. 

  Number of Member States connected by the end of the 

3. 

Support to an EU electronic identity system 

3.1.1. 
exchange the new digital identity credentials  

Number of countries enabled by the funded activities to 

Digital services in the area of justice and consumer 

4. 
protection. [The target metric is evaluated against the successful 
completion of the planned work under each component, as set out in 
the respective WP. A value of 1 equals 100% of the objectives have 
been met, a value of 0,5 indicates that the objectives were met 
partially, and a value of 0 indicates that the objectives have not 
been achieved]: 

4.1.1. 
consumers systems -  

Maintenance and evolution of the core EU justice and 

4.1.2. 
CODEX)  

e-Justice Communication via Online Data Exchange (e-

4.1.3. 
enforcement (EU eLab)  

Common platform for online investigations and 

Weights: 

Each area of focus receives an equal weight to compute the overall 
score. This table presents an indicative weight distribution. 

Area of focus 

Common services Platform 

Once Only Principle implementation 

Support to an EU electronic identity system   

Digital services in the area of justice  
and consumer protection 

Weight 

25% 

25% 

25% 

25% 

We will assume an acceleration of the trend, or in other words a 
more rapid increase of the share of companies with at least high 
digital intensity scores. However, the isolation of the programme’s 
contribution is not straightforward due to exogenous factors. The 
rapid evolution of the measured technologies does not allow for a 
comparable significance of a potential increase of the index across 
the years.  

5.2  Enterprises with high digital intensity score 

15.4% (2020) 

5.3 Extent of alignment of the National 
Interoperability Framework with the European 
Interoperability Framework 

Baseline value will be established based 
on the results collected at the end of 
2020.  

The Member States are expected to fully implement the EIF. The full 
implementation of the EIF is equal to a score of almost 4 

5.4 N. of businesses and public sector entities 
which have used the European Digital Innovation 

The indicator is strictly linked to the 
implementation of DEP; therefore, at the 

129 600 (2028) 
The minimum target, specified in the impact assessment, is 42 000 

32 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Hubs’ services 

start of the Programme, the baseline is 0.   for 7 years. 

Assuming there will be around 200 EDIHs by 2023, and that the 
average number of users of test before invest services per EDIH will 
progressively grow to 200 by 2028, the target can be fixed at 
129 600 supported entities.  

33 

  
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

SINGLE MARKET PROGRAMME 
Programme for the single market, competitiveness of enterprises, including small and 
medium-sized enterprises and European statistics 

REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN 
PARLIAMENT AND OF THE 
COUNCIL establishing a 
Programme for the internal market, 
competitiveness of enterprises, 
including small and medium-sized 
enterprises, the area of plants, 
animals, food and feed and 
European statistics 

Regulation (EU)2021/690 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027  

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!Jt84Tb 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

4 884.74 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

575.0 

583.5 

592.2 

601.1 

610.2 

619.6 

626.3 

Total 
programming 

4 208.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
SMP was carried out in June 2018.  
For further information please consult:  
https://europa.eu/!YY36cb 

4 

includes 

for 

the 
the  Programme 
Competitiveness  of  Enterprises  and 
small  and  medium-sized  enterprises 
the  European  Statistical 
(COSME), 
programme,  Consumers  programme, 
Specific  activities 
field  of 
financial  reporting  and  auditing,  and 
Enhancing  consumers  involvement  in 
in  the  field  of 
EU  policy  making 
financial services, and Food and Feed. 

the 

in 

Challenge 
The  Single  Market  is  at  the  heart  of  the  European 
project,  enabling  citizens  to  live,  work,  and  travel 
consumers 
they  wish  and  offering 
wherever 
protection,  safety  and greater choice  at  lower  prices. 
But a well-functioning Single Market is not a given. It 
has  yet  to  materialise  in  a  number  of  areas  and  in 
others the benefits could be more substantial.  

A  well-functioning  Single  Market  will  be  crucial  for 
Europe’s  recovery  from  the  COVID-19  crisis,  and  in 
helping  the  green  and  digital  transitions  of  all  of 
Europe’s industrial ecosystems. This requires carefully 
designed, implemented and enforced Union legislation 
in all sectors, including financial services, anti-money 
laundering,  the  free  movement  of  capital,  and 
protection  of  consumers  as  well  as  human,  animal 
and  plant  health.  Strengthened  governance  of  the 
Single  Market,  as  well  as  efficient  and  effective 
coordination of joint actions between Member States 
and the Commission are essential. 

In all these areas, action at the EU level is essential to 
properly address cross-border issues, ensure adequate 
coordination  of  interventions,  and  advance  towards 
common EU goals. 

Mission 
The Single Market Programme aims to: (i) help ensure 
a  well-functioning  Single  Market  for  goods  and 
services,  with  fit-for-purpose  legislation,  including  in 
the areas of financial services, anti-money laundering, 
free  movement  of  capital,  protection  of  consumers 
and  animal and  plant health;  (ii)  provide high-quality 
statistics  on  all  EU  policies;  and  (iii)  coordinate 
capacity  building  for 
joint  actions  between  the 
Commission and Member States. 

Objectives 
The programme has the following specific objectives: 

1.  Making  the  internal  market  work  better  including 

through improved market surveillance;  

2.  Improving  the  competitiveness  of  businesses, 

especially SMEs; 

3.  Increasing standardisation, including in the area of 
financial and non-financial reporting, and auditing; 

4.  Promoting the interests of consumers, including in 

financial services; 

5.  A  high  level  of  health  for  humans,  animals  and 

plants throughout the food chain; and 

6.  Producing 

and 

communicating 

high-quality 

statistics on Europe. 

Actions 
The programme’s main activities include: 

a)  Data  gathering  and  analysis 

in  support  of 
effective  enforcement  and  modernisation  of  the 
Union’s legal framework;  

b)  Studies and evaluations; 

c)  Capacity-building activities and facilitation of joint 
actions  between  Member  States,  their  competent 
authorities, the Commission and the decentralised 
Union agencies; 

d)  Financing  of  mechanisms  allowing  individuals, 
to 

consumers  and  business 
representatives 
contribute to decision-making processes; and 

e)  Strengthening the exchange and dissemination of 

expertise and knowledge. 

The  programme  will  particularly  support,  through 
targeted  actions,  improved  competitiveness  (notably 
of SMEs), financial stability and the free movement of 
capital,  European  standards  for  goods  and  services, 
development  and  oversight  of  financial  and  non-
financial  reporting,  development.,  production  and 
dissemination  of  European  statistics,  and  emergency 
measures along the food chain and for the protection 
of human, animal and plant health. 

Delivery mode 
The  Single  Market  Programme  will  be  mainly 
implemented  by  direct  management  by 
the 
Commission  (participating  Directorates-General  are 
COMP, ESTAT, FISMA, GROW, JUST, SANTE, TAXUD). 

of 

businesses 

Two  executive  agencies  will  implement  parts  of  the 
Programme,  namely  the  European Innovation  Council 
and  SME  Executive  Agency  (for  activities  concerning 
competitiveness 
SMEs, 
standardisation,  and  promotion  of  the  interests  of 
consumers),  and  the  European  Health  and  Digital 
Executive  Agency  (for  activities  concerning  protection 
of  the  health  of  humans,  animals  and  plants  along 
the  food  chain,  and  the  support  of  the  welfare  of 
animals).  

and 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
The  Single  Market  Programme  brings  together  six 
predecessor programmes from different policy areas, 
notably  the  grants  and  contracts  part  of  COSME, 
programmes  on  consumer  protection,  consumer  and 
end-users  in  financial  services,  specific  activities  in 
the field of financial reporting and auditing standards 
measures  to  contribute  to  a  high  level  of  health  for 
human, animals and plants along the food chain and 
in  related  areas  and  European  statistics.  It  also 
integrates  a  number  of  former  prerogative  budget 
lines.  Drawing  from  the  lessons  of  the  impact 
assessment,  this  integrated  setup  is  expected  to 
constitute  a  more  flexible  and  agile  financing 
framework,  which  will  allow 
to  better  exploit 
synergies, prevent duplication and fragmentation, and 
prioritize across all 14 ecosystems. 

34 

 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Performance Framework 

Making the internal market more effective, facilitating the prevention and removal of obstacles, supporting the development, 
implementation and enforcement of the Union law 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number  of  new  complaints  and  cases  of  non-
compliance in the area of free movement of goods 
and services, as well as Union legislation on public 
procurement.  

Avoiding  unfair  competition 
induced by unfair products 

Result 

Composite 
CHAPS,  NIF 
databases 

indicator 
and 

from 
ICSMS 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually. 

Services Trade Restrictiveness Index. 

Free movement of services 

Impact 

National legislation 

Number  of  visits  to  the  Your  Europe  portal  and  to 
the national pages included in Your Europe, notified 
to the Single digital gateway5 links repository; user 
satisfaction 

awareness 

of 
Improving 
rights  and  obligations  within 
the single market. 

Result 

Single  digital  gateway  data 
repository  /  Europa  Analytics 
(Your  Europe  Portal),  Your 
Europe annual user survey 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Market Surveillance 

Indicator 

Number of cases of non-compliance in the area of 
goods, including online sales resulting from product 
inspections  undertaken  by  Market  Surveillance 
Authorities.  

Number  of  joint  market  surveillance  campaigns 
undertaken  at  EU  level,  and  involving  Market 
Surveillance Authorities. 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Result 

ICSMS database 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 1 
month; monthly 

Output 

DG GROW/Market Surveillance  First data in 2021; no lag; monthly 

to 

EU 

legislation 
Enforcing 
harmonised 
related 
products 
market 
/ 
surveillance,  avoiding  unfair 
protecting 
competition, 
the 
consumers,  protecting 
environment. 

to 

EU 

legislation 
Enforcing 
harmonised 
related 
products 
market 
/ 
surveillance,  avoiding  unfair 
protecting 
competition, 
consumers,  protecting 
the 
environment. 

Improving the competitiveness of enterprises with special emphasis on SMEs 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number  of  SMEs,  clusters  and  business  network 
organisations,  and  business  support  organisations 
receiving  support 
in 
particular for internationalisation, digitalisation and 
sustainability. 

the  programme, 

from 

Competitiveness of SMEs 

Output 

EISMEA 

First  data  in  2022;  estimated  lag 
1-1.5 years; annually 

5 Art 19 of the Single Digital Gateway Regulation (21.11.2018), OJ, L 295/1 

35 

 
 
 
 
                                                 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

N.  of  companies  supported  having  concluded 
business partnerships. 

entrepreneurs  benefitting 

Number  of 
from 
mentoring  and  mobility  schemes,  including  young, 
new  and  female  entrepreneurs,  as  well  as  other 
specific target groups. 

Result 

Output 

Enterprise  Europe  Network 
partnership 
agreement 
database 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Erasmus 
Entrepreneurs IT tool; EISMEA 

for 

Young 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Ensuring the effective functioning of the internal market through standardisation processes 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Share of implementation of European standards as 
national  standards  by  Member  States  in  total 
amount of active European standards.  

Timely 
European standards 

transposition 

of 

Result 

Databases  of  the  European 
standardisation  organisations 
(CEN, CENELEC and ETSI) 

First  data  in  2022;  estimated  lag 
four months; annually 

Percentage  of 
standards endorsed by the Union. 

international  financial  reporting 

Support 
high-quality 
international  standards  that 
underpin the implementation 
of Union legislation. 

Result 

provided 

Data 
beneficiaries 

by 

grant 

First  data  in  2022,  estimated  lag 
four months, annually 

Promoting the interests of consumers and ensuring a high level of consumer protection and product safety 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Consumer condition index. 

State  of 
Market. 

the  EU  Single 

Result 

Consumers’ survey 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 4 
months; every two years 

Number of position papers and responses to public 
consultations in the field of financial services from 
beneficiaries. 

End-user 
financial 
policy-making. 

engagement 

in 
services 

Output 

provided 

Data 
beneficiaries  

by 

grant 

First  data  in  2022,  estimated  lag 
four months, annually  

Contributing to a high level of health for humans, animals and plants along the food chain and in related areas 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type  Source 

Data availability 

Percentage  of  successfully  implemented  national 
veterinary and phyto-sanitary programmes. 

Health of EU agriculture and 
forestry. 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Producing and communicating high quality statistics on Europe 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number  of  web  mentions  and  positive/negative 
opinions. 

of 
Impact 
published on the internet 

statistics 

Impact 

ESTAT, Brandwatch online tool  First data in 2022: estimated lag 1 

year; annually  

Estimation of baselines and targets   

Indicator 
1.  Number  of  new  complaints 
and cases of non-compliance in 
the  area  of  free  movement  of 
goods  and  services,  as  well  as 
Union 
legislation  on  public 
procurement.  

2. 
Services 
Restrictiveness Index (STRI). 

Trade 

Method 
Weighted  or  composite  indicator  (to  be  developed)  extracted 
from  

Baseline 
0 

1.  The CHAP database of registered complaints by citizens or 

businesses.  

2.  The NIF database for infringement cases launched against 

a Member State. 

3.  The Information and Communication System for the pan-
European  Market  Surveillance  (ICSMS)  and  Rapid  Alert 
System for dangerous non-food product (Rapex) 

Target 
Once the precise formulation of the 
composite indicator will be 
finalised, the target will be set 
based on the objective to further 
continue the positive trend towards 
EU law compliance and free 
movement in the internal market of 
goods and services. 

instrument  for 

The  OECD  STRI  collects 
information  on  services  trade 
restrictions across 19 major services sectors. The project has 
two  complementary  instruments:  a  services  trade  regulatory 
database  and  a  services  trade  restrictiveness  index.  These 
trade 
provide  an 
liberalisation and allow countries to benchmark their services 
market  regulations  against  the  global  best  practice.  STRI 
indices  take  the  value  from  0  to  1.  Complete  openness  to 
trade  and  investment  gives  a  score  of  zero,  while  being 
completely closed to foreign services providers yields a score 
of one. 

the  assessment  of 

3. Number of visits to the Your 
Europe portal. 

How many times the Your Europe portal was consulted. Visits 
can  be  broken  down  by  section,  country,  language  and  other 
information  on  rights, 
parameters.  The  portal  presents 
obligations  and  opportunities  for  citizens  and  businesses  in 
the internal market. Continued growth in the number of visits 
can be related to improvements in content provided as well as 
increased interest in single market rights.  

4.  Number  of  Joint  market 
surveillance campaigns. 

The  number  of  product  market  surveillance  campaigns 
coordinated  by  two  or  more  Market  Surveillance  Authorities, 
and funded by the Commission. 

5.  Number  of  SMEs  receiving 
support 
the  different 
activities of the programme. 

from 

6.  Number  of 
companies 
supported  having  concluded 
business 
innovation 
and 
partnerships. 

7.  Share  of  implementation  of 
European standards as national 
standards by Member States in 
total 
active 
of 
European standards.  

amount 

The number of small or medium sized enterprises that benefit 
from concrete support from am SMP funded action. 

The  European  Enterprise  Network 
facilitates  business, 
technology  and  R&I  partnership  agreements  to  help  SMEs 
develop  activities  outside  their  home  country.  This  indicator 
gives  the  number  of  companies  that  signed  a  partnership 
agreement thanks to these services. 

through 

the  databases  of 

the  European 
Collected 
standardisation  organisations  (CEN,  CENELEC  and  ETSI).  CEN 
and  CENELEC  actively  monitor  the  number  of  transposed 
standards compared to the catalogue of active standards and 
report 
the 
the  percentage  per  national  member 
Commission. 

to 

the 

Take 
OECD figure. 

current 

Moving  towards  0  –  i.e.  complete 
openness to trade and investment 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Current 
value of 90% 

reference 

+  5%  /  year  based  on  current 
growth projections.  

This 
number 
dependent  on 
available 

is 

highly 
the  budget 

Projection  forward  based  on 
recent 
trend  with  320000 
SMEs receiving support at mid-
term 
Maintain  or  slightly  increase 
number  of  EEN  partnership 
agreements  for 
the  7-year 
period 
deliver  18,500 
to 
cumulative 

Aim for progress towards 95% 

8.  Percentage  of  international 
financial  reporting  standards 
endorsed by the Union. 

The  indicator  measures  the  percentage  of  International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) endorsed by the EU and 
is  used  to  assess  the  progress  towards  a  single  set  of  high 
quality global accounting standards. 

 98% in 2020 

Maintain  a  high  percentage  of 
international 
reporting 
standards endorsed by the Union 

financial 

37 

 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

9.  Consumer  condition  index 
(CCI). 

responses 

10.  Number  of  position  papers 
and 
public 
consultations  in  the  field  of 
financial 
from 
beneficiaries. 

services 

to 

The  CCI  shows  how  the  single  market  is  performing  for  EU 
consumers.  The  index  attempts  at  gauging:  1)  the  sentiment 
of consumers’ trust toward  several  market agents (i.e. public 
authorities,  retailers,  consumer  organisations,  and  existing 
consumer  protection  measures);  2)  the  presence  of  illicit 
commercial  practices 
(i.e.  as  experienced  by  survey 
respondents); 3) the consumers’ propensity to complain; 4) the 
perceived ease of redress; and 5) the perceived safety of non-
food products on the market. It is measured on a scale out of 
100. 
The  number  of  position  papers  and  responses  to  public 
consultations (absolute value) in the field of financial services. 

11.  Percentage  of  successfully 
national 
implemented 
veterinary  and  phyto-sanitary 
programmes 

Following  the  submission  of  technical  and  financial  final 
reports by the Member States, the Commission evaluates and 
decides on the final payment for each approved programme. 
Programmes  whose  implementation  is  in  line  with  the  EU 
legislation  and  the  terms  agreed  with  the  Commission  are 
considered successful. The indicator measures this percentage. 

74.3 in 2020 

Increase 

Maintain a positive trend 

179 position papers 
and 
to 
responses 
public  consultations 
in 2020 

Take 
2020 
the 
figure as a baseline 

Increase % up to 2027 

of 
the 

statistics 
12. 
Impact 
published  on 
internet: 
number  of  web  mentions  and 
positive/negative opinions. 

The  indicator  measures  the  impact  on  the  internet  of  the 
statistics  published  by  Eurostat,  providing  details  on  the 
number of mentions in one year and the percentage of these 
mentions which are negative. 

0 

Increase  the  number  of  mentions 
compared  to  the  mentions  in  2020 
and  minimise 
the  number  of 
negative  mentions,  keeping  them 
below 2%. 

38 

 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

ANTI-FRAUD 
Anti-fraud programme of the EU 

LEGAL BASIS: 
TFEU, art. 33 and 325; 

PROPOSAL FOR A 
REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT 
AND OF THE COUNCIL 
establishing the EU Anti-Fraud 
Programme 

Challenge 
The Union's financial interests are threatened by both 
fraudulent  activities  and  financial  irregularities,  both 
on  the  side  of  EU  revenues  and  EU  expenditure,  as 
shown every year by the Commission’s annual report 
on the protection of the Union's financial interest. 

COM(2018)386 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://ec.europa.eu/anti-fraud/   

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

154.46 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

24.1 

24.4 

24.9 

25.5 

26.4 

27.4 

28.7 

181.2 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The ex-ante evaluation of the  
Anti-Fraud programme was carried 
out in 2018.  
For further information please 
consult: 
https://europa.eu/!Fh83Xk 

6 includes Hercule and AFIS. 

it 

these 

threats 

the  part  of 

terms  of  subsidiarity  where 

requires  continuous  and 
Tackling 
enhanced  action  on 
the  Union. 
Irregularities and fraud are by definition a Union-wide 
phenomenon,  which  is  not  limited  to  an  individual 
Member State. The intervention at Union level on the 
protection  of  the  Union  financial interests  is  justified 
in 
facilitates 
cooperation  between  the  Union  and  the  Member 
States or between Member States, without impinging 
on Member States’ responsibilities. Examples of such 
interventions  include  the  necessary  coordination  of 
Member States’ antifraud activities and the provision 
of  financial,  technical,  and  information  support  to 
Member States in their efforts and actions to protect 
the  Union’s  financial  interests.  The  importance  and 
value of this coordination and support role by the EU 
are  particularly  obvious  when  the  fraud  or  the 
irregularity  has  a  cross  border  dimension  or  impacts 
several Member States. 

Mission 
Anti-Fraud supports and complements Member States 
in  preventing  and  fighting  fraud  affecting  the 
financial  interests  of  the  EU,  and  providing  mutual 
assistance in customs and agricultural matters.  

Objectives  
The programme has three components, each with its 
specific objective as follows:  

  Preventing  and  combating  fraud,  corruption  and 
any  other  illegal  activities  affecting  the  financial 
interest of the Union; 

  Supporting the reporting of irregularities, including 
fraud, with regard to the shared management and 
pre-accession funds of the Union Budget; and, 
  Providing  tools  for  information  exchange  and 
support  for  operational  activities  in  the  field  of 
mutual  administrative  assistance  in  customs  and 
agricultural matters. 

Actions 
The  first  component  of  the  programme  provides 
Member States with targeted assistance in achieving 
their  obligations  to  protect  the  Union's  financial 
interests  by  means  of  support  for  the  purchase  of 
specific  antifraud  equipment,  specific 
trainings, 
targeted conferences and studies.  

For  the  second  component,  the  Commission  puts  at 
the 
Member  States’  disposal  and  maintains 
Irregularity Management System to facilitate Member 
States’ and candidate countries' compliance with their 
obligation  (laid  down  in  various  sectorial  pieces  of 
legislation) to report detected irregularities—including 

fraud—in  cases  related  to  shared  management  and 
pre-accession assistance funds.  

The third component encompasses the operation and 
maintenance  of  the  Anti-Fraud  Information  System 
(supporting  Member  States’  mutual  assistance  in 
customs  and  agricultural  matters);  as  well  as  other 
supported  activities, 
Joint  Customs 
Operations,  training  courses,  and  preparatory  or 
evaluation meetings for operational actions. 

such  as 

Delivery mode 
Anti-Fraud 
direct 
implemented 
is 
management. The European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) 
is the lead service for programme implementation.  

through 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
Anti-Fraud  merges  three  instruments  implemented 
separately in the 2014-2020 MFF, namely the Hercule 
spending programme and the financing bases of both 
the Anti-Fraud Information System and the Irregularity 
Management System. 

.

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Performance Framework 

Preventing and combatting fraud, corruption and any other illegal activities affecting the financial interests of the European 
Union. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Satisfaction  rate  of  activities  organised  and  (co-) 
financed through the programme. 

Preventing  and  combatting 
fraud,  corruption  and  any 
other illegal activities 

Result 

EC: surveys 

First  data  in  2023;  estimated  lag 
1,5 year; annual 

Percentage  of  Member  States  receiving  support 
each year of the programme. 

Preventing  and  combatting 
fraud,  corruption  and  any 
other illegal activities 

Result 

EC: surveys 

First data in 2023; estimated lag 1 
year; annual 

Supporting the reporting of irregularities, including fraud, with regard to the shared management and pre-accession assistance 
funds of the Union budget. 

Indicator 

User  satisfaction 
Irregularities Management System. 

rate  for 

the  use  of 

Dimension 
measured 

the 

Reporting  of 
with 
regard 
management 
accession funds. 

irregularities 
shared 
to 
pre-
and 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Result 

EC: surveys 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annual 

Providing tools for information exchange and support for operational activities in the field of mutual administrative 
assistance in customs and agricultural matters. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number  of  entries  with  information  for  mutual 
assistance  made  available  and  number  of 
supported mutual assistance-related activities. 

Information  exchange  and 
support 

Result 

EC: AFIS and supported mutual 
assistance-related activities 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annual 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Estimation of baselines and targets   

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

  Specific objective 1: the following two indicators gauge the support provided to national authorities and other partners in the protection of the 

Union's financial interests through the Union Anti-Fraud Programme: 

1.  Satisfaction rate of activities (co-) financed by the Programme: the baseline for the programme in 2021 is zero; 

2.  Percentage of Member States receiving support from the programme. This is a new indicator, which focuses on the nationality of 
beneficiaries of grants and of the participants in training programmes. The baseline for the programme for 2021 is set at zero. 

Baseline  

  Specific objective 2:  

User satisfaction rate for the use of IMS: the baseline for the programme is 72% in 2019..  

  Specific objective 3:  

Number of entries with information for mutual assistance made available and number of supported mutual assistance-related activities: For this 
indicator, we consider the number of entries in the relevant AFIS applications. The baseline for the programme is 18 639 entries in 2019. 

  Specific objective 1:  

1.  The average user satisfaction rate: A realistic target would be at least confirming by the end of the 2021 2027 MFF the results obtained in 

the previous programme with Hercule III, i.e., an average satisfaction rate of 95%.  

However, taking into account that these results were achieved in the last years (2017-2019) of the Hercule III programme implementation, 
and considering that the 2021-2027 programme will undergo adaptations based on experience and the mid-term evaluation, OLAF's 
Strategic Plan 2020-2024 has set lower interim milestones for the Union Anti-Fraud Programme, as follows: 92% for 2022; 95% for 
2027; 

Target  

2.  The percentage of Member States receiving support. The average based on 2017-2019 data was 100%. However, this reflected a wider 
coverage of the indicator, including the nationality of the beneficiaries of the procurement to access commercial databases. For the new 
indicator, the reference for the previous period was 87%, which is set as target for 2027. Interim targets are set as follows: 81% for 2021, 
and then increasing 1% per year, to reach 87% for 2027; 

  Specific objective 2:  

A realistic target would be to maintain the current satisfaction rate of IMS users at 72% (as per the latest survey carried out in 2019). 

  Specific objective 3:  

The AFIS tool should reach a number of 24 000 entries by 2024 and maintain its/this capacity at the required level until the end of the 
Programme. For reference, 18 639 entries were reported for 2019. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

FISCALIS 
Action programme for cooperation in the field of taxation in the European Union 

PROPOSAL FOR A REGULATION OF 
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL establishing the 
'Fiscalis' programme for cooperation 
in the field of taxation 

COM/2018/443 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027  

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!DR38vJ 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

223.7 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

36.2 

36.9 

37.7 

38.4 

39.2 

40.0 

40.8 

269.2 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The ex-ante evaluation of the  
Fiscalis programme was carried 
out in 2018.  
For further information please 
consult: 
https://europa.eu/!Fc84BM 

Fiscalis will be implemented in direct management by 
the Commission (DG TAXUD). 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
Fiscalis  is  a  continuation  of  its  predecessor  in  the 
2014-2020  MFF,  but  it  will  entail  more  intensive 
cooperation  and  a 
larger  number  of  electronic 
systems. 

Challenge 
Tax  fraud,  tax  evasion  and  tax  avoidance,  combined 
with  digitalisation  and  new  business  models,  present 
continued  challenges  to  both  the  Union  and  the 
functioning  and  performance  of  national 
tax 
administrations. The latter need to provide quick and 
joint  responses,  while  at  the  same  time  avoiding 
unnecessary  administrative  burden  for  citizens  and 
businesses engaging in cross-border transactions.  

Individual  Member States cannot  adequately  address 
these problems on their own. Rather, these challenges 
both within the EU and with third countries. This calls 
for EU action. 

the 

internal  market,  foster 

Mission 
Fiscalis  has  the  general  objective  to  support  tax 
authorities  and  taxation  in  order  to  enhance  the 
the 
functioning  of 
competitiveness  of  the  Union and  fair  competition in 
the  Union,  protect  the  financial  and  economic 
interests  of  the  Union  and  its  Member  States, 
including by protecting those interests from tax fraud, 
tax  evasion  and  tax  avoidance,  and  improve  tax 
collection. It offers Member States a Union framework 
to  develop  activities  through  cooperation  amongst 
national  taxation  officials,  on  the  one  hand,  and  IT 
and human capacity building, on the other. 

Objectives 
The programme has the specific objective to support 
tax  policy  and  the  implementation  of  Union  law 
relating to the field of taxation; to foster cooperation 
between  tax  authorities,  including  exchange  of  tax 
information;  and  to  support  administrative  capacity 
building, 
the 
development and operation of the European electronic 
systems. 

including  human  competency  and 

Actions 
Fiscalis  provides  financial  support  for  IT  capacity-
building  actions,  in  particular  the  development  and 
operation of European electronic systems for taxation, 
and 
tax 
authorities via meetings and project-based structured 
collaboration  such  as  project  groups  and  expert 
teams.  

cooperation  among  national 

fosters 

The  programme  also  provides  financial  support  for 
human  competency  and  other  capacity  building 
actions,  including  training  and  exchange  of  best 
practices,  as  well  as  other  actions  like  studies, 
communication and innovation activities. 

Delivery mode 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Performance Framework 

To support tax policy and the implementation of Union law relating to the field of taxation; to foster tax cooperation, including 
exchange of tax information; and to support  administrative capacity building, including human competency and the 
development and operation of the European electronic systems. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Union Law and Policy application and 
implementation index. -  Number of actions under 
the programme organised in this area 

Capacity building 

Output 

Activity Reporting Tool (ART) 
managed by DG TAXUD 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

Union Law and Policy application and 
implementation index. –  Number of 
recommendations/guidelines issued following those 
actions 

Capacity building 

Output 

Surveys managed by DG 
TAXUD 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

Learning index - Number of tax officials trained 

Capacity building 

Output 

Data provided by national 
administrations and Activity 
Reporting Tool (managed by 
DG TAXUD) 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

Learning index – Number of e-learning modules 
used 

Capacity building 

Output 

Data provided by national 
administrations 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

Learning index – Quality score given by participants 
in training activities 

Capacity building 

Output 

DG TAXUD 

Availability of European electronic systems (in 
terms of percentage of time) 

Capacity building 

Output 

DG TAXUD 

Availability of the Common Communication 
Network (in terms of percentage of time) 

Capacity building 

Output 

DG TAXUD 

IT simplified procedures for the national 
administrations and economic operators – Number 
of economic operators registered 

IT simplified procedures for the national 
administrations and economic operators – Number 
of applications 

IT simplified procedures for the national 
administrations and economic operators – Number 
of consultations carried out 

Capacity building 

Result 

DG TAXUD 

Capacity building 

Result 

DG TAXUD 

Capacity building 

Result 

DG TAXUD 

Collaboration Robustness index - Number of face-
to-face meetings held under the programme 

Knowledge sharing and 
networking 

Output 

Activity Reporting Tool (ART) 
managed by DG TAXUD 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

 First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

43 

 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Collaboration Robustness index - Number of on-line 
collaboration groups 

Knowledge sharing and 
networking 

Result 

Programmes Information and 
Collaboration Space (PICS) 
managed by DG TAXUD 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

Collaboration Robustness index - Degree of 
networking generated 

Knowledge sharing and 
networking 

Result 

Surveys managed by DG 
TAXUD 

Best Practices and Guideline index – Number of 
actions under the programme organised in this 
area 

Knowledge sharing and 
networking 

Output 

Activity Reporting Tool (ART) 
managed by DG TAXUD 

Best Practices and Guideline index - Percentage of 
tax authorities that made use of a working practice 
/ guideline developed with the support of the 
programme 

Knowledge sharing and 
networking 

Result 

Surveys managed by DG 
TAXUD 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets  
Indicator 

Baseline 

Union  Law  and  Policy  application  and 
implementation index.  

0 

Target 

Stable  value  or  increase  compared  to  the    first  two  years  of 
measurement (annual target) 

  Number  of  actions  under  the  programme 

organised in this area 

  Number  of  recommendations  or  guidelines 

issued following those actions 

Collaboration Robustness index 

  Number of face-to-face meetings held under 

the programme 

  Number of on-line collaboration groups 

Best Practices and Guideline index 

  Number  of  actions  under  the  programme 

organised in this area 

Learning index - Number of tax officials trained  0 

Learning index – Number of e-learning modules 
used 

0 

Learning index – Quality score by participants in 
training activities 

0 

Availability of European electronic systems 

0 

Annual  value  equal  or  superior  to  13,300  (rounded  2014-2020 
average excluding the 2019 figures as they strongly diverged from 
other years due notably to the preparation of BREXIT) 

Stable  value  or  increase  compared  to  the  2014-2020  average 
(130 per year) 

>70% 

Corresponds to a ‘very good’ score using the applied methodology 
(Kirk Patrick quality score) 

Will  correspond  to  a  value  close  to  100%,  taking  into  account 
historical data 

Availability  of  the  Common  Communication 
Network 

0 

Will correspond to a value close to 100%, taking into account data 
from previous years 

IT  simplified  procedures 
administrations and economic operators  

for 

the  national 

  Number of economic operators registered 

  Number of applications 

0 

Value  corresponding 
benchmark provided by past data.  

to  a  significant  percentage  of 

the 

As these indicators are subject to strong fluctuations, the target 
will correspond to a lower bound under which the variation could 
be considered abnormal. 

44 

 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

IT  simplified  procedures 
the  national 
administrations  and  economic  operators  – 
Number of consultations carried out 

for 

0 

Collaboration  Robustness  index  -  Degree  of 
networking generated 

0 

Best Practices and Guideline index  - Percentage 
of  tax  authorities  that  made  use  of  a  working 
practice  /  guideline  developed  with  the  support 
of the programme 

0 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Value  corresponding 
benchmark provided by past data.  

to  a  significant  percentage  of 

the 

As these indicators are subject to strong fluctuations,  the target 
will correspond to a lower bound under which the variation could 
be considered abnormal. 

>90% 

>70% 

45 

 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

CUSTOMS PROGRAMME 
Action programme for cooperation in the field of customs in the European Union 

Customs  will  be  implemented  in  direct  management 
by the Commission (DG TAXUD). 

is  a  continuation  of 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
its  predecessor 
Customs 
programme  under  the  2014-2020  MFF,  with  more 
intensive  cooperation,  a  larger  number  of  electronic 
systems, and greater openness to innovation. 

. 

PROPOSAL FOR A REGULATION 
OF THE EUROPEAN 
PARLIAMENT AND OF THE 
COUNCIL establishing the 
'Customs' programme for 
cooperation in the field of 
customs 

COM/2018/442 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!CU34bu 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

532.5 

126.9 

130.4 

133.1 

135.7 

138.4 

141.2 

144.3 

950.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The ex-ante evaluation of the  
Customs programme was carried 
out in 2018.  
For further information please 
consult: 
https://europa.eu/!pH79WJ 

Challenge 
Safeguarding the financial interests of the Union and 
of Member States and protecting the integrity of the 
Single  Market  for  goods  (including  from  health, 
environmental,  and  other 
requires  an 
effective management of the Union’s customs.  

threats) 

This  in  turn  requires  intense  operational  cooperation 
between  Member  States’  customs  administrations, 
and  between  them  and  other  authorities  in  trading 
partners and other third countries. As many of these 
and  other  activities  in  the  customs  area  are  of  a 
cross-border  nature,  they  cannot  be  effectively  and 
individual  national 
efficiently 
administrations on their own. Rather, action at the EU 
level is warranted. 

carried  out  by 

Mission 
Customs  has  the  general  objective  to  support  the 
Customs  Union  and  customs  authorities  working 
together  and  acting  as  one  to  protect  the  financial 
and economic interests of the Union and its Member 
States, to ensure security and safety within the Union, 
and to protect the Union from unfair and illegal trade, 
while facilitating legitimate business activity. 

Objectives 
The programme has the specific objectives to support 
the  preparation  and  uniform 
implementation  of 
customs  legislation  and  policy,  customs  cooperation, 
administrative  and  IT  capacity  building,  including 
human  competency  and  training  as  well  as  the 
development  and  operation  of  European  electronic 
systems, and innovation in the area of customs policy. 

Actions 
Customs  provides  financial  support  for  IT  capacity 
building  actions,  in  particular  the  development  and 
operation of European electronic systems for customs, 
and  fosters  cooperation  among  national  customs 
authorities via meetings and project-based structured 
collaboration, such project groups and expert teams. 

The  programme  also  provides  financial  support  for 
human  competency  and  capacity  building  actions, 
including  training  and  exchange  of  best  practices,  as 
well as other actions like studies, communication and 
innovation activities.  

Delivery mode 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Performance Framework 

Support the preparation and uniform implementation of customs legislation and policy as well as customs cooperation and 
administrative capacity building, including human competency and the development and operation of European electronic 
systems 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Union Law and Policy application and 
implementation index. - Number of actions under 
the programme organised in this area 

Capacity building 

Output 

Activity Reporting Tool (ART) 
managed by DG TAXUD 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

Union Law and Policy application and 
implementation index. – Number of 
recommendations/guidelines issued following those 
actions 

Capacity building 

Output 

Surveys managed by 
DG TAXUD 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

Learning index - Number of customs officials 
trained 

Capacity building 

Output 

Learning index – Number of learning modules used  Capacity building 

Output 

Data provided by national 
administrations and Activity 
Reporting Tool (ART) (managed 
by DG TAXUD) 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

Data provided by national 
administrations 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

Learning index - Quality score given by participants 
in training activities 

Capacity building 

Output 

DG TAXUD 

Availability of European electronic systems (in 
terms of percentage of time) 

Capacity building 

Output 

DG TAXUD 

Availability of the Common Communication 
Network (in terms of percentage of time) 

Capacity building 

Output 

DG TAXUD 

Use of key European electronic systems aimed at 
increasing interconnectivity and moving to a paper-
free Customs Union - Number of messages 
exchanged on the key EES/system components 

Use of key European electronic systems aimed at 
increasing interconnectivity and moving to a paper-
free Customs Union - Number of consultations 
carried out 

Capacity building 

Result 

DG TAXUD 

Capacity building 

Result 

DG TAXUD 

Union Customs Code completion rate 

Capacity building 

Output 

DG TAXUD 

Collaboration Robustness index - Number of face-
to-face meetings held under the programme 

Knowledge sharing and 
networking 

Output 

Activity Reporting Tool (ART) 
managed by DG TAXUD 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

47 

 
  
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Collaboration Robustness index - Number of on-line 
collaboration groups 

Knowledge sharing and 
networking 

Result 

Programmes Information and 
Collaboration Space (PICS) 
managed by DG TAXUD 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

Collaboration Robustness index – Degree of 
networking generated 

Knowledge sharing and 
networking 

Result 

Surveys managed by 
DG TAXUD 

Best Practices and Guideline index – Number of 
actions under the programme organised in this 
area 

Knowledge sharing and 
networking 

Output 

Activity Reporting Tool (ART) 
managed by DG TAXUD 

Best Practices and Guideline index – Percentage of 
participants that made use of a working practice / 
guideline developed with the support of the 
programme 

Knowledge sharing and 
networking 

Result 

Surveys managed by 
DG TAXUD 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

First data available in 2022; 
estimated lag of up to 1.5 year; 
annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets 

Indicator 

Baseline  Target 

Union Law and Policy application and implementation index.  

0 

  Number of actions under the programme organised in this area 

  Number of recommendations or guidelines issued following those 

actions 

Collaboration Robustness index 

  Number of face-to-face meetings held under the programme 

  Number of on-line collaboration groups 

Best Practices and Guideline index 

  Number of actions under the programme organised in this area 

Learning index - Number of tax officials trained 

Learning index – Number of e-learning modules used 

Learning index – Quality score by participants in training activities 

Availability of European electronic systems; 

Availability of the Common Communication Network 

IT simplified procedures for the national administrations and economic 
operators -Number of system-to-system messages exchanged 

IT simplified procedures for the national administrations and economic 
operators – Number of consultations carried out 

0  

0 

0  

0 

0 

0 

Stable value or increase compared to the first two years of 
measurement 

Annual value equal or superior to 17,900 (rounded average over 
2014-2020, excluding the 2019 figures as they strongly diverged 
from other years due notably to the preparation of BREXIT) 

Stable value or increase compared to the benchmark, i.e. the 2014-
2020 average (275 per year) 

>70% 

Corresponds to a ‘very good’ score using the applied methodology 
(Kirk Patrick quality score) 

Will correspond to a value close to 100%, taking into account data 
from previous years 

Value corresponding to a significant percentage of the baseline. As 
these indicators are subject to strong fluctuations, the target will 
correspond to a lower bound under which the variation could be 
considered abnormal. 

Value corresponding to a significant percentage of the baseline. As 
these indicators are subject to strong fluctuations, the target will 
correspond to a lower bound under which the variation could be 
considered abnormal. 

48 

 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Collaboration Robustness index - Degree of networking generated 

0 

>90% 

Union Customs Code completion rate 

100% by 2025 (note: changes in the legislation may affect the 
target) 

Approx. 75% 

UCC 
completion 
rate at the end 
of 2020 (ECA 
report) 

Best Practices and Guideline index - Percentage of participants that made 
use of a working practice / guideline developed with the support of the 
programme 

0 

>75% 

49 

 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

EU SPACE PROGRAMME 

REGULATION (EU) 2021/696 OF 
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT 
AND OF THE COUNCIL of 28 
April 2021 establishing the Union 
Space Programme and the European 
Union Agency for the Space 
Programme and repealing Regulations 
(EU) No 912/2010, (EU) No 
1285/2013 and (EU) No 377/2014 and 
Decision No 541/2014/EU 

COM/2018/447 final 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 

Period of Application 
2021-2027 
https://europa.eu/!Kb99rt  

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

11 092.9 7 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

1 997.4 

2 008.2 

2 045.4 

2 088.5 

2 131.4 

2 175.3 

2 221.8 

Total 
programming 

14 668.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The Impact Assessment of the Space 
Programme and the European Union Agency 
for Space Programme was adopted in 2018. 
For further information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!XF34px 

The interim evaluation of Copernicus was 
carried out in 2017. For further information 
please consult: http://europa.eu/!GJ34Xr 
The assessment of Copernicus ex ante 
benefits was adopted in 2017. Please 
consult: 
https://www.copernicus.eu/sites/default/files/
2018-10/Copernicus-Ex-Ante-Final-
Report_0_0.pdf 

The EGNOS and Galileo mid-term review 
was carried out in 2017. For further 
information please consult: 
http://europa.eu/!KF39Uq 

The EU Space Programme brings all existing and new 
space  activities  under  a  single  Programme.  The 
existing  flagships,  Galileo  and  EGNOS  for  satellite 
navigation  and  Copernicus  for  Earth  observation,  are 
fully  operational  and  deliver  free  and  open  data  and 
services to the benefit of EU citizens, businesses and 
public authorities. 

The  new  initiatives  include  GOVSATCOM,  which  will 
provide  reliable  and  secure  satellite  communication 
and Space Situational Awareness, which will assist to 
preserve  assets  of  the  EU  Space  Programme  and  to 
reinforce links between space, security and defence.  

Delivery mode 
Directorate-General  for  Defence  Industry  and  Space 
(DG DEFIS) is the lead DG for the programme, which 
is implemented mainly through indirect management 
(EUSPA),  the 
with  the  European  GNSS  Agency 
European  Space  Agency  (ESA)  and  EUMETSAT.  A 
small  part  of  the  budget  is  implemented  through 
direct management by the Commission. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
The EU Space Programme builds on the success of its 
predecessor programmes, which will all continue with 
a  greater  focus  on  synergies  with  other  EU  policy 
areas.  The  EU  Space  Programme  for  2021-27 
introduces a number of new features, e.g. fostering a 
strong  and  innovative  space  industry  in  Europe, 
maintaining  Europe’s  autonomous  access  to  space 
and a unified system of governance. 

Challenge 
Space technology, data and services are indispensable 
in the daily lives of Europeans, and key for Europe to 
reinforce  autonomy  in  areas  of  strategic  importance 
and  for  implementing  the  Union's  political  priorities 
such  as  the  green  deal  and  the  digital  strategies  to 
tackle  climate  change,  sustainability,  safety  and 
security.  Thanks  to  major  investments,  the  EU  has  a 
strong  edge  in  space  activities  and  the  European 
space industry is one of the most competitive at the 
global  stage.  However, 
there  are  many  new 
challenges and actors across the world. 

The  EU  Space  Programme  bundles  financial  and 
technical  capacities  of  Member  States  and  yields 
economies  of  scale  for  the  public  spending  involved. 
Furthermore,  provision  of  data  and 
services 
throughout all Member States requires coordination at 
Union  level.  Given  the  requirements  in  terms  of 
security, all Member States must be involved. 

Mission 
The  EU  Space  Programme  provides,  maintains  and 
promotes  the  use  of  space  data,  information  and 
services  to  support  the  Union’s  political  priorities.  It 
also  fosters  the  development  of  European  space 
industry,  enhances  the  security  of  the  Union  and  its 
Member  States,  it  reinforces  autonomy  in  areas  of 
strategic  importance  and  promotes  the  role  of  the 
Union as a strong global space actor.  

Objectives 
The  EU  Space  Programme  pursues  the  following 
objectives:  

1.  to  provide  state-of-the-art,  robust  and  secure 

positioning, navigation and timing services;  

2.  to deliver accurate and reliable Earth Observation 

data,  information and services;  

3.  to enhance Space Surveillance and Tracking (SST) 
capabilities for purposes such as monitoring space 
objects  and  space  debris,  and  providing  space 
weather services;  

4.  to  ensure  the  long-term  availability  of  reliable, 
secure and cost effective satellite communications 
services;  

5.  to  support  an  autonomous,  secure  and  cost-

efficient capability to access space;  

6.  to foster the development of a strong Union space 
the  competitiveness, 
economy  by 
innovation,  entrepreneurship,  skills  and  capacity 
building in all Member States and in particular for 
small and medium-sized enterprises and start-ups. 

reinforcing 

7  includes  Copernicus,  EGNOS,  and 

Actions  

Galileo. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
 
 
 
  
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Performance Framework 

To provide long term, state-of-the-art and, secure positioning, navigation and timing services whilst ensuring service continuity 
and robustness; 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type  Source 

Data availability 

Accuracy of navigation and timing services 
provided by Galileo and EGNOS separately 

Accuracy of navigation 
signals and timing services 

Result 

Availability and continuity of services provided by 
Galileo and EGNOS separately 

Availability and continuity of 
services 

Result 

EGNOS services geographical coverage  

Geographical coverage 

Result 

Number of EGNOS procedures published (both APV-
I and LPV-200). 

Number of airports with 
EGNOS procedures 

Output 

EUSPA (European Union 
Agency for the Space 
Programme) 

EUSPA (European Union 
Agency for the Space 
Programme) 

EUSPA (European Union 
Agency for the Space 
Programme) 

EUSPA (European Union 
Agency for the Space 
Programme) 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
quarter; quarterly. 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
quarter; quarterly. 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
quarter; quarterly.  

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
quarter; quarterly. 

EU user satisfaction with respect to Galileo and 
EGNOS services 

User satisfaction concerning 
positioning, navigation and 
timing services 

Result 

Annual user survey conducted 
by the European Union Agency 
for Space (EUSPA) 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually (TBC). 

Share of Galileo and EGNOS enabled receivers in 
the worldwide and the EU Global Navigation 
Satellite Systems/ Satellite Based Augmentation 
System (GNSS/SBAS) receivers market 

Market share 

Impact 

GNSS Market Report 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 2 
years; biannually. 

To deliver accurate and reliable Earth Observation data, information and services integrating other data sources, supplied on a 
long-term sustainable basis, to support the formulation, implementation and monitoring of the Union and its Member States' 
policies, and actions based on user requirements 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of EU users of Copernicus Services, 
Copernicus data, and Data and Information Access 
Systems (DIAS) providing, where possible, 
information such as the type of user, geographical 
distribution and sector of activity 

Number of users 

Impact 

Quarterly and Semester 
reports and data 
dissemination dashboards of 
the Copernicus Entrusted 
Entities 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
semester; biannually. 

Where applicable, number of activations of 
Copernicus Services requested and/or served 

Number of requests for 
services 

Result 

Quarterly and Semester  
reports of the relevant 
Copernicus Services 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
semester; biannually 

EU User satisfaction with respect to Copernicus 
Services and DIAS 

User satisfaction  

Result 

Annual user survey 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually (TBC). 

51 

 
  
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Reliability, availability and continuity of the 
Copernicus Services and Copernicus data stream 

Reliability, availability and 
continuity in the provision of 
data and services 

Output 

Copernicus Data IT 
dashboards, Quarterly and 
Semester Implementation 
Reports 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
semester; biannually. 

Number of information products delivered in the 
portfolio of each Copernicus Service 

Total number of products 
available to users by the 
Copernicus services 

Output 

Quarterly reports and product 
dissemination dashboard 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
quarter; quarterly. 

Amount of data generated by the Sentinels 

IT Volume of Sentinel data 

Result 

Quarterly reports and data 
dissemination dashboards 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
quarter; quarterly. 

To enhance Space Surveillance and Tracking (SST) capabilities to monitor, track and identify space objects and space debris, with 
the aim to further increase the performance and autonomy of SST capabilities at Union level, to provide space weather services 
and to map and network Member States Near-Earth Objects (NEO) capacities 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of EU users of SSA components providing, 
where possible, information such as the type of 
user, geographical distribution and sector of 
activity. 

Users’ number and 
geographical dissemination 

Impact 

EU SST consortium    
operators and front desk  

First data in 2022; estimated time 
lag 1 year; annually (TBC).  

Availability of services 

Availability  

Result 

EU SST consortium    
operators and front desk 

First data in 2023; estimated time 
lag 1 year; annually (TBC). 

To ensure the long-term availability of reliable, secure and cost-effective satellite communications services for GOVSATCOM 
users. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of EU users of GOVSATCOM providing, 
where possible, information such as the type of 
user, geographical distribution and sector of 
activity. 

User number and 
geographical dissemination 

Impact 

Member States  (GOVSATCOM 
National Authority), EU 
Institutions 

First data in 2022; estimated time 
lag 1 year; annually (TBC).  

Availability of Services 

Availability  

Result 

European Commission, 
GOVSATCOM Hub 

First data in 2023; estimated time 
lag 1 year; annually (TBC). 

To support an autonomous, secure and cost-efficient capability to access space, taking into account the essential security 
interests of the Union. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of launches for the Programme (including 
numbers by type of launchers) 

Number of launches 

Output 

European Commission 

First data in 2022; estimated time 
lag 1 year; annually. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

To foster the development of a strong Union space economy including by supporting the space ecosystem and by reinforcing the 
competitiveness, innovation, entrepreneurship, skills and capacity building in all Member States and Union regions, with 
particular regard to small and medium-sized enterprises and start-ups or legal and natural persons from the Union active or 
wishing to become active in that sector 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number and location of space hubs in the Union 

Number of space hubs; 
ecosystem impact 

Impact 

European Commission (with 
inputs from Member States; 
ESA and other stakeholders) 

First data in 2022; estimated time 
lag 1 year; annually 

Share of SMEs established in the EU as a 
proportion of the total value of the contracts 
relating to the programme 

Impact on SMEs 

Impact 

European Commission 

First data in 2023; estimated time 
lag 1 year; annually. 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Specific objective 1:  

  The baseline for the indicators measuring i) the accuracy of navigation and timing services and ii) the availability and continuity of services 

provided, respectively, by Galileo and EGNOS is calculated based on the reported values in the latest available service performance quarterly 
reports. 

  The baseline for the indicator measuring the EGNOS services’ geographical coverage is calculated based on that reported values in the latest 
available service performance quarterly reports that include the monitoring of the actual EGNOS performance versus those commitments. 

  The baseline for the indicator measuring the EU user satisfaction will be zero.  

  The baseline for the indicator measuring the market share of Galileo and EGNOS enabled receivers is calculated based on data from the 

previous reports. 

Specific objective 2:  

  The baseline for the indicators measuring i) the number of EU users of Copernicus Services, Copernicus data, and Data and Information Access 
Systems and ii) where applicable, number of activations of Copernicus Services requested and/or served is calculated based on the reported 
values and existing indicators for calendar year 2020. With regard to the former indicator, in cases of new data, new service elements, or new 
data and information distribution channels, the baseline value will be set to zero. 

  The aggregated availability index for 2020 will be used as the baseline for the indicator measuring the reliability, availability and continuity of 

the Copernicus Services and Copernicus data stream. 

Baseline  

  The baseline for the indicator measuring the number of information products delivered in the portfolio of each Copernicus Service will be set 
out on the basis of the number of information products and periodicity, as defined in the Copernicus Service Specifications. On request or 
ad-hoc service products, the number of actual requests will be used. 

Specific objective 3:   

  The baseline for the indicator measuring the number of EU users of SSA components will be set at zero (0) as the future SST Partnership does 

not exist yet. 

  Considering the lack of historical data, the baseline remains TBD and will depend on the type of Space Weather Service selected. 

Specific objective 4:   

  The baseline for the indicator measuring the number of EU users of GOVSATCOM will be based on formally adopted technical specifications 

and programme technical expectations 

  The baseline value will be determined on the basis of data elaborated by EUSPA (as responsible for of the operations). 

Specific objective 5:  

The baseline will be zero.  

Specific objective 6:  

  In absence of historical data, the baseline for both indicators remains to be determined on the basis of an ad-hoc study. 

53 

 
 
 
Single Market, Innovation and Digital 

Specific objective 1:   

  The targets for the indicators measuring i) the accuracy of navigation and timing services and ii) the availability and continuity of services 

provided by Galileo and EGNOS, respectively are determined on the basis of the formally adopted technical and operational specifications for 
each service of Galileo and EGNOS as determined by the Programme Manager. 

  The forecast of the target for the indicator measuring EGNOS services geographical coverage is based on the formally adopted technical and 

operational specifications for EGNOS services evolution, as determined by the Programme Manager. 

  The target for the indicator measuring the EU user satisfaction is based on previous survey reports and programme technical expectations. 

  The target for the indicator measuring the market share of Galileo and EGNOS enabled receivers is based on previous reports and programme 

technical expectations. 

Specific objective 2:  

  The targets for the indicators measuring i) the number of EU users of Copernicus Services, Copernicus data, and Data and Information Access 
Systems and ii) where applicable, number of activations of Copernicus Services requested and/or served are calculated based on based on 
previous reports and programme technical expectations taking into account for the former indicator that the number of EU users are growing 
and for the latter indicator that 100% of requested activations are served. 

Target 

  The target for the indicator baseline for the indicator measuring the reliability, availability and continuity of the Copernicus Services and 

Copernicus data stream will be determined based on the formally adopted technical specifications and programme technical expectations. 

  The target for the indicator measuring the number of information products delivered in the portfolio of each Copernicus Service will be 

determined based on previous reports and programme technical expectations. Estimates values will be determined based on previous reports 
and programme technical expectations. 100% of the specified Copernicus information products are delivered by the Copernicus Service 
Component.  

Specific objective 3:  

The targets will be determined taking into account the baseline and the programme’s technical expectations 

Specific objective 4:  

The targets will be determined taking into account the baseline and the programme’s technical expectations 

Specific objective 5:  

The target will be will be determined based on historical data on launches previously performed for the EU space programmes and on programme 
technical expectations for each component under the EU Space Programme. 

Specific objective 6:  

The targets will be determined taking into account the baseline and the programme’s technical expectations 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
Heading 2 
COHESION, RESILIENCE AND VALUES 
Spending under this heading aims at strengthening the resilience and cohesion between EU Member States. It 
aims to help reducing disparities in and between EU regions and within and across Member States, and to 
promote sustainable territorial development. In addition, by investing in the green and digital transition, 
young people, health and action to protect EU values, Heading 2 programmes seek to make the EU more 
resilient to present and future challenges. Programmes and instruments financed under NextGeneration EU, 
such as the Recovery and Resilience Facility and REACT-EU (which increased the budgetary envelope of the 
European Regional and Development Fund and the European Social Fund+), support important investments 
and reforms in all Member States. 

REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND 
COHESION 

Regional Policy (European Regional and Development Fund 
and the Cohesion Fund) 

Turkish-Cypriot community 

RECOVERY AND RESILIENCE 

Recovery and Resilience Facility  

Technical Support Instrument 

Pericles IV 

Civil Protection 

EU4Health 

INVESTING IN PEOPLE, SOCIAL 
COHESION AND VALUES 

European Social Fund+ 

Erasmus+ 

European Solidarity Corps  

Creative Europe 

Justice Programme 

Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values 

Communication 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Regional Policy 
Cohesion Fund (CF) & European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) 

PROPOSAL FOR A 
REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL on the 
European Regional Development 
Fund and on the Cohesion Fund 

COM/2018/372 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027  

Challenge 
Disparities show a generally decreasing trend among 
the  EU  regions  based  on  the  latest  available  data 
(2019),  even  though  the  pace  of  convergence  was 
slower  after  the  financial  crisis  of  2008.  The 
COVID-19 pandemic may well exacerbate the existing 
disparities.  These  divergences  threaten  the  cohesion 
and long-term sustainability of the Union, as well as 
hinder the deployment of its full potential 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!fW37RX 
https://europa.eu/!Du73NN 
https://cohesiondata.ec.europa.eu/ 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

262 504.98 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

35 378.4 

36 532.6 

37 728.3 

39 038.8 

40 389.2 

41 781.6 

43 220.5 

Total 
programming 

274 069.4* 

* These amounts do not include the 
contribution of the Cohesion fund to the 
Connecting Europe Facility and they do 
not include the NGEU top-ups. 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
Cohesion Fund and the ERDF was 
carried out in 2018.  
For further information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!nG34XX 

8 

includes 

Fund 

the  European  Regional 
the 
Development 
Cohesion  Fund,  excluding 
its 
contribution  to  the  Connecting 
Europe Facility 

and 

it 

from 

recommendations  emanating 

Tackling  these  challenges  at  the  EU  level  is  more 
effective  than  leaving  it  to  the  sole  responsibility  of 
Member  States.  First,  EU-level  action  supports 
EU-wide  priorities,  such  as  ensuring  that  the  EU’s 
post-COVID-19  recovery  is  geared  to  the  green  and 
digital  transitions.  Second, 
incentivises  closer 
application  of  EU  legislation  and  critical  structural 
reforms  by  Member  States,  in  line  with  the  country 
the 
specific 
Union’s  economic  surveillance  (European  Semester). 
Through its multiannual programming framework, the 
EU also provides stability, certainty and sustainability 
to 
investment  plans,  reducing  their  vulnerability 
across  economic  and  political  cycles  and  improving 
prospects  for  implementation  on  the  ground.  The  EU 
can  also  support  more  intensive  investments  in  less 
developed  and 
regions,  which  would 
otherwise  not  happen,  generating  spill  overs  to  the 
rest of Europe, notably via increased connectivity and 
trade flows, supporting the development of the Single 
Market.  Finally,  EU  action  in  this  area  feeds  on  and 
promotes interregional cooperation and the exchange 
of experience both cross-border and across the EU. 

transition 

Mission 
The  CF  and  the  ERDF  (which,  together  with  the 
European  Social  Fund  and  the  Just  Transition  Fund, 
constitute the EU’s cohesion policy) aim to strengthen 
the  economic,  social  and  territorial  cohesion  of  the 
Union  by  promoting 
sustainable  development, 
particularly of less developed regions.  

The  CF  provides  support  to  Member  States  with  a 
Gross  National  Income  (GNI)  per  inhabitant  below 
90%  of  the  EU  average,  notably  by  contributing  to 
projects  in  the  fields  of  environment  and  trans 
European transport infrastructure networks.   

The  "place-based"  approach  of  the  ERDF  allows  for 
the identification  of  specific  development needs  and, 
as  a  consequence,  the  definition  of  appropriate 
investment  strategies  that  are  aligned  with  both  EU 
priorities and regional conditions.  

These two funds are macro-economically relevant: for 
the 2014-2020 period, the funding channelled by the 
policy  was  a  primary  source  of  public  investment  in 
many Member States. The policy operates as catalyst 
for public and private funding.  

Objectives 
The  programmes  have  five  EU  high-level  policy 
objectives:   

1.  A  more  competitive  and  smarter  Europe  by 
smart  economic 

promoting 
innovative  and 
transformation and regional ICT connectivity; 
2.  A greener, low-carbon transitioning towards a net 
zero  carbon  economy  and  resilient  Europe  by 
promoting  clean  and  fair  energy  transition,  green 
and blue investment, the circular economy, climate 
change mitigation and adaptation, risk prevention 
and management, and sustainable urban mobility; 

3.  A more connected Europe by enhancing mobility; 
4.  A  more  social  and  inclusive  Europe  implementing 

the European Pillar of Social Rights; 

5.  A  Europe  closer  to  citizens  by  fostering  the 
sustainable  and  integrated  development  of  all 
types of territories and local initiatives. 

Policy  objectives  2  and  3  are  proposed  for  Cohesion 
Fund while all objectives are proposed for the ERDF.   

Actions 
CF  and  ERDF  support  investments  in  key  priority 
areas.  ERDF,  which  is  delivered  through  around  300 
national,  regional,  and  interregional  programmes, 
supports  investments  in  infrastructures,  productive 
investments in enterprises and public policies across a 
range of themes.  

CF,  which  is  delivered  in  15  Member  States,  funds 
mainly  capital-intensive  environmental  and  transport 
investments predominantly through grants.  

Cohesion  policy  provides  stable  and  predictable 
support  to  Member  States’  investments  and  does  so 
while 
retaining  appropriate  flexibility.  This  was 
demonstrated during the COVID-19 crisis, in which the 
instruments  were  adapted  quickly  via  the  CRII  and 
CRII+  initiatives  adopted  by  the  co-legislators  in 
record  time,  mobilising  much  needed  support  to  the 
worst affected sectors with unprecedented speed and 
flexibility. 

Delivery mode 
Both  programmes  are  delivered  through  shared 
management,  which  ensures  a  close  coordination  of 
the  investment  along  regional  and  local  needs  and 
requirements.  DG  REGIO  is  the  lead  DG  for  the 
Commission. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
The general approach under the 2014 2020 MFF was 
maintained  (including  the  automatic  de-commitment 
three  years  after  the  budgetary  year—so-called  N+3 
rule).  New  and  more  ambitious  objectives  and 
features  include:  adjusted  policy  priorities;  increased 
climate 
during 
increased 
reprogramming  and  mid-term  review;  reduced  co-
financing  rates,  which  are  also  stratified  along  the 
different types of regions (from 40% up to 85% in the 
less developed regions). 

flexibility 

targets; 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
 Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Enhance research and innovation capacities and the uptake of advanced technologies 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Enterprises supported to innovate 

Support to innovation 

Output 

Jobs created in enterprises supported 

Job creation in research 

Output 

Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) 
introducing product, process, marketing or 
organisational innovation 

Uptake of innovation 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Reaping the benefits of digitisation for citizens, companies and governments 

Indicator 

Enterprises and public institutions supported to 
develop digital products, services and processes  

Dimension 
measured 
Support to digitalization to 
enterprises 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Annual users of new or upgraded digital products, 
services and processes  

Outreach of digitalization to 
citizens 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Enhancing growth and competitiveness of SMEs 

Indicator 

SMEs supported to enhance growth and 
competitiveness 

Jobs created in enterprises supported 

Dimension 
measured 
Outreach of the support to 
SMEs for growth & 
competitiveness  

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Effects on employment in 
SMEs supported 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

57 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

Developing skills for smart specialisation, industrial transition and entrepreneurship 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

SMEs investing in skills for smart specialisation, for 
industrial transition and entrepreneurship 

Outreach of the support to 
SMEs for skill enhancement  

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

SMEs staff completing training for skills for smart 
specialisation, for industrial transition and 
entrepreneurship 

Upskilled staff in SMEs 
supported 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Enhancing digital connectivity 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Additional dwellings and enterprises with 
broadband access of very high capacity 

Contribution to digital 
connectivity 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Additional dwellings and enterprises with 
broadband subscriptions to a very high capacity 
network 

Effects on digital 
connectivity  

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Promoting energy efficiency measures and reducing green-house gas emissions 

Indicator 

Investments in measures to improve energy 
performance  

Dimension 
measured 
Contribution to energy 
efficiency 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Savings in annual primary energy consumption  

Effects on energy efficiency  Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Promoting renewable energy 

Indicator 

Additional production capacity for renewable 
energy  

Dimension 
measured 
Contribution to renewable 
energy  

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Additional renewable energy produced 

Effects on renewable energy 
production 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

Developing smart energy systems, grids and storage outside TEN-E 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Indicator 

Digital management systems for smart energy 
systems  

Dimension 
measured 
Contribution to cost-
effectiveness of energy 
systems 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Additional users connected to smart energy 
systems  

Effects of smart energy 
systems 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Promoting climate change adaptation, risk prevention and disaster resilience 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Investments 
in  new  or  upgraded  disaster 
monitoring,  preparedness,  warning  and  response 
systems 

Contribution 
measures 

to  protection 

Output 

National/ 
programmes 
projects, report to REGIO 

collect 

regional 
from 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Additional population benefiting from protection 
measures against floods, wild fires, and other 
climate related natural disasters 

Effects of protection 
measures 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Promoting sustainable water management 

Indicator 

New or upgraded capacity for waste water 
treatment 

Additional population connected to at least 
secondary waste water treatment 

Dimension 
measured 
Contribution of supported 
projects on waste/water 
treatment by supported 
projects 
Outcome of waste/water 
treatment supported projects 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Promoting the transition to a circular economy 

Indicator 

New or upgraded capacity for waste recycling  

Dimension 
measured 
Contribution of supported 
projects on waste recycling 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Additional waste recycled 

Outcome of waste recycling 
supported projects 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Enhancing nature protection and biodiversity, green infrastructure in particular in the urban environment, and reducing 
pollution 

Indicator 

Surface area of green infrastructure   

Dimension 
measured 
Contribution of supported 
projects on green 
infrastructures 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Population benefiting from measures for air quality  Outcome of supported 

Result 

projects for reducing air 
pollution 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Promoting sustainable multimodal urban mobility 

Indicator 

Extension and modernisation of tram and metro 
lines 

Dimension 
measured 
Outreach of supported 
projects for tram and metro 
lines 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Annual users served by new and modernised tram 
and metro lines 

Outcome of supported 
projects on tram and metro 
lines 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Developing a sustainable, climate resilient, intelligent, secure and intermodal TEN-T 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Road TEN-T: New, upgraded, reconstructed, or 
modernised roads 

Outreach of supported 
projects for the 
enhancement of TEN-T roads 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Rail TEN-T: New, upgraded, reconstructed, or 
modernised railways 

Outreach of supported 
projects for the 
enhancement of TEN-T rails 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Time savings due to improved road infrastructure 

Effects of supported projects 
for TEN-T roads 

Result 

Annual number of passengers served by improved 
rail transport 

Effects of supported projects 
for TEN-T rails 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Developing and enhancing a sustainable, climate resilient, intelligent and intermodal national, regional and local mobility, 
including improved access to TEN-T and cross-border mobility 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Road non-TEN-T: New, upgraded, reconstructed, or 
modernised roads 

Outreach of supported 
projects for the 
enhancement of non TEN-T 
roads 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Rail non-TEN-T: New, upgraded, reconstructed, or 
modernised railways 

Outreach of supported 
projects for the 
enhancement of non TEN-T 
rails 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Time savings due to improved road infrastructure 

Effects of supported projects 
on the enhancement of 
roads 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Annual number of passengers served by improved 
rail transport 

Outreach of supported 
projects for rails 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Enhancing the effectiveness of labour markets and access to quality employment through developing social innovation and 
infrastructure 

Indicator 

Surface of new or modernised facilities for 
employment services  

Annual users of new or modernised facilities for 
employment services 

Dimension 
measured 
Enhancement of social 
infrastructures through 
supported projects 

Outreach of supported 
projects for social 
infrastructures 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Improving access to inclusive and quality services in education, training and lifelong learning through developing 
infrastructure 

Indicator 

New or modernised capacity for childcare and 
education facilities 

Annual users served by new or modernised 
childcare and education facilities 

Dimension 
measured 
Outreach of supported 
projects for enhancing 
access and quality of 
childcare and education 
infrastructures 

Outcome of supported 
projects for access and 
quality of childcare and 
education infrastructures 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Increasing the socio-economic integration of marginalised communities, migrants and disadvantaged groups, through 
integrated measures including housing and social services 

Indicator 

New or modernised capacity of temporary 
reception and social housing facilities  

Dimension 
measured 
Outreach of supported 
projects for housing services 
to marginalised communities 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Annual users of new or modernised temporary 
reception and social housing facilities  

Outcome of supported 
projects for housing services 
to marginalised communities 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Ensuring equal access to health care through developing infrastructure, including primary care   

Indicator 

New or modernised capacity for health care 
facilities 

Annual users of new or modernised health care 
services 

Dimension 
measured 
Outreach of supported 
projects for health care 
facilities 

Outcome of supported 
projects for health care 
facilities 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

Result 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

National/ regional 
programmes collect from 
projects, report to REGIO 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Fostering the integrated social, economic and environmental development, cultural heritage, tourism and security in urban 
areas   

Indicator 

Population  covered  by  strategies  for  integrated 
territorial development 

Dimension 
measured 
of 
Outreach 
projects 
for 
territorial development 

supported 
integrated 

Estimation of baselines and targets 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

National/ 
programmes 
projects, report to REGIO 

collect 

regional 
from 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannually 

Type of 
Indicator 
Output 

Baseline 

Milestone 

Target 

Baselines  for  all  outputs  are  not  required 
and  will  systematically  be  considered  as 
zero.  

Milestones  will  be  set  for  the  end  of 
2024  once 
the  programmes  are 
formally adopted. The Commission may 
also  supplement  the  formal  2024 
milestones  with 
its  own  annual 
estimates  for  achievements  based  on 
historical data for similar indicators. 

Quantified  targets  shall  be  set  for  all  output  indicators 
for the end of 2029 based on a discussion between the 
national  or  regional  authorities  and  the  Commission  in 
shared management. Regional and local governments as 
well as civil society are thus involved in the preparation 
of  programmes  (including  targets)  and  participate  in 
monitoring.  Target  setting  will  be  based  on  relevant 
experience,  the  choice  of  actions  supported,  the  budget 
available (EU and National), expected demand and socio-
economic  conditions.  Targets  may  be  corrected  with 
financial  reallocations,  socio-economic  developments, 
changes  in  strategic  priorities  or  demand,  including 
during the 2025 mid- term review. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

Result  

Many  common  result  indicators  will  have 
to  set  the  baseline  at  “zero”  due  to  their 
nature.  However,  a  subset  of  common 
result indicators will require the estimation 
of  baselines  (e.g.  CCR  05  -  Savings  in 
annual  primary  energy  consumption  or 
CCR  02  -  Additional  users  of  new  or 
updated  digital  products,  services  and 
processes).  If  baselines  other  than  0  are 
required for the subsequent calculation of 
the  effective  results,  these  are  calculated 
on  the  basis  of  the  cumulative  individual 
estimates of the programme baseline. 

Milestones  will  not  be  set  for  result 
indicators.  Given  the  nature  of  the 
results (requiring first the realisation of 
outputs  followed  by  outcomes),  it  is 
considered 
and 
representative  values  would  not  be 
available by the end of 2024. 

that  meaningful 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Quantified targets shall be set for all result indicators for 
the  end  of  2029  based  on  a  discussion  between  the 
national  or  regional  authorities  and  the  Commission  in 
shared management. Regional and local governments as 
well as civil society are thus involved in the preparation 
of  programmes  (including  targets)  and  participate  in 
monitoring.    Target  setting  will  be  based  on  relevant 
experience,  the  choice  of  actions  supported,  the  budget 
available (EU and National), expected demand and socio-
economic  conditions.  Targets  may  be  corrected  with 
financial  reallocations,  socio-economic  developments, 
changes  in  strategic  priorities  or  demand,  including 
during the 2025 mid- term review. 

63 

 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

TCc 
EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot community 

f 

COUNCIL REGULATION 
establishing an instrument of 
financial support for encouraging 
the economic development of the 
Turkish Cypriot community 

(EC) No 389/2006  

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!WN64dq 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

235.5 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

32.0 

33.3 

33.6 

34.3 

35.0 

35.7 

36.2 

240.0 

Challenge 
The  application  of  the  acquis  is  suspended  in  those 
areas  of  the  Republic  of  Cyprus  in  which  the 
Government  of  the  Republic  of  Cyprus  does  not 
exercise effective control.  

The aid programme aims to facilitate the reunification 
of  Cyprus  through  socio-economic  and  confidence 
building  measures.  It  supports  economic  integration, 
improved living standards and the preparation of the 
Turkish  Cypriot 
introduce  and 
implement the EU acquis in the eventual lifting of this 
suspension. 

community 

to 

Due to legal and political difficulties from dealing with 
the  de-facto  divided 
island,  EU Member  States 
individually  can  only  provide  very  limited  support  to 
Turkish Cypriots, who are EU citizens.  

Hence  the  importance  of  EU  action  in  this  area. 
Consistent  with  the  special  circumstances  on  the 
is  of  an 
ground, 
exceptional, 
temporary  nature. 
Revision of the programme can only occur in the case 
a reunification is achieved during the MFF period. 

this  assistance  programme 

transitional  and 

Mission 
The Aid Programme aims to facilitate the reunification 
of Cyprus by encouraging the economic development 
of the Turkish Cypriot community. 

Objectives 
The programme has the following specific objectives: 

1.  Developing and restructuring of infrastructure;  

2.  Promoting social and economic development; 

Actions 
Amidst major difficulties due to the unique diplomatic, 
legal  and  political  backdrop,  the  Aid  Programme 
remains  ready  to  accommodate  developments in  the 
settlement process and to finance confidence-building 
measures resulting from this process 

is 

Delivery mode 
implemented  through  direct 
The  programme 
management (procurement contracts and grants) and 
indirect  management  (contribution  agreements  with 
International  Organisations  and  Member  State 
Agencies).  DG  REFORM  is  the  lead  service  for  the 
programme implementation. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF  
The programme is a continuation of its predecessor. 

3.  Fostering 

reconciliation, 
measures, and support to civil society; 

confidence 

building 

4.  Bringing  the  Turkish  Cypriot  community  closer  to 

the EU; 

5.  Preparing  the  Turkish  Cypriot  community  to 
introduce  (#5)  and  implement  (#6)  the  acquis,  in 
view  of  the  withdrawal  of  its  suspension  in 
accordance  with  Article  1  of  Protocol  Number  10 
to the Act of Accession. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

Performance Framework 

Specific Objective 1: the promotion of social and economic development including restructuring, in particular concerning rural 
development, human resources development and regional development 

Indicator 

Number of enterprises having received EU support 
in the form of a grant 

Dimension 
measured 
Support  to  the  social  and 
economic development 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC reporting system 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

increase  EU  visibility 

To 
Communication actions 

in  northern  Cyprus: 

Bringing  the  Turkish  Cypriot 
the 
community  closer 
Union 

to 

Output 

EC reporting system 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Specific Objective 2: the development and restructuring of infrastructure, in particular in the areas of energy and transport, 
the environment, telecommunications and water supply 

Indicator 

Cross-green-line 
progressive increase 

trade  volume 

in  process  of 

Dimension 
measured 
Support  to  the  social  and 
economic development 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC reporting system 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Specific Objective 3:  reconciliation, confidence building measures, and support to civil society 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of civil society organisations having 
received EU support in the form of a grant 

Support to the social and 
economic development 

Output 

EC reporting system 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Specific Objective 4: bringing the Turkish Cypriot community closer to the Union, through inter alia information on the 
European Union’s political and legal order, promotion of people to people contacts and Community scholarships  

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of individuals having benefitted from a 
scholarship 

Support to bring the Turkish 
Cypriot community closer to 
the European Union 

Output 

EC reporting system 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Specific Objective 5: preparation of legal texts aligned with the acquis communautaire for the purpose of these being 
immediately applicable upon the entry into force of a comprehensive settlement of the Cyprus problem 

Specific Objective 6:  preparation for implementation of the acquis communautaire in view of the withdrawal of its suspension 
in accordance with Article 1 of Protocol No 10 to the Act of Accession  

65 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

For all indicators excluding the one pertaining to specific objective #2, the baseline is zero. 

Baseline  

For “cross-green-line trade volume in process of progressive increase”, the baseline will be extrapolated from current figures.  

Target 

Target value will be set once the baseline and budget available are set. The target-setting methodology will be based on a mix of both 
quantitative (trend analysis) and qualitative (expert opinion/policy workshop) methods. It will take into consideration the results obtained so far 
from the current programme, other data sources, and the ambition of the Aid Programme while ensuring that the value is achievable and realistic. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

RRF 
Recovery and Resilience Facility 

REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL establishing 
a Recovery and Resilience 
Facility 

(EU) 2021/241 

Period of application: 
2021-2026 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!jt78Jr 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

New 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

116 069.6 

118 391.4 

103 472.4 

8.6 

8.8 

9.0 

9.2 

Total 
programming 

337 969.0 

Challenge 
The COVID-19 pandemic exacted a tremendous toll in 
human lives and triggered the most severe economic 
recession of the post-War era. This crisis necessitated 
an  urgent  and  coordinated  response  both  at  Union 
and national level in order to cope with the enormous 
economic  and  social  consequences  as  well  as 
asymmetrical effects for Member States.  

NextGenerationEU,  the  European  Union  Recovery 
Instrument, will support the Union’s recovery from the 
COVID-19  crisis  and  strengthen  resilience  against 
future  shocks.  The  Recovery  and  Resilience  Facility 
(RRF)  is  its  centrepiece  as  an  unprecedented  EU 
programme  for  an  unprecedented  time.  The  RRF 
provides  a  mid-  to  long-term  response  to  help  the 
recovery  and  build  institutional  capacity  through 
reforms  and  investments  to  be  implemented  by  the 
Member States until 2026 with an impact lasting well 
beyond this period. 

The  crisis  is  likely  to  have  differential  long-term 
effects on Member States, depending on their starting 
position, different severity of the pandemic situation, 
their  economic  resilience,  and  their  ability  to  take 
adequate  measures  on  their  own.  The  medium  and 
long-term  consequences  of  the  COVID-19  crisis  will 
critically  depend  on  how  quickly  Member  States’ 
economies  and  societies  will  recover  from  this  crisis, 
which in turn depends on the available fiscal space of 
Member  States  to  take  measures  to  mitigate  the 
social  and economic impact  of  the  crisis,  and  on  the 
resilience of their economies and social structures.  

reforms  and 
Sustainable  and  growth-enhancing 
investments  are  essential  to  set  the  EU  Member 
States’  economies  back  on 
reduce 
inequalities and divergences in the Union.  

track  and 

An initiative of the scale of the RRF must be forward 
looking: The Facility therefore aims not just to rebuild 
the  EU  economy  and  strengthen  resilience,  but  to 
ensure  a  sustainable  recovery  that  mitigates  the 
economic and social impact of the crisis and furthers 
the  green  and  digital  transitions,  while  fostering 
economic convergence and resilience.  

Mission 
As  centrepiece  of  the  European  Union’s  Recovery 
Instrument  NextGenerationEU,  the  RRF  will  promote 
economic, social and territorial cohesion, employment 
creation and sustainable growth, as well as resilience 
and  preparedness  for  the  future. 
It  will  offer 
large-scale  financial  support  for  public  investments 
and reforms across fields of public policy signified by 
the six pillars of Article 3 of the RRF Regulation: green 
transition,  digital  transformation;  smart,  sustainable 
and  inclusive  growth;  social  and  territorial  cohesion; 
institutional 
health  and  economic,  social  and 
resilience;  and  policies  for  the  next  generation, 
children and youth. Indirectly, the RRF will also provide 

funding  for  private  investments,  channelled  through 
public schemes. 

Crucially,  respectively  at  least  37%  and  20%  of  the 
financial allocation will be used for green and digital 
investment and reforms. 

in 

out 

Regulation 

The RRF will be financed through Union borrowing as 
set 
2020/2094 
(EURI regulation).  Payments  to  Member  States  under 
the RRF can take place up to 31 December 2026 for 
both  non-repayable  financial  support  and 
loan 
support. 

(EU) 

Budgetary commitments will be made upon approval 
of  the  plans  by  the  Council  and  the signature  of  the 
financing  and  loan  agreement  with  the  respective 
Member  State.  Payments  will  be  made  once  the 
relevant Member State satisfactorily fulfils the related 
milestones  and  targets  and  can  be  disbursed  up  to 
twice a year. 

Objectives 
The  specific  objective  of  the  RRF  shall  be  to  provide 
Member  States  with  financial  support  subject  to 
satisfactorily achieving milestones and targets linked 
to  reforms  and  investments  as  set  out  in  Member 
States’ Recovery and Resilience Plans.  

Actions 
The  RRF  will  provide  non-repayable  financial  support 
as  well  as  loans  to  Member  States  to  support  public 
investments  and  reforms,  as  set  out  in  national 
Recovery and Resilience Plans.  

Delivery mode 
The  RRF  will  be  implemented  by  the  Commission  in 
direct  management  in  accordance  with  the  Financial 
Regulation.  

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
The RRF is a novel instrument – indeed a historic one. 
As  such,  there  are  no  precursors  for  it  in  the  2014-
2020 MFF.  

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

Performance Framework 

As provided by Article 29 of the RRF Regulation, the Commission is empowered to adopt by December 2021 a Delegated Act to “set out the common indicators to 
be used for reporting on the progress and for the purpose of monitoring and evaluation of the Facility towards the achievement of the general and specific 
objectives”. In accordance with Article 30, the Commission will further adopt a Delegated Act establishing the Recovery and Resilience Scoreboard which shall 
display the progress of the implementation of the Recovery and Resilience Plans. This Scoreboard will constitute the performance reporting system of the Facility.  

68 

 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

TSI 
Technical Support Instrument 

REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN 
PARLIAMENT AND OF THE 
COUNCIL a Technical Support 
Instrument 

(EU) 2021/240 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027  

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!DU64hd 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

New 

114.4 

116.7 

119.0 

121.4 

123.8 

126.3 

128.1 

849.5 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
Proposal for a Regulation on the 
establishment of the Technical Support 
Instrument was carried out in 2018.  
For further information, please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!jH84Np  

Challenge 
The outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic has changed 
the economic outlook for years to come in the EU and 
in  the  world.  The effects  of  the crisis  in  the  medium 
and  long  term  will  depend  on  the  resilience  of 
Member  States’  economies.  There  is  a  need  to  plan 
strategically  the  recovery,  revitalise  our  economies 
and  get  back  on  a  path  of  sustainable  and  inclusive 
growth,  geared  towards  the  green  transition  and 
digital transformation objectives. 

Smart,  sustainable  and  socially  responsible  reforms 
can help to strengthen the resilience of our economies 
and  societies.  They  contribute 
to  keeping  our 
economies flexible and competitive, and help improve 
the quality of public services. Moreover, given that the 
economies of Member States are strongly intertwined, 
the  successful 
implementation  of  well-designed 
reforms  in  each  Member  State  benefits  the  EU  as  a 
whole. 

However,  the  process  of  designing,  developing  and 
implementing reforms is complex and Member States 
have  different  levels  of  in-house  expertise  and 
capacity  to  tackle  it.  Strengthening  Member  States’ 
institutional and administrative capacity to design and 
implement reforms is essential. 

In  line  with  the  subsidiarity  and  proportionality 
principles, the EU's intervention can bring added value 
by  offering  strengthened  technical  support  for  the 
design  and 
resilience-
enhancing reforms. This support helps to increase the 
capacity of Member States to carry out their national 
reforms, in line with overall EU objectives.  

implementation  of 

the 

Mission 
The  Technical  Support 
the  main 
EU funding programme providing technical support to 
EU Member States in their reform agendas. 

Instrument 

is 

The  general  objective  of  the  Technical  Support 
Instrument is to promote the Union’s economic, social 
and territorial cohesion by supporting Member States’ 
efforts  to  implement  the  necessary  reforms  to 
achieve  economic  and  social  recovery,  resilience  and 
upward economic and social convergence.  

These  reforms  may  be  either  identified  in  the 
European  Semester  process  of  economic  policy 
coordination, or by the Member States’ own initiative. 
They  could  be  in  a  broad  range  of  policy  domains, 
including  public  financial  and  asset  management, 
institutional  and  administrative  reform,  business 
environment, 
for 
products, services and labour, education and training, 
sustainable  development,  public  health  and  social 
welfare. Specific emphasis will be given to the actions 
that foster the green and digital transitions.  

financial  sector,  markets 

the 

The  instrument  will  also  provide  technical  support  to 
and 
Member 

preparation 

States 

the 

for 

implementation of their recovery and resilience plans 
in the framework of the new  Recovery and Resilience 
Facility.  

Objectives 
The  Technical  Support  Instrument  has  the  specific 
objectives  of  assisting  national  authorities 
in 
improving their capacity to:  

1.  Design, develop and implement reforms;  

2.  Prepare,  amend,  implement  and  revise  recovery 
and  resilience  plans  pursuant  to  Regulation  (EU) 
2021/241.  

Those  specific  objectives  shall  be  pursued  in  close 
cooperation  with  the  Member  States  concerned, 
through  exchange  of  good  practices, 
including 
processes 
stakeholder 
involvement where appropriate, and a more effective 
and efficient human resources management. 

methodologies, 

and 

Actions 
The type of actions eligible for financing under the 
Technical Support Instrument include, among others: 

  Expertise  related  to  policy  advice  and/or  change, 
formulation  of  strategies  and  reform  roadmaps, 
as  well  as  to  legislative,  institutional,  structural 
and administrative reforms;  

  The  short-term  or  long-term  provision  of  experts, 
to  perform  tasks  in  specific  domains  or  to  carry 
out operational activities 

  Capacity building and related supporting actions at 
all  governance  levels,  also  contributing  to  the 
empowerment of civil society.   

Instrument 

Delivery mode 
is  mainly 
Technical  Support 
The 
implemented  under  direct  management,  in  particular 
through  grants  and  procurements,  but  also  through 
internal  expertise.  In  some  cases,  it  is  implemented 
through  indirect  management,  entrusting  tasks  to 
international  organisations  or  other  bodies 
in 
accordance with the Financial Regulation. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
The  Technical  Support  Instrument  is  the  successor  of 
the  Structural  Reform  Support  Programme,  with  a 
larger  budget  and  broader  scope.  The  Technical 
Support 
is  consistent,  coherent  and 
complementary  to  the  other  Union  programmes 
supporting capacity building and technical assistance.

Instrument 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

Performance Framework 

To assist national authorities in improving their capacity to: (a) design, develop and implement reforms; (b) prepare, amend, 
implement and revise recovery and resilience plans pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2021/241. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Cooperation and support plans concluded 

Level of support provided to 
the Member States  

Output 

DG REFORM internal 
monitoring system 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Support measures provided 

Technical support activities carried out 

Deliverables provided by the technical support 
activities such as action plans, roadmaps, 
guidelines, handbooks, and recommendations 

Outcomes of the technical support activities 
provided, such as adoption of a strategy, adoption 
of a new law /act or modification of an existing 
one, adoption of (new) procedures and actions to 
enhance the implementation of reforms 

The objectives set in the cooperation and support 
plans, which have been achieved due, inter alia, to 
the technical support received. 

Extent of support provided to 
the Member States 
authorities 

Type of support provided to 
the Member States 
authorities 

Effectiveness of TSI in 
improving Member States’ 
capacity to design, develop 
and implement reforms  

Implementation level of the 
technical support in the 
Member States 

Output 

DG REFORM internal 
monitoring system 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Output 

DG REFORM internal 
monitoring system 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Output 

DG REFORM internal 
monitoring system 

First data in 2023; estimated lag 2 
year; annually 

Result 

DG REFORM internal 
monitoring system 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 3 
year; annually 

TSI contribution to Member 
States structural reforms 

Impact 

DG REFORM internal 
monitoring system 

First data in 2024; estimated lag 3 
year; annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets 

Baseline  

The baseline for output, outcome and impact indicators is zero. 

Target values for outputs, results and impacts will be based on the SRSP relevant data available, and adjusted in light of the resources assigned 
for the programme period, once known. 

Target 

Target values for outputs and results will be reassessed after the start of the implementation period of the new instrument and when projects 
have delivered the first outputs and results. Targets for impact, related to the efficiency and effectiveness of the reforms, will be reassessed in 
the longer term, by means of the mid-term and ex-post evaluations, once the results of the implemented reforms can be objectively 
observable. 

70 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Pericles IV 
Exchange, assistance and training programmes for the protection of the Euro against 
counterfeiting 

PROPOSALS FOR:  

REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL 

an 
and 

1.  establishing 
exchange, 
assistance 
training 
programme for the protection of 
the  euro  against  counterfeiting 
(the  ‘Pericles  IV  programme'); 
and  

2.  extending  its  application  to  the 
non-participating Member States  

COM(2018)369 and 371 

Period of Application 
2021 – 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!uJ67Dg   

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

7.1 

0.8 

0.8 

0.9 

0.9 

0.9 

0.9 

0.9 

6.2 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 

COMMISSION STAFF WORKING 
DOCUMENT accompanying the above-
referenced proposal COM (2018) 369 
https://europa.eu/!gG67BV  

Challenge 
The  use  of  the  euro  –  Europe’s  single  currency  – 
continues 
for 
international  transactions  and  reserve  currency.  The 
euro  continues  to  be  exposed  to  the  threat  of 
increasingly sophisticated counterfeits.  

including  as  medium 

to  grow, 

in  euro 

The  protection  of  the  European  single  currency 
benefits all Member States, all EU citizens and all EU 
businesses.  Given  the  cross-border  circulation  of  the 
euro  and  the  involvement  of  international  organised 
crime 
(production  and 
counterfeiting 
distribution),  the  protection  of  the  euro  goes  beyond 
the interests, means and responsibilities of individual 
Member  States.  Appropriately,  Article  133  TFEU 
bestows  the  responsibility  for  the  protection  of  the 
euro  as  the  single  currency  to  the  EU.  National 
protection  frameworks  are  essential,  but  need  to  be 
complemented  and  coordinated  by  action  at  the  EU 
level. Moreover, international cooperation is necessary 
to fend off emerging transnational risks.  

Mission 
Pericles IV aims to prevent and combat counterfeiting 
and  related  fraud,  preserve  the  integrity  of  the  euro 
banknotes  and  coins,  thus  strengthening  the  trust  of 
citizens  and  business  in  the  genuineness  of  these 
banknotes  and  coins  and  therefore  enhancing  the 
trust  in  the  Union’s  economy,  while  securing  the 
sustainability of public finances.  

The programme will promote transnational and cross-
border  cooperation  within  the  EU  as  well  as 
internationally  ensuring  a  global  protection  of  the 
euro against counterfeiting, and will in particular, take 
responsibility for countering specific emerging threats 
and 
relationship  with  certain 
the 
countries. 

(challenging) 

Objectives 
The programme’s specific objective is  to protect euro 
banknotes  and  coins  against  counterfeiting  and 
related  fraud,  by  supporting  and  supplementing  the 
measures  undertaken  by  the  Member  States  and 
competent  national  and  Union 
assisting 
authorities 
to  develop  among 
their  efforts 
themselves  and  with  the  Commission  a  close  and 
regular cooperation and an exchange of best practice, 
where  appropriate 
including  third  countries  and 
international organisations. 

the 
in 

Actions 
The programme will support: 

a)  Exchange  and  dissemination  of  information,  in 
particular through organising workshops, meetings 
targeted 
and 
placements and exchanges of staff of competent 
national authorities and other similar actions. 

seminars, 

including 

training, 

b)  Technical, scientific and operational assistance, as 
appears necessary as part of the programme. 

c)  The  purchase  of  equipment  to  be  used  by 
specialised  anti-counterfeiting  authorities  of  third 
countries 
the  euro  against 
counterfeiting. 

for  protecting 

Delivery mode  
The  programme  will  be  implemented  through  direct 
management.  The  Commission’s  Directorate-General 
for  Economic  and  Financial  Affairs  (DG  ECFIN)  is  the 
lead DG for programme implementation.  

financed  under 

the  programme  are 
Projects 
implemented  either  directly  by  the  Commission  (DG 
ECFIN)  or  in  the  form  of  grant  awards  to  national 
competent authorities in the EU (both in the euro area 
and non-euro area).  

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
Pericles  IV  is  a  continuation  of  the  Pericles  2020 
programme. The main novelty is the simplification of 
the  application  process  through  the  use  of  the 
eGrants system. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

To protect euro banknotes and coins against counterfeiting and related fraud, by supporting and supplementing the measures 
undertaken by the Member States and assisting the competent national and Union authorities in their efforts to develop 
among themselves and with the Commission a close and regular cooperation and an exchange of best practice, where 
appropriate including third countries and international organisations 

Indicator 

Number of counterfeit euros detected  

Dimension 
measured 

Supporting and 
supplementing the 
measures undertaken by 
the Member States and 
assisting cooperation and 
an exchange of best 
practice. 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Impact 

European Commission 

First data in 2022, estimated lag 1 year, 
annually 

CMS (Counterfeit 
Monitoring System) 
database 

Number of illegal workshops dismantled  

Impact 

European Commission 

First data in 2022, estimated lag 1 year, 
annually   

Feedback from the Member 
States’ competent 
authorities 

Number of competent authorities applying to the 
Programme 

Result 

European Commission 

First data in 2022, estimated lag 1 month, 
annually 

Satisfaction rate of participants in the actions 
financed by the Programme 

Feedback of participants that have already taken 
part in previous Pericles actions on the impact of 
the Programme on their activities in protecting the 
euro against counterfeiting.  

First data in 2022, estimated lag 6 months, 
annually 

First data in 2022, estimated lag 6 months, 
annually  

Result 

Result 

Number of submitted 
applications 

The Commission and the 
beneficiaries of the 
Programme shall collect 
the data for the 
satisfaction rate of 
participants in the actions 
financed by the 
Programme. 

The Commission and the 
beneficiaries of the 
Programme shall collect 
the data for the feedback 
of participants that have 
already taken part in 
previous Pericles actions on 
the impact of the 
Programme on their 
activities in protecting the 
euro against counterfeiting. 

Based on the evaluation 
sheets received in the 
reference year 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Estimation of baselines and targets  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Baseline  

Target 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

e) 

a) 

b) 

number of counterfeit euros detected: the average number for 2014-2020: Banknotes: 671 000 
– Coins: 174 112 

number of illegal workshops dismantled: 2019: 22 

number of competent authorities applying to the programme:  0  

satisfaction rate of participants in the actions financed by the Programme: 0 

feedback of participants that have already taken part in previous Pericles actions on the impact 
of the Programme on their activities in protecting the euro against counterfeiting: 0 

number of counterfeit euros detected: Keep counterfeits under control in an average +/- 5% 
compared to average 2014-2020: The link between the number of counterfeit euros detected 
and the programme’s training activities is only indirect. A variety of external factors also play a 
role, which can affect the figures in both directions (such as criminal intent of certain crime 
groups, priorities set by Member States’ law enforcement, length and scope of police 
investigations, etc..). The target is therefore set as a reference band within which the criminal 
phenomenon of counterfeiting is assessed as being under control. 

number of illegal workshops dismantled: Keep number under control in an average +/- 10% 
compared to 2019: The link between the number of illegal workshops dismantled and the 
programme’s training activities is only indirect. A variety of external factors also play a role, 
which can affect the figures in both directions (such as criminal intent of certain crime groups, 
priorities set by Member States’ law enforcement, length and scope of police investigations, 
etc..). The target is therefore set as a reference band within which the criminal phenomenon of 
counterfeiting is assessed as being under control. 

c) 

number of competent authorities applying to the programme:  

  Milestone: 2024: at least 12 unique competent authorities applying to the programme 

compared to 2014-2020 

 

Target: 2027: at least 24 unique competent authorities applying to the programme 
compared to 2014-2020 

The milestone and target take into account a benchmark of 20 unique applicants who applied during 
the previous programme period and therefore aims for a 20% increase in the number of unique 
applicants to this programme period.  

d) 

e) 

satisfaction rate of participants in the actions financed by the programme: in the event 
evaluation form, an average of at least 75% of respondents across actions indicates being 
satisfied or highly satisfied (question II: general assessment).  

feedback of participants that have already taken part in previous Pericles actions on the impact 
of the programme on their activities in protecting the euro against counterfeiting: in the event 
evaluation form, an average of at least 75% of respondents to this specific question across 
actions indicates a moderate or high impact (question IV). 

73 

 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Civil Protection 
Union Civil Protection Mechanism 

The legislative proposal to amend 
DECISION (EU) 2013/1313 of the 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT and 
of the COUNCIL on a Union Civil 
Protection Mechanism (*) 

Period of Application 
2014 – No end date 

(*) The 2013 basic act has been 
amended in 2019 by Decision (EU) 
2019/420 of the European 
Parliament and of the Council. It 
has been further revised and is 
expected to enter into force in 
2021. 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
http://europa.eu/!vF44kU 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

924.29 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

772.7 

775.1 

786.5 

239.1 

243.8 

248.6 

253.6 

Total 
programming 

3 319.4 

to 

in  damage 

Challenge 
Disasters  have  affected  every  region  of  Europe  in 
recent  years,  causing  hundreds  of  casualties  and 
billions 
the 
environment.  Epidemics,  flash  floods,  storms,  forest 
fires, 
disasters 
continuously put countries’ response capabilities under 
pressure. Additionally, security concerns have become 
more  complex  and  climate  change  is  expected  to 
worsen the impact of disasters in the future. 

infrastructure  and 

and  man-made 

earthquakes, 

Such  disasters  have  overwhelmed  the  ability  of 
Member  States  to  help  each  other,  especially  when 
several  countries  face  the  same  type  of  disaster 
simultaneously.  The  EU  supports  and  complements 
prevention  and  preparedness  efforts  of  its  Member 
States  and  Participating States  by  focusing  on  areas 
where  a  joint  European  approach  is  more  effective 
than  separate  national  actions.  Through  the  rescEU 
reserve, 
the  EU  ensures  a  faster  and  more 
comprehensive response.  

Mission 
The EU plays a key role in coordinating the response 
to  disasters  in  Europe  and  beyond.  The  Union  Civil 
Protection Mechanism (‘the Union Mechanism’) aims to 
strengthen  the  cooperation  between  the  Union  and 
the  Member  States  and  to  facilitate  coordination  in 
the  field  of  civil  protection  in  order  to  improve  the 
effectiveness of systems for preventing, preparing for 
and responding to natural and man-made disasters.  

The Union Mechanism promotes solidarity between the 
Member  States  and  Participating  States  through 
practical  cooperation  and  coordination.  Member 
States,  however,  retain  primary  responsibility  to 
protect  people, 
the  environment,  and  property, 
including  cultural  heritage,  on  their  territory  against 
disasters  and  to  provide  their  disaster-management 
systems  with 
cope 
adequately and in a consistent manner with disasters 
of  a  nature  and  magnitude  that  can  reasonably  be 
expected and prepared for. 

capabilities 

sufficient 

to 

Objectives 
The specific objectives of the Union Mechanism are: 

1.  to  achieve  a  high  level  of  protection  against 
disasters  through  a  culture  of  prevention  and 
improved cooperation between national services; 

2.  to  enhance  preparedness  at  Member  State  and 
Union level to respond to disasters (European Civil 
Protection Pool and rescEU); 

3.  to facilitate rapid and efficient disaster response; 

4.  to increase public awareness and preparedness for 

disasters; 

5.  to  increase  the  availability  and  use  of  scientific 
knowledge  on  disasters;  and 
to  step  up 
cooperation  and  coordination  activities  at  cross-

9 
includes 
Mechanism 
interventions 

the  Union  Civil  Protection 
internal  and  external 
for 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

border level and between Member States prone to 
the same types of disasters.  

Actions 
The  Union  Mechanism  comprises  three  stands  of 
activities: prevention, preparedness, and response.  

Prevention  and  preparedness  activities  mitigate  the 
effects  of  disasters.  A  training  programme  for  civil 
protection  experts  from  EU  Member  States  and 
Participating  States  ensures 
compatibility  and 
complementarity  between  intervention  teams,  while 
large-scale  exercises  train  capacities  for  specific 
disasters each year. 

With  its  2019  reform,  the  Commission  proposed 
rescEU  as  part  of  preparedness  actions  under  the 
Union  Mechanism.  rescEU  is  a  European  reserve  of 
capacities which includes a fleet of firefighting planes 
and helicopters, medical evacuation planes, as well as 
a  stockpile  of  medical  equipment  and  field  hospitals 
that can respond to health emergencies.  

Under response, following a request for assistance by 
a  Member  State  or  third  country  through  the  Union 
Mechanism,  the  Emergency  Response  Coordination 
Centre  (ERCC)  mobilises  assistance  or  expertise.  In 
addition, the ERCC monitors events around the globe 
24/7  and  ensures  rapid  deployment  of  emergency 
support  through  a  direct  link  with  national  civil 
protection  authorities.  Specialised 
teams  and 
equipment  can  be  mobilised  at  short  notice  for 
deployments inside and outside Europe. 

Delivery mode  
The  leading  DG  in  the  European  Commission  for  the 
Union Mechanism is DG ECHO. The management mode 
is  direct  management,  with  some  possible  recourses 
to indirect management following a recent legislative 
revision.  

in 
the 
the  positive 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
upcoming 
The 
Union  Mechanism 
results 
2021-2027 MFF  builds  on 
achieved  through  the  2014-2020  MFF.  The  budget 
has  been  consolidated  under  one  heading  in  the 
2021-2027 MFF  to  render  budget  implementation 
even  more  effective  and  efficient. 
Increased 
operational  needs  and  a  matching  budget  led  the 
Commission to propose adaptations to the legislative 
framework,  including  direct  procurement  of  rescEU 
capacities by the Commission and full Union financing 
for all rescEU capacities. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

To achieve a high level of protection against disasters by preventing or reducing their effects by fostering a culture of 
prevention and by improving cooperation between the civil protection and other relevant services.. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of Member States that have made 
available to the European Commission a summary 
of risk assessments and assessment of risk 
management capability. 

Prevention 

Output 

Member States’ reporting to 
the Commission 

First  data  in  2020;  estimated  lag 
three months; every three years 

To facilitate rapid and efficient response in the event of disasters or imminent disasters, including by taking measures to 
mitigate the immediate consequences of disasters. 

Indicator 

Response time of the Union Civil Protection 
Mechanism to a request of assistance (inside and 
outside the EU) 

Dimension 
measured 
Response 

Adequacy of response of the Union Civil Protection 
Mechanism (inside and outside the EU) 

Response 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Result 

Result 

Common Emergency 
Communication and 
Information System (CECIS) 
data base. 

Common Emergency 
Communication and 
Information System (CECIS) 
data base 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 
three months; annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 
three months; annually 

To increase public awareness and preparedness for disasters 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Level of awareness of Union citizens of the risk of 
their region 

Awareness/Prevention 

Result 

Eurobarometer 

First data envisaged in 2023; every 
two years.  

To enhance preparedness at Member State and Union level to respond to disasters (European Civil Protection Pool and rescEU. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of committed and certified capacities 
included in the European Civil Protection Pool 
(ECPP) 

Preparedness 

Result 

The registration of modules 
are found in Common 
Emergency Communication 
and Information System 
(CECIS) data base 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 
three months; annually 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Number of Member States that have made available to the European Commission a summary of risk assessments and assessment of 
risk management capability. 

This indicator is based on actual reporting by Member States to the European Commission. The baseline set in 2019 is 27 and 
refers to the 2018-2020 reporting cycle. According to Article 6 of Decision No 1313/2013/EU on a Union Civil Protection 
Mechanism, Member States have to report to the Commission every three years. 

Response time of the Union Civil Protection Mechanism to a request of assistance (inside and outside the EU) 

This indicator measures the duration between the moment a request for assistance has been received in the Emergency Response 
Coordination Centre and the first offer of assistance in CECIS.  

Given the nature of this indicator, the baseline is not defined. For reference, the past performance was 3 hours for requests inside 
the EU and 10 hours for requests outside the EU. 

Adequacy of response of the Union Civil Protection Mechanism (inside and outside the EU) 

Baseline  

This indicator measures the percentage of the request for assistance that has been successfully met with offers for 
assistance. 
Given the nature of this indicator, the baseline is not defined. For reference, in the past performance was 66% 
fulfilment rate for requests inside the EU and 86% fulfilment rate for requests outside the EU. 

Level of awareness of Union citizens of the risk of their region 

This indicator measures the level of awareness of the Union citizens of the risk in their region.. The latest known result reported by  
Eurobarometer (31/12/2020) is 64%. 

Number of committed and certified capacities included in the European Civil Protection Pool (ECPP): 

This indicator measures the number of committed and certified response capacities that Member States voluntarily make available 
in the ECPP. This include a range of civil protection modules, other response capacities and experts, which Member States keep on 
standby for EU civil protection missions all over the world. Member States commit capacities for a period of at least 1 to maximum 
3 years after which they are either withdrawn or recommitted. As an exemption to this, capacity benefitting from funding (in form 
of adaptation grants) are committed for a period that is linked to the received funding and ranges between 3 and 10 years. 

The baseline set in 2019 is 60 committed and certified capacities 

Number of Member States that have made available to the European Commission a summary of risk assessments and assessment of 
risk management capability. 

Based on requirements set out in the Decision No 1313/2013/EU, all Member States are obliged to report under Article 6. This 
requirement also applies to the UCPM Participating States.  

In line with the obligations for Member States under the relevant legislation, the target is set at 27 Member States for every 
reporting cycle. 

Target 

Response time of the Union Civil Protection Mechanism to a request of assistance (inside and outside the EU) 

DG ECHO has a role in improving its internal procedures to increase the rapidity of activities that lie in our exclusive areas of 
influence. However, DG ECHO operates in close cooperation with Member States and, since the UCPM response always builds on 
what Member States can make available in times of crises, a precise target is difficult to incorporate in a methodology. In addition, 
the target is also influenced by a mixture of the MFF and policy changes. It should be noted, finally, that quantitative response 
indicators will always be influenced by the number, severity, and nature of future disasters for which the UCPM is activated, which 
are unpredictable. 

The target is to maintain the level of performance achieved in the previous period, which is a response time of 3 hours for inside 
Europe and of 10 hours for outside Europe. 

Adequacy of response of the Union Civil Protection Mechanism (inside and outside the EU) 

The adequacy of response is strictly linked to the cooperation with Member States and the use of the UCPM in the most efficient 
and appropriate way possible. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

The target is to improve on previous results and reach 90% for inside Europe activations and more than 86% for outside Europe 
activations. 

Level of awareness of Union citizens of the risk of their region 

The target is to increase the latest known result. 

Number of committed and certified capacities included in the European Civil Protection Pool (ECPP): 

In the field of civil protection, the Commission has only a supporting competence. With regards to the European Civil Protection 
Pool, the Commission is relying on Member States’ interest to commit preparedness capacities to the UCPM to meet the minimum 
requirements set out by the ‘Capacity Goals’ set out by means of implementing act as established in the UCPM legislation. The 
objective of the UCPM is to expand the number and scope of available capacities in the pool, in line with emerging needs. 

The target is to improve on the projected baseline (60 in 2019) and have more than 60 committed and certified capacities included 
in the ECPP. 

77 

 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

EU4Health Programme  
EU Programme for a healthier and safer Union 

REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN 
PARLIAMENT AND OF THE 
COUNCIL Programme for the 
Union’s action in the field of health 
(‘EU4Health Programme’) 

(EU) 2021/522 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!RU73Pq  

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

452.4 

327.5 

1 217.0 

731.7 

753.8 

772.5 

789.8 

1 363.9 

5 956.1 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment carried out in 
2018 for the initial Health Programme 
proposal, a strand under the European 
Social Fund Plus (ESF+) remained valid 
for the new standalone EU4Health 
Programme. The current objectives 
retain all health objectives from the 
initial proposal with priority given to 
crisis response and preparedness. 
They have been aligned with the 
political priorities on cancer and 
pharmaceuticals. 
For ESF+ impact assessment, please 
see here: 
https://europa.eu/!uV97Jw  

Challenge 
The COVID-19 pandemic has caused an 
unprecedented health crisis in Europe, straining 
national health systems and resulting in severe 
human suffering and socio-economic consequences. 
The crisis revealed the fragility of national health 
systems and the health disparities across population 
groups, Member States, and regions. It also 
demonstrated the importance of coordination among 
European countries to protect people’s health and the 
need of a forceful EU approach for a safer Europe, 
both during crises and in normal times.  

The Union has a central role to play in accelerating 
progress, coordination and cooperation in tackling 
health challenges in Europe. 

Health is an investment and the EU4Health is the 
largest ever EU investment in health. It is a clear 
message that the health of people is EU priority. 

EU4Health will support and complement national 
policies and will optimize its value added by 
supporting actions in relation to which there are 
advantages and efficiency gains from collaboration 
and cooperation at Union level, and actions that have 
an impact on the internal market. The programme will 
pave the way towards a strong European Health 
Union, in which all Member States prepare and 
respond timely to health crises; medical supplies--
including crisis-relevant products—are available, 
affordable and innovative; and all countries work 
together to improve health systems and fight 
communicable and non-communicable diseases. 

Mission 
EU4Health will provide the means and the instruments 
for delivering on the EU Health policy. Four general 
objectives represent the breath and the ambitions of 
the programme:   

a.  Improve & foster health in the Union; 
b.  Protect people from serious cross-border health 

threats; 

c.  Improve access to medicinal products, medical 

devices, crisis-relevant products; 

d.  Strengthen health systems. 

EU4Health will help Member States to reach the 
sustainable development goals (in particular SDG3 
“Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all 
at all ages”) and apply, where relevant, the 'One 
Health' approach, recognizing that human health is 
connected to animal health and to the environment.  

Specific objectives 
Ten specific objectives identify key areas of 
intervention under the above four general objectives, 
as follows: 

a. 
Improve and foster health in the Union: 
  Disease prevention & health promotion; 

  International health initiatives & cooperation. 

b.  Protect people from serious cross-border health 
threats: 

  Prevention,  preparedness  &  response  to  cross-

border health threats; 

  Complementing  national  stockpiling  of  essential 

crisis-relevant products; 

  Establishing  a  reserve  of  medical,  healthcare  & 

support staff.  
Improve access to medicinal products, medical 

c. 
devices, crisis-relevant products: 

  Enhancement  of  availability,  accessibility  & 
affordability  of  medicinal  products,  medical 
devices and crisis-relevant products. 

d.  Strengthen health systems: 

  Strengthening health data, digital tools & services, 

digital transformation of healthcare; 

  Enhancing access to healthcare; 

  Developing and implementing EU health legislation 

and evidence-based decision making;  

  Integrated work among MS health systems. 
Health challenges are cross-dimensional by nature 
and, EU4Health is implemented in overall consistency, 
synergy and complementarity with Union 
programmes, policies, instruments and actions. 

Actions 
Responding to the complexity of health issues, 
EU4Health will initially support a broad range of 
actions and initiatives under four overarching 
‘strands’, namely: (1) crisis preparedness, (2) disease 
prevention, (3) health systems and healthcare 
workforce and (4) Digital. Cancer is a major initiative 
and a transversal strand.  

Delivery mode 
EU4Health will be implemented in direct management, 
(mainly by the European Health and Digital Executive 
Agency), as well as in indirect management.  

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
EU4Health is a new programme. It builds on the 
positive results of the 3rd Health programme under 
the 2014-2020 MFF, of which it continues many 
actions (Enhanced crisis readiness; Support to Europe 
Beating Cancer Action Plan; Support to 
Pharmaceuticals Strategy), albeit with key novelties. 
Relative to its predecessor, EU4Health features 
unprecedented level of investment and covers a much 
broader scope. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Performance Framework 

Disease prevention & health promotion 

Indicator 

Vaccination coverage for measles 

Vaccination coverage for flu 

Vaccination coverage for HPV  

Vaccination coverage for COVID-19 

EU Laboratory capacity index (EULabCap) 

Age-standardised five-year net survival rate for 
paediatric cancer 

Coverage for cancer screening programmes 

Dimension 
measured 

Vaccination coverage for 
vaccine-preventable-
diseases 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Impact 

European Centre for Disease 
Prevention and Control (ECDC) 

First data estimated in 2022; 
annually 

National laboratory 
capacities & capabilities for 
providing timely and reliable 
information for health threat 
detection, assessment and 
surveillance  

Cancer survival is one of the 
key measures of the 
effectiveness of health care 
systems in managing cancer, 
reflecting both early 
detection and the 
effectiveness of treatment. 

Information for improvement 
of the surveillance, diagnosis 
and treatment of cancer 

Impact 

European Centre for Disease 
Prevention and Control (ECDC) 

First data estimated in 2022; 
annually 

Impact 

JRC ECIS - European Cancer 
Information System 

First data estimated in 2022; 
annually 

Impact 

JRC ECIS - European Cancer 
Information System  

First data estimated in 2022; 
annually 

Population covered by Cancer Registries  

Information for improvement 
of the surveillance, diagnosis 
and treatment of cancer 

Result 

JRC ECIS - European Cancer 
Information System 

First data estimated in 2022; 
annually 

Member States reporting information on cancer 
stage at diagnosis 

Information for improvement 
of the surveillance, diagnosis 
and treatment of cancer 

Result 

JRC ECIS - European Cancer 
Information System 

First data estimated in 2022; 
annually 

79 

 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Prevention, preparedness & response to cross-border health threats  

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Member States with improved preparedness and 
response planning 

Preparedness & response to 
cross-border health threats 

Result 

EC 

First data estimated in 2022; 
annually 

Enhancement of availability, accessibility & affordability of medicinal products, medical devices and crisis-relevant products 

Indicator 

Existing and new orphan authorisations 

Advanced Therapy Medicinal Products  for unmet 
needs 

Dimension 
measured 

Access to medicines for the 
benefit of patients suffering 
from rare diseases  

Access to products are based 
on genes and cells therapy 
and tissue engineering 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Impact 

European Medicines Agency 
(EMA) 

First data estimated in 2022; 
annually 

Impact 

European Medicines Agency 
(EMA) 

First data estimated in 2022; 
annually 

Paediatric Use Medicinal Products or vaccines for 
unmet needs 

Access to centrally 
authorised medicinal 
products 

Impact 

European Medicines Agency 
(EMA) 

First data estimated in 2022; 
annually 

Reports on shortages of medicinal products in the 
Member States as through the single point of 
contact network 

Availability of medicinal 
products 

Output 

European Medicines Agency 
(EMA)  

First data estimated in 2023; 
annually 

Audits conducted in the Union and in third countries 
to ensure good manufacturing practices and good 
clinical practices 

Union control 

Output 

EC 

First data estimated in 2023; 
annually 

Antimicrobial consumption for systemic use ATC 
(group J01) 

Prudent and efficient use of 
medicinal products 

Impact 

European Centre for Disease 
Prevention and Control (ECDC) 

First data estimated in 2022; 
annually 

Strengthening health data, digital tools & services, digital transformation of healthcare 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

MS participating in the European health data space  Exchange and access to 
different types of health 
data to support healthcare 
delivery,  research and policy 
making  

Output 

EC 

First data estimated in 2023; 
annually 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Development and implementation of EU health legislation and supporting evidence-based decision-making 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Health impact assessments of Union policies 

Information enabling 
decision-makers to consider 
the health implications of 
policies. 

Output 

EC 

First data estimated in 2023; 
annually 

Support integrated work among MS health systems 

Indicator 

Healthcare units involved in the European 
Reference Networks (ERNs) 

Dimension 
measured 

Cooperation tackling 
complex or rare diseases and 
conditions that require highly 
specialised treatment and a 
concentration of knowledge 
and resources 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC 

First data estimated in 2023; 
annually 

Patients diagnosed and treated by the members of 
the European Reference Networks (ERNs) 

Patients benefitting of the 
cooperation under the ERNs 

Result 

EC 

First data estimated in 2023; 
annually 

Health Technology Assessment (HTA) reports jointly 
carried out 

Evaluation of properties, 
effects, and/or impacts of 
health technologies 
(medicines, medical devices, 
vaccines, procedures and 
systems)  for informing 
policy decision making 

Output 

EC 

First data estimated in 2023; 
annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets 

Baseline  

Baseline will refer to the latest value available at latest record in 2021. In case the data is not timely available, we will consider to review the 
baseline when 2021 data are available. 

As a general approach, the target will be estimated by making use of the Learning Curve approach: using past data to predict future performance. 
However, those estimates will be refined by adjusting the outcomes to consider the size of the investment and integrate the EU policy ambition. 
The estimates will be discussed with Member States, also considering their starting situation and their capacity to react (speculative input). 

Target 

For some of the indicators, reference targets are set at international level based on scientific input and, in those cases, we will consider the 
recognized target, adapting to EU ambitions and integrating speculative input from Member States. 

For impact indicators, we will strive to find quantitative targets that could be defined according to literature review or similar cases; however, 
when a well-grounded quantitative target could not be defined, we will consider qualitative targets. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

ESF+ 
European Social Fund+ 

PROPOSAL FOR A REGULATION OF 
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL on the European 
Social Fund Plus (ESF+) 

COM/2018/382 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027  

RELEVANT WEBSITES FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!nm34Pr 
https://europa.eu/!wd83vd  

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

98 343.910 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

24 750.7 

16 416.8 

13 603.7 

14 037.1 

14 483.5 

14 943.1 

15 417.9 

113 652.8 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
ESF+ was carried out in 2018.  
For further information please consult:  
https://europa.eu/!uV97Jw 

Challenge 
Europe’s  relevance,  resilience,  and  success  in  the 
decades to come will depend on its ability to remain 
competitive  in  the  global  economy  and  ensure  high 
levels of employment, education and training, health, 
social  inclusion,  and  active  participation  in  society. 
This  in  turn  requires  investing  in  people,  tackling 
several  social  challenges  (including  unemployment, 
persistently high rates of poverty, and social exclusion 
of marginalised groups, such as Roma and migrants), 
and ensuring fair labour mobility. 

Ample evidence demonstrates that EU policies aiming 
at  promoting  social  cohesion and  social  rights  would 
not  have  been  implemented  without  complementary 
EU  investment.  While  the  competence  to  deal  with 
employment  and  social  affairs  rests  mainly  at 
national  level,  given  the  scale  and  effect  of  the 
challenges,  action  has  proven  more  effective  and 
efficient if the EU level supports the efforts made by 
Member States and helps promote reforms beneficial 
to individual countries and the EU as a whole. 

Mission 
ESF+  aims  at  tackling  the  above  challenges  to 
advance towards a more social and inclusive Europe, 
as envisaged in the European Pillar of Social Rights. 

Objectives 
The specific objectives of ESF+ are to: 

1.  Improving  access  to  employment  and  activation 
measures  for  all,  in  particular  the  young  (e.g. 
long-term 
the  Youth  Guarantee), 
through 
unemployed,  disadvantaged  groups,  and  inactive 
people,  and  promote  self-employment  and  the 
social economy; 

2.  Modernising 

labour  market 

institutions  and 
services to assess and anticipate skills needs and 
ensure  timely  and  tailor-made  assistance  and 
support  for  labour  market  matching,  transitions 
and mobility 

3.  Promote  a  gender-balanced 

labour  market 
participation,  equal  working  conditions,  and  a 
through 
better  work-life  balance, 
affordable 
other 
dependents; 

including 
children  and 

care 

for 

4.  Promoting  the  adaptation  to  change  by  workers, 
enterprises and entrepreneurs, active and healthy 
ageing, and a healthy working environment; 
5.  Improving the quality, inclusiveness, effectiveness 
and  labour  market  relevance  of  education  and 
training  support  acquisition  of  key  competences, 
and 
and 
dual-training 
promote 
apprenticeships; 

systems 

6.  Promote  equal  access  to  and  completion  of 
quality  and  inclusive  education,  training  and 
learning,  in  particular  for  disadvantaged  groups 
throughout the various stages of life; 

10  includes  the  European  Social  Fund,  the 
Fund for the Most Deprived and the EU 
programme for Employment and Social 
Innovation 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

7.  Promoting  lifelong  learning,  in  particular  flexible 
upskilling  and  reskilling  opportunities  for  all 
taking  into  account  entrepreneurial  and  digital 
skills,  better  anticipating  change  and  new  skills 
requirements  based  on  labour  market  needs, 
facilitating  career  transitions  and  promoting 
professional mobility; 

8.  Fostering active inclusion with a view to promote 
equal  opportunities,  non-discrimination,  and 
active participation, and improve employability, in 
particular for disadvantaged groups; 

9.  Promoting the socioeconomic integration of third-

country nationals, including migrants; 

10. Promoting  the  socio-economic 

integration  of 
marginalised communities, such as Roma people; 
11. Enhancing  equal  and  timely  access  to  quality, 
sustainable  and  affordable  services,  including  to 
access housing and person-centred care including 
healthcare; modernising and promoting access to 
social  protection,  with  a  particular  focus  on 
children  and  disadvantaged  groups;  improving 
persons  with 
accessibility 
disabilities),  effectiveness,  and 
resilience  of 
healthcare systems and long-term care services; 
12. Promoting  social  integration  of  people  at  risk  of 
poverty  or  social  exclusion,  including  the  most 
deprived persons and children; 

(including 

for 

13. Addressing  material  deprivation  through  food  or 
basic  material  assistance  to  the  most  deprived, 
including  children,  and  providing  accompanying 
measures supporting their social inclusion. 

ESF+’s  Employment  and  Social  Innovation  strand 
(direct  management)  supports  evidence-based  policy 
making,  social  experimentations,  capacity-building 
and  mutual 
job 
learning  activities,  as  well  as 
placements under the targeted mobility scheme. 

Actions 
ESF+  carries  out  a  variety  of  interventions  described 
including 
in  national  and  regional  programmes, 
vocational  education  and  training,  active 
labour 
market  policies, 
capacity  building  of  public 
employment  services,  ,  social  inclusion  activities, 
distribution  of  food  and  goods,  etc. 
In  direct 
management  it  supports  experimentations,  social 
entrepreneurship,  fair  labour  mobility  and  evidence-
based policymaking. 

Delivery mode 
ESF+  is  implemented  in  shared,  direct  and  indirect 
management. DG: EMPL leads for the Commission.  

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
ESF+  merges  several  funds/programmes  from  the 
2014-2020  MFF,  namely  the  European  Social  Fund, 
the  Youth  Employment 
Initiative,  the  Fund  for 
European  Aid  to  the  Most  Deprived,  and  the 
Employment and Social Innovation programme. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Performance Framework 

Policy area - Employment and labour mobility 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type  Source 

Data availability11 

Participants in employment, including self-
employment, upon leaving 

Effect of the ESF+ upon 
leaving 

Result 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

Unemployed, including long-term unemployed, 
participants reached 

Outreach: participants to 
ESF+ 

Output 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

Inactive participants reached 

Outreach: participants to 
ESF+ 

Output 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

Number of participants 55 years of age and above 
reached 

Outreach: participants to 
ESF+ 

Output 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

Young people aged 18-29 years reached 

Outreach: participants to 
ESF+ 

Output 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

Policy area - Education 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Participants with lower secondary education or less 
(ISCED 0-2) reached 

Outreach: participants to 
ESF+ 

Output 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

Participants with tertiary education (ISCED 5 to 8) 
reached 

Outreach: participants to 
ESF+ 

Output 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

Participants gaining a qualification upon leaving 

Effect of the ESF+ upon 
leaving 

Result 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

Participants in education or training upon leaving 

Effect of the ESF+ upon 
leaving 

Result 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

Policy area - Social inclusion, including contributing to poverty eradication and health 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Participants considered as part of disadvantaged 
groups reached (Participants with a foreign 
background, minorities including participants from 
the Roma community, third country nationals) 

Outreach: ESF+ 
disadvantaged participants 

Output 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

11  Member  States  start  transmitting  data on  all  indicators  from  January  2022.  The  values  will  reflect the data  stored  electronically at  the  end  of  the  month  preceding  the month  of 
submission. 

83 

 
 
 
 
                                                 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Participants with disabilities reached 

Outreach: ESF+ 
disadvantaged participants 

Output 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Number of children below 18 years of age reached  Outreach: ESF+ 

Output 

disadvantaged participants 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

Total number of participants reached in actions 
promoting social integration of people at risk of 
poverty or social exclusion 

Outreach: ESF+ 
disadvantaged participants 

Output 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

Participants engaged in job searching upon leaving  Effect of the ESF+ upon 

Result 

leaving 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of six months; semi-annually  

Monetary value of distributed food and goods 
(directly or through vouchers) 

Support provided by the fund  Output 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of twelve months; annually 

Quantity of food distributed 

Support provided by the fund  Output 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of twelve months; annually 

Number of end recipients receiving food support 

Outreach of the fund 

Result 

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of twelve months; annually 

Number of end recipients receiving material 
support 

Outreach of the fund 

Result  

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of twelve months; annually  

Number of end-recipients benefiting from 
vouchers/cards 

Outreach of the fund 

Result  

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of twelve months; annually  

Number of children below 18 years of age 
benefiting from food, material or voucher support 

Outreach of the fund 

Result  

ESF+ Managing Authorities 
from the Member States. 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of twelve months; annually  

84 

 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Policy area - Employment and social innovation 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type  Source 

Data availability 

Number of analytical activities 

Support provided by the EaSI 
strand 

Output 

Number of information-sharing and mutual 
learning activities 

Support provided by the EaSI 
strand 

Output 

Number of social experimentations 

Support provided by the EaSI 
strand 

Output 

Number of capacity building and networking 
activities 

Support provided by the EaSI 
strand 

Output 

Administrative and 
quantitative data from the 
European Commission. 

Administrative and 
quantitative data from the 
European Commission. 

Administrative and 
quantitative data from the 
European Commission. 

Administrative and 
quantitative data from the 
European Commission. 

First data in 2022; estimated time 
lag of twelve months; annually 

First data in 2022; estimated time 
lag of twelve months; annually 

First data in 2022; estimated time 
lag of twelve months; annually 

First data in 2022; estimated time 
lag of twelve months; annually 

Job placements effected as a result of recruitment 
and placement activity 

Outreach of the support, 
measured as numbers of 
outgoing job finders, 
optionally broken down by 
gender 

Result 

EURES performance 
measurement system. 

First data in 2022; estimated 
time lag of twelve months; 
biannually 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Common ESF+ indicators 

In line with Article 15 of the ESF+ Regulation, the baseline of the output indicators is 0. Their milestones at EU level will be estimated in 
2022 based on approved programmes and historical trends. If the implementation trend is similar to the one of the first years of the 2014-
2020 programming period, the milestones in the ESF+ will represent the same target’s proportion in the post 2021 programmes 

In line with the Common Provisions Regulations, the result indicators will not have milestones. First estimations at EU level will be provided 
in 2022 based on approved operational programmes. Their baseline (reference value in ESF+) will be the historical success rate: the rate of 
successful outcomes in proportion to the corresponding output in 2014-2020. 

Indicators for material deprivation  

Baseline  

Milestones will not be set, only reference values and these will be set by Member States based on the negotiation with the Commission and also 
on the budget allocated to this specific objective and programme(s). 

Indicators for the Employment and Social Innovation strand 

The performance monitoring framework of the preceding Employment and Social Innovation (EaSI) programme as well as the mid-term 
evaluation will form the basis for establishing a new performance framework with updated baselines, milestones, and targets. The selected 
indicators present the baselines, milestones and targets of the most significant outputs and results stemming from the projects. This new 
performance framework will be carried out objectively using in-house collection methods as much as possible. The EURES performance 
measurement system, that is based on a Commission implementing act, as foreseen under the EURES regulation, provides the necessary 
baseline, milestones and targets for the Targeted Mobility Scheme based on its ultimate objective, i.e. the number of placements. 

Common ESF+ indicators 

Target 

For the estimation of EU-level output indicator targets, DG EMPL will use historical unit costs reported by Member States from the 
2014-2020 programming period. First estimation in 2022, adjustment in 2023. 

For the estimation of result indicator targets at EU level, DG EMPL will use historical success rates reported by Member States from the 
2014-2020 programming period. The ESF result indicators refer to the outputs directly, e.g. ‘participants in employment’ can be expressed 
as a direct function of ‘unemployed’ and ‘inactive’ in percentages. The historical success rate are adjusted downwards or upwards if 
necessary on the basis of assumptions on new developments. E.g. in case it is expected that the macroeconomic environment will be less 
favourable in the EU labour market, and job-placements will be more difficult, due to, for instance, the COVID-19 crisis, the success rate will 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

be adjusted downwards compared to the historical value. 

Indicators for material deprivation  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Targets will not be set, but only reference values and these will be set by Member States based on the negotiation with the Commission 
and also budget allocated to this specific objective and programme(s). 

86 

 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

ERASMUS+ 
Erasmus+ programme 

PROPOSAL FOR A REGULATION 
OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT 
AND OF THE COUNCIL establishing 
'Erasmus': the Union programme for 
education, training, youth and sport 

COM/2018/367 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 

https://europa.eu/!DR46Yh  

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

14 958.1 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

2 662.6 

3 617.8 

3 548.5 

3 736.1 

3 929.7 

4 129.8 

5 152.3 

26 776.9 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the 
ERASMUS + Programme has been 
carried out in 2018. For further 
information, please consult: 
 https://europa.eu/!xV33fD 

the  European  values 

Challenge 
Raising knowledge, awareness and appreciation of the 
Union  and  of 
requires 
encouraging  Europeans  (young  people,  school  pupils, 
apprentices, students, adults, or sports people, as well 
as  their  teachers  and  educators)  to  study  and  train 
abroad.  This  will  equip  them  with  the  right  set  of 
knowledge,  skills  and  competences,  from  a  lifelong 
learning  perspective,  to  make  them  resilient,  to 
support  high  rates  of  employment,  and  to  foster 
social  cohesion.  Access  to  such  experiences  in  all 
fields of education, training, youth and sport also for 
people  with  otherwise 
is 
especially important. 

fewer  opportunities 

The added value of tackling this challenge at the EU 
level  stems  from  the  fact  that  national  programmes 
cannot offer comparable scale, scope and/or coverage 
in  terms  of  sectors  and  countries.  Indeed,  the  latest 
mid-term evaluation of  ERASMUS+ found that, in the 
absence  of  this  EU  programme,  mobility  of  learners 
and  staff,  as  well  as  European  cooperation  in  the 
sectors  covered  by  the  programme,  would  be 
substantially reduced 

lifelong 

Mission 
The  general  objective  of  ERASMUS+  is  to  support, 
through 
educational, 
learning, 
professional  and  personal  development  of  people  in 
education,  training,  youth  and  sport,  in  Europe  and 
beyond,  thereby  contributing  to  sustainable  growth, 
quality 
innovation,  a 
strengthened  European  identity,  and  more  active 
citizenship.  

jobs  and  social  cohesion, 

the 

Objectives 
ERASMUS+ has the following specific objectives: 

1.  The  learning  mobility  of  individuals  and  groups, 
and  cooperation,  quality,  inclusion  and  equity, 
excellence,  creativity,  and  innovation  at  the  level 
of  organisations  and  policies  in  the  field  of 
education and training;  

2.  Non-formal  and  informal  learning  mobility  and 
active  participation  among  young  people,  and 
cooperation,  quality, 
inclusion,  creativity  and 
innovation  at  the  level  of  organisations  and 
policies in the field of youth;  

3.  The 

learning  mobility  of  sport  staff,  and 
cooperation,  quality, 
inclusion,  creativity  and 
innovation at the level of sport organisations and 
sport policies. 

Actions 
The  objectives  of  the  programme  shall  be  pursued 
through the following three key actions:  

a.  Learning mobility ('key action 1') 
b.  Cooperation among organisations and institutions 

(‘key action 2’)  

c.  Support to policy development and cooperation 

('key action 3').  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

The  objectives  shall  also  be  pursued  through  Jean 
Monnet  actions,  which  support  teaching,  learning, 
research  and  debates  on  European 
Integration 
matters,  including  on  the  Union’s  future  challenges 
and  opportunities.  They  foster  knowledge  about  the 
EU in school education and vocational education and 
training  and  enhance  excellence  in  teaching  and 
research on EU issues at higher education level.   

Delivery mode 
Erasmus+ is implemented directly by the Commission 
under  the  leadership  of  the  Directorate-General  for 
Education,  Youth,  Sport  and  Culture  (DG  EAC),  in  co-
operation  with  DG Employment  Social  Affairs  and 
Inclusion  (DG  EMPL,  for  parts  of  the  programme 
concerning  skills  and  qualifications  policy,  adult 
learning  and  vocational  education  and  training)  and 
the  Education,  Audio-visual  and  Culture  Executive 
Agency 
the  programme  are 
implemented in indirect management with the support 
of  the  Erasmus+  National  Agencies. The  latter  brings 
the  programme  closer  to  its  target  audience,  adapts 
to  the  diversity  of  national  education  systems,  and 
offers the possibility to align it with national priorities. 
DG  EAC  bears  the  overall  responsibility  for  the 
supervision and coordination of the agencies in charge 
of implementing the programme. 

(EACEA).  Parts  of 

from 

lessons 

in  Europe. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
the  current 
learned 
Based  on 
programme,  Erasmus+  2021-2027  will  be  more 
inclusive  and  accessible,  more  forward-looking,  more 
digital, simpler and greener, more international, while 
continuing to support lifelong learning and innovative 
It  will  offer 
education  and  training 
reinforced  opportunities  for  transnational  learning 
mobility  and  cooperation, 
including  through  the 
European Universities initiative and new opportunities 
for  school  pupils,  adult  learners  and  sport  staff.  The 
programme will give more attention to fields that are 
to  Europe's  knowledge  creation  and 
strategic 
targeting  mobility  and 
sustainable  growth,  by 
cooperation  projects 
in  strategic  forward-looking 
sectors  (climate  change,  clean  energy,  digitisation, 
artificial intelligence, bioscience, etc.) thus contributing 
to  crucial  skills  development,  to  increasing  Europe’s 
innovation capacity and tackling societal challenges. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Promote learning mobility of individuals and groups, as well as cooperation, quality, inclusion and equity, excellence creativity, 
and innovation at the level of organisations and policies in the field of education and training. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

The number of participants in learning mobility 
activities in the Education and Training strand of 
the programme, broken down per sector and 
participant profile 

Level of participation in 
mobility activities of the 
Education and Training 
strand of Erasmus 

Result 

Project Management Module, 
Beneficiary module and e-
Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 2 to 
4 years after project start date; 
annually 

The number of participants in virtual learning 
activities under key action 1 of the Education and 
Training strand 

Participants supported by 
virtual learning activities 

Result 

Beneficiary Module and e-
Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 2 to 
4 years after project start date; 
annually 

The number of people with fewer opportunities 
taking part in activities under key action 1 of the 
Education and Training strand, broken down per 
sector and participant profile 

Level of inclusiveness of the 
Programme for participants 
to learning mobility activities 

Result 

Beneficiary module and e-
Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of participants that consider they have 
benefited from their participation in learning 
mobility activities under key action 1 of the 
Education and Training strand 

Improvement of levels of key 
competences and skills for 
jobs and society 

Result 

Participants’ survey 

The share of participants that consider they have 
an increased European sense of belonging after 
participation in activities under key action 1 of the 
Education and Training strand 

Increased European 
awareness - perceived 
feeling of belonging to 
European values 

Result 

Participants’ survey 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The number of organisations and institutions taking 
part in the Programme for the Education and 
training strand, for each key action 

Level of attractiveness of 
the Programme for 
organisations to participate. 

Result 

Online Registration System, 
Project Management Module, 
PDM URF, e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of organisations and institutions that 
consider they have developed high-quality 
practices as a result of their participation in key 
action 2 of the Education and Training strand 

Levels of innovation in 
education and high quality 
educational opportunities 

Impact 

Beneficiary module and e-
Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project start date; 
annually 

The number of users of virtual cooperation 
platforms supported under key action 2 of the 
Education and Training strand broken down per 
platform 

Number of registered users 
of online platforms used in 
the cooperation projects 

Result 

First data 2022; annually 

School Education Gateway 
(SEG), Electronic Platform for 
Adult Learning in Europe 
(EPALE) and eTwinning in 
2021. 

(List revised annual) 

The number of newcomer organisations and 
institutions taking part in the Programme under key 
actions 1 and 2 of the Education and Training 
strand 

Level of attractiveness of 
the Programme for 
organisations and 
institutions to participate in 
mobility projects 

Impact 

Online Registration System, 
Project Management Module, 
PDM URF, e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

The number of small-scale partnerships supported 
under key action 2 of the Education and Training 
strand 

Improvement in programme 
simplification for 
beneficiaries 

Result 

Online Registration System, 
Project Management Module, 
PDM URF, e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of organisations and institutions that 
consider that the procedures for taking part in the 

Improvement in programme 
simplification for 

Result 

Project Management Module, 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 

88 

 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Programme are proportionate and simple for the 
Education and Training strand 

beneficiaries 

e-Grants 

date; annually 

The share of activities addressing climate 
objectives under key action 1 of the Education and 
Training strand 

Share of activities 
contributing to green priority 
(yearly) 

Impact 

Project Management Module, 
Beneficiary Module, e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of projects addressing climate objectives 
under key action 2 of the Education and Training 
strand 

Share of projects 
contributing to green priority 
(yearly) 

Result 

Project Management Module, 
Beneficiary Module, e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

Promote non-formal and informal learning mobility and active participation among young people, as well as cooperation, 
quality, inclusion, creativity and innovation at the level of organisations and policies in the field of Youth 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

The number of participants in learning mobility 
activities in the Youth strand of the programme 
broken down per participant profile 

Levels of youth participation 
in non-formal and informal 
learning mobility, 
Programme efficiency 

Result 

Project Management Module, 
Beneficiary module and e-
Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 4 
years after project start date; 
annually 

The number of participants in virtual learning 
activities under key action 1 of the Youth strand 

 Level of digital participation  Result 

Beneficiary module and e-
Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 4 
years after project start date; 
annually 

The number of people with fewer opportunities 
taking part in activities under key action 1 of the 
Youth strand 

 Level of inclusiveness of the 
Programme for participants 
to learning mobility activities 

Result 

Beneficiary module and e-
Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of participants that consider they have 
benefited from their participation in learning 
mobility activities under key action 1 of the Youth 
strand 

Improvement of key 
competences and skills, 
Programme efficiency 

Impact 

Participants’ survey 

The share of participants that consider they have 
an increased European sense of belonging after 
participation in activities under key action 1 of the 
Youth strand 

Contribution to European 
awareness, Programme 
efficiency 

Impact 

Participants’ survey 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The number of organisations and institutions taking 
part in the Programme for Youth activities, for each 
key action 

Level of attractiveness of 
the Programme for 
organisations to participate. 

Result 

Project Management Module, 
Beneficiary Module 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of organisations and institutions that 
consider they have developed high-quality 
practices as a result of their participation in key 
action 2 of the Youth strand 

Benefits of participation for 
organisations, Programme 
efficiency 

Impact 

Beneficiary module and e-
Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The number of users of virtual cooperation 
platforms supported under key action 2 of the 
Youth strand 

Number of users of the 
European Youth Portal 

Result 

European Youth Portal.  

First data 2022; annually 

List revised annual. 

The number of newcomer organisations and 
institutions taking part in the Programme under key 
actions 1 and 2 of the Youth strand. 

Level of attractiveness of 
the Programme for 
organisations and 
institutions to participate in 
mobility projects 

Result 

Online Registration System, 
Project Management Module, 
PDM URF, e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

89 

 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

The number of small-scale partnerships supported 
under key action 2 of the Youth strand 

Improvement in programme 
simplification for 
beneficiaries 

Result 

Online Registration System, 
Project Management Module, 
PDM URF, e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of organisations and institutions that 
consider that the procedures for taking part in the 
Programme are proportionate and simple for the 
Youth strand 

Improvement in programme 
simplification for 
beneficiaries 

Result 

Project Management Module, 
e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of activities addressing climate 
objectives under key action 1 of the Youth strand 

Share of activities 
contributing to green priority 
(yearly) 

Result 

Project Management Module, 
Beneficiary Module, e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of projects addressing climate objectives 
under key action 2 of the Youth strand 

Share of projects 
contributing to green priority 
(yearly) 

Result 

Project Management Module, 
Beneficiary Module, e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

Promote learning mobility of sport staff, as well as cooperation, quality, inclusion, creativity and innovation at the level of 
sport organisations and sport policies 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

The number of participants in learning mobility 
activities in the Sport strand of the programme 

Level of participation in 
mobility activities in the 
sport strand of Erasmus 

Result 

Project Management Module, 
Beneficiary module and e-
Grants 

First data 2023; estimated lag 2 to 
4 years after project start date; 
annually 

The number of participants in virtual learning 
activities under key action 1 of the Sport strand 

Participants supported by 
virtual learning activities 

Result 

Beneficiary module and e-
Grants 

First data 2023; estimated lag 2 to 
4 years after project start date; 
annually 

The number of people with fewer opportunities 
taking part in activities under key action 1 of the 
Sport strand 

Level of inclusiveness of the 
Programme for participants 
to learning mobility activities 

Result 

Beneficiary module and e-
Grants 

First data 2023; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of participants that consider they have 
benefited from their participation in learning 
mobility activities under key action 1 of the Sport 
strand 

Improvement of levels of key 
competences and skills for 
jobs and society 

Impact 

Participants’ survey 

The share of participants that consider they have 
an increased European sense of belonging after 
participation in activities under key action 1 of the 
Sport strand 

Increased European 
awareness - perceived 
feeling of belonging to 
European values 

Impact 

Participants’ survey 

First data 2023; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

First data 2023; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The number of organisations and institutions taking 
part in the Programme for the Sport strand, for 
each key action 

Level of attractiveness of 
the Programme for 
organisations to participate 

Result 

Online Registration System, 
Project Management Module, 
PDM URF, e-Grants 

First data 2023; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of organisations and institutions that 
consider they have developed high-quality 
practices as a result of their participation in key 
action 2 of the Sport strand 

Levels of innovation in 
education and high quality 
educational opportunities 

Impact 

Beneficiary module and e-
Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project start date; 
annually 

The number of newcomer organisations and 
institutions taking part in the Programme under key 
actions 1 and 2 of the Sport strand 

Level of attractiveness of 
the Programme for 
organisations and 
institutions to participate in 

Result 

Online Registration System, 
Project Management Module, 
PDM URF, e-Grants 

First data 2023; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

90 

 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

mobility projects 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

The number of small-scale partnerships supported 
under key action 2 of the Sport strand 

Improvement in programme 
simplification for 
beneficiaries 

Result 

Online Registration System, 
Project Management Module, 
PDM URF, e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of organisations and institutions that 
consider that the procedures for taking part in the 
Programme are proportionate and simple for the 
Sport strand 

Improvement in programme 
simplification for 
beneficiaries 

Result 

Project Management Module, 
e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of activities addressing climate 
objectives under key action 1 of the Sport strand 

Share of activities 
contributing to green priority 
(yearly) 

Result 

Project Management Module, 
Beneficiary Module, e-Grants 

First data 2023; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

The share of projects addressing climate objectives 
under key action 2 of the Sport strand 

Share of projects 
contributing to green priority 
(yearly) 

Result 

Project Management Module, 
Beneficiary Module, e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 
years after project contraction 
date; annually 

91 

 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Estimation of baselines and targets  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Indicator name 

Baseline  

Target methodology 

Specific Objective 1- Education and Training 

The number of participants in learning mobility activities in the 
Education and Training strand of the programme 

0 

Target will be based on 2019 results adjusted to the amount of budget 
allocated, and using average costs. Data will be assessed after the first 
year of results and targets will be adjusted, if needed.  

The  number  of  participants  in  virtual  learning  activities  under 
key action 1 of the Education and Training strand 

The  number  of  people  with  fewer  opportunities  taking  part  in 
activities under key action  under key action 1 of the Education 
and Training strand 

The  share  of  participants  that  consider  they  have  benefited 
from their participation in learning mobility activities under key 
action 1 of the Education and Training strand 

The share of participants that consider they have an increased 
European  sense  of  belonging  after  participation  in  activities 
under key action 1 of the Education and Training strand 

The number of organisations and institutions taking part in the 
Programme for the Education and training strand, for each key 
action 

The  share  of  organisations  and  institutions  that  consider  they 
have  developed  high-quality  practices  as  a  result  of  their 
participation  in  key  action  2  of  the  Education  and  Training 
strand 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

New indicator, analysis is ongoing. Data will be assessed after the first 
year of results and targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

Target will be based on 2019 results adjusted to the amount of budget 
allocated.  Data  will  be  assessed  after  the  first  year  of  results  and 
targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

This indicator reflects the percentage of participants answering positively 
to  selected  questions  in  their  Erasmus  participants’  survey  out  of  the 
total  participants  count.  It  is  not  related  to  the  allocated  budget  and 
yearly targets will be based on very high past and ongoing performance 
(over 90%). 

This indicator reflects the percentage of participants answering positively 
to  selected  questions  in  their  Erasmus  participants’  survey  out  of  the 
total  participants  count.  It  is  not  related  to  the  allocated  budget  and 
yearly targets will be based on the existing participants’ surveys. 

Target will be based on 2019 results adjusted to the amount of budget 
allocated.  Data  will  be  assessed  after  the  first  year  of  results  and 
targets will be adjusted, if needed.  

New indicator, analysis is ongoing. Data will be assessed after the first 
year of results and targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

The number of users of virtual cooperation platforms supported 
under key action 2 of the Education and Training strand 

0 

Target will be based on 2019 results and previous programme year-on-
year increase of platform use. Data will be assessed after the first year 
of results and targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

The number of newcomer organisations and institutions  taking 
part  in  the  Programme  under  key  actions  1  and  2  of  the 
Education and Training strand 

0 

Target will be based on 2019 results adjusted to the amount of budget 
allocated.  Data  will  be  assessed  after  the  first  year  of  results  and 
targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

The  number  of  small-scale  partnerships  supported  under  key 
action 2 of the Education and Training strand 

0 

Target will be based on 2019 results adjusted to the amount of budget 
allocated.  Data  will  be  assessed  after  the  first  year  of  results  and 
targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

The  share  of  organisations  and  institutions  that  consider  that 
in  the  Programme  are 
the  procedures  for  taking  part 
proportionate and simple for the Education and Training strand 

0 

The share of activities addressing climate objectives under key 
action 1 of the Education and Training strand 

0 

New indicator, analysis is ongoing. Data will be assessed after the first 
year of results and targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

Target  will  be  based  on  the  share  of  projects  addressing  the  topic 
"Environment  and  climate  change"  in  the  reference  period  2018-2019. 
The target might need to be reviewed, based on the performance of this 
action and its outcomes. 

92 

 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

The  share  of  projects  addressing  climate  objectives  under  key 
action 2 of the Education and Training strand 

0 

Specific Objective 2- Youth 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Target  will  be  based  on  the  share  of  projects  addressing  the  topic 
"Environment  and  climate  change"  in  the  reference  period  2018-2019. 
The target might need to be reviewed, based on the performance of this 
action and its outcomes. 

The number of participants in learning mobility activities in the 
Youth strand of the programme 

0 

Target will be based on 2019 results adjusted to the amount of budget 
allocated and using average costs. Data will be assessed after the first 
year of results and targets will be adjusted, if needed.  

The  number  of  participants  in  virtual  learning  activities  under 
key action 1 of the Education and Training strand 

The  number  of  people  with  fewer  opportunities  taking  part  in 
activities  under  key  action  under  key  action  1  of  the  Youth 
strand 

The  share  of  participants  that  consider  they  have  benefited 
from their participation in learning mobility activities under key 
action 1 of the Youth strand 

The share of participants that consider they have an increased 
European  sense  of  belonging  after  participation  in  activities 
under key action 1 of the Youth strand 

New indicator, analysis is ongoing. Data will be assessed after the first 
year of results and targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

Target will be based on 2019 results adjusted to the amount of budget 
allocated.  Data  will  be  assessed  after  the  first  year  of  results  and 
targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

This indicator reflects the percentage of participants answering positively 
to  selected  questions  in  their  Erasmus  participants’  survey  out  of  the 
total  participants  count.  It  is  not  related  to  the  allocated  budget  and 
yearly targets will be based on very high past and ongoing performance 
(over 90%). 

This indicator reflects the percentage of participants answering positively 
to  selected  questions  in  their  Erasmus  participants’  survey  out  of  the 
total  participants  count.  It  is  not  related  to  the  allocated  budget  and 
yearly targets will be based on the existing participants’ surveys. 

0 

0 

The  baseline  for  this 
indicator  will 
be 
based  on  the  results 
of  the  participants’ 
filled  out 
surveys 
during 
past 
the 
programming period. 

The  baseline  for  this 
indicator  will 
be 
based  on  the  results 
of  the  participants’ 
filled  out 
surveys 
past 
the 
during 
programming period. 

The number of organisations and institutions taking part in the 
Programme for Youth activities 

0 

Target  will  be  based  on  2019  results  adjusted  to  the  amount  of  the 
budget allocated. Data will be assessed after the first year of results and 
targets will be adjusted, if needed.  

The  share  of  organisations  and  institutions  that  consider  they 
have  developed  high-quality  practices  as  a  result  of  their 
participation in key action 2 of the Youth strand 

0 

The number of users of virtual cooperation platforms supported 
under key action 2 of the Youth strand 

0 

New indicator, analysis is ongoing. Data will be assessed after the first 
year of results and targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

Target will be based on 2019 results and previous programme year-on-
year increase of platform use. Data will be assessed after the first year 
of results and targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

The number of newcomer organisations and institutions taking 
part in the Programme under key actions 1 and 2 of the Youth 
strand 

0 

Target will be based on 2019 results adjusted to the amount of budget 
allocated.  Data  will  be  assessed  after  the  first  year  of  results  and 
targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

The  number  of  small-scale  partnerships  supported  under  key 
action 2 of the Youth strand 

0 

Target will be based on 2019 results adjusted to the amount of budget 
allocated.  Data  will  be  assessed  after  the  first  year  of  results  and 
targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

The  share  of  organisations  and  institutions  that  consider  that 
in  the  Programme  are 
the  procedures  for  taking  part 
proportionate and simple for the Youth strand 

0 

New indicator, analysis is ongoing. Data will be assessed after the first 
year of results and targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

The share of activities addressing climate objectives under key 
action 1 of the Youth strand 

0 

Target  will  be  based  on  the  share  of  projects  addressing  the  topic 
"Environment  and  climate  change"  in  the  reference  period  2018-2019. 

93 

 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

The  share  of  projects  addressing  climate  objectives  under  key 
action 2 of the Youth strand 

0 

Specific Objective 3 –Sport 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

The target might need to be reviewed, based on the performance of this 
action and its outcomes. 

Target  will  be  based  on  the  share  of  projects  addressing  the  topic 
"Environment  and  climate  change"  in  the  reference  period  2018-2019. 
The target might need to be reviewed, based on the performance of this 
action and its outcomes. 

The number of participants in learning mobility activities in the 
Sport strand of the programme 

0 

Target  is  expected  to  be  set  at  25  000,  depending  on  the  amount  of 
budget allocated. Data will be assessed after the first year of results and 
targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

The  number  of  participants  in  virtual  learning  activities  under 
key action 1 of the Sport strand 

The  number  of  people  with  fewer  opportunities  taking  part  in 
activities  under  key  action  under  key  action  1  of  the  Sport 
strand 

0 

0 

New indicator, analysis is ongoing. Data will be assessed after the first 
year of results and targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

Target based on the use of 2019 Education and Training KA1 for School 
education / Adult education mobilities, adjusted for budget allocation. 

The  share  of  participants  that  consider  they  have  benefited 
from their participation in learning mobility activities under key 
action 1 of the Sport strand 

0 

Target based on the use the 2019 Education and Training KA1 for School 
education / Adult education mobilities, adjusted for budget allocation. 

The share of participants that consider they have an increased 
European  sense  of  belonging  after  participation  in  activities 
under key action 1 of the Sport strand 

The number of organisations and institutions taking part in the 
Programme for the Sport strand 

The  share  of  organisations  and  institutions  that  consider  they 
have  developed  high-quality  practices  as  a  result  of  their 
participation in key action 2 of the Sport strand 

The number of newcomer organisations and institutions taking 
part in the Programme under key actions 1 and 2 of the Sport 
strand 

0 

0 

0 

0 

The  number  of  small-scale  partnerships  supported  under  key 
action 2 of the Sport strand 

0 

Target based on the use the 2019 Education and Training KA1 for School 
education / Adult education mobilities. 

Target  based  on  the  use  of  2019  Youth  KA2  information,  adjusted  for 
budget allocation. 

Target  based  on  the  use  of  2019  Youth  KA2  information,  adjusted  for 
budget allocation.  

Target  will  be  based  on  2019  results  adjusted  to  the  amount  of  the 
budget allocated. Data will be assessed after the first year of results and 
targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

Target  will  be  based  on  2019  results  adjusted  to  the  amount  of  the 
budget allocated. Data will be assessed after the first year of results and 
targets will be adjusted, if needed. 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

In  order  to achieve its  objectives,  European Solidarity 
Corps includes the following strands: 

a)  Participation  of  young  people 

in  solidarity 

activities addressing societal challenges: 

- 

- 

Volunteering; 

Solidarity Projects. 

b)  Participation of young people in humanitarian aid 

related solidarity activities. 

c)  Networking activities. 

d)  Quality and support measures.   

responsibility 

Delivery mode 
European Solidarity Corps is implemented directly both 
by  the  Commission,  under  the  leadership  of  the 
European  Commission’s  Directorate-General 
for 
Education  and  Culture  (DG  EAC,  which  bears  the 
overall 
the  supervision  and 
for 
coordination)  and  by  the  Education,  Audiovisual  and 
Culture  Executive  Agency.  Parts  of  the  activities  are 
implemented in indirect management with the support 
of  a  network  of  National  Agencies,  which  brings  the 
programme  closer  to  its  target  audience,  adapts  to 
the  diversity  of  national  education  systems,  and 
offers the possibility to align it with national priorities.  

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF  
European  Solidarity  Corps  builds  on  achievements  of 
the  predecessor  programme  in  its  first  years  of 
existence  and  on  the  EU  Aid  Volunteers  initiative, 
further  consolidating  efforts  to  have  a  single  entry 
point for young people wishing to engage in solidarity 
and  extending  the  scope  to  cover  volunteering 
activities in support of humanitarian aid operations.  

Its inclusion and diversity framework will help further 
improve  access  to  solidarity  opportunities  especially 
for  participants  with 
fewer  opportunities.  The 
programme  will  also  give  more  emphasis  to  the 
Commission’s  priorities  and  contribute  to  Europe's 
sustainable growth and digitalisation. 

Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

ESC 
European Solidarity Corps 

PROPOSAL FOR A 
REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL establishing the 
European Solidarity Corps 
programme 

COM/2018/440 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 

https://europa.eu/youth/solidarity    

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

441.712 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

135.7 

138.4 

141.2 

144.0 

146.9 

149.8 

152.9 

Total 
programming 

1 009.0 

EX-ANTE EVALUATION 
https://europa.eu/!ht93mJ 

Challenge 
The  European  Union  is  built  on  solidarity,  a  shared 
value  which  is  strongly  felt  throughout  European 
society.  Solidarity  is  a  fundamental  pillar  of  the 
European 
integration  project,  providing  a  clear 
compass to guide Europe’s citizens, and especially the 
young ones, in their aspirations for a better EU. Many 
young  people  wish  to  engage  in  solidarity  activities. 
Communities  have  unmet  needs  that  could  be 
addressed  by  involving  younger  generations  in  such 
activities.  Many  organisations  are 
for 
motivated  youngsters  to  help  their  efforts.  These 
imbalances of supply and demand require attention.  

looking 

In  the  absence  of  measures  to  bring  organisations 
and  young  people  together  to  promote  solidarity, 
there  is  a  risk  that  a  major  potential  for  solidarity 
activities  goes  untapped.  This  could  result  in  an 
unnecessary  welfare  loss  to  organisations,  young 
people, and society as a whole. Furthermore, there is 
room  for  improvement  by  simplifying  processes  and 
efficiency  gains  to  be  derived  from  economies  of 
scale and scope.  

and 

Whereas  tackling  socio-economic  issues  is  primarily 
the  responsibility  of  Member  States,  intervention  at 
the  EU  level  enhances  the  European,  cross-border 
dimension  of  solidarity,  complementing  existing 
national  and  regional  public  and  private  policies, 
programmes 
creating 
competition  or  substitution  effects.  This  intervention 
also  helps 
identify  shared  challenges,  stimulate 
cooperation  and  transnational  mobility,  encourage 
synergies, and promote the sharing of good practices 
and  mutual  learning  in  addition  to  supporting  a 
Europe-wide  approach  to  social  innovation,  where 
there is clear value added for European solutions. 

activities  without 

Mission 
Against  this  background,  European  Solidarity  Corps 
brings  together  young  people  and  organisations  to 
build  a  more  inclusive  society,  supporting  vulnerable 
people,  and  responding  to  societal  and  humanitarian 
challenges.  It  offers  an  inspiring  and  empowering 
experience for young people who want to help, learn 
and develop and provides a single entry point for such 
solidarity activities across the EU and beyond.  

Objectives 
The programme has the following specific objectives: 

1.  Provide young people, including those with fewer 
opportunities, with easily accessible opportunities 
for  engagement  in  solidarity  activities  in  Europe 
and abroad. 

2. 

Improve and properly validate their competences 
as  well  as  facilitate  their  employability  and 
transition into the labour market. 

12  includes  the  European  Solidarity  Corps 

and the EU Aid Volunteers 

Actions 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Provide young people, including those with fewer opportunities, with easily accessible opportunities for engagement in 
solidarity activities in Europe and abroad while improving and properly validating their competences as well as facilitating 
their employability and transition into the labour market. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of participants in solidarity activities - 
Participants in volunteering solidarity activities 

Outreach 

Output 

Beneficiary module 

Number of participants in solidarity activities - 
Participants in Solidarity Projects 

Outreach 

Output 

Beneficiary module 

Number of participants in solidarity activities - 
Participants in humanitarian aid related solidarity 
activities 

Outreach 

Output 

Beneficiary module, e-Grants 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Share of participants with fewer opportunities  

Level of inclusiveness of the 
Programme for participants 

Output 

Beneficiary module 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number of organisations holding a European 
Solidarity Corps Quality Label 

Level of attractiveness of 
the Programme for 
organisations  to participate 
the programme 

Result 

Online Registration System, 
Project Management Module, 
e-Grants  

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number of participants who are young people with 
fewer opportunities 

Level of inclusiveness of the 
Programme 

Output 

Beneficiary Module and e-
Grants 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Share of participants reporting positive learning 
outcomes 

Improvements of 
competences 

Result 

Participant’s survey 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Share of participants whose learning outcomes 
have been documented through a Union 
transparency and recognition tool 

Level of recognition 

Result 

Participant’s survey 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Overall satisfaction rate of participants with regard 
to the quality of activities 

Level of satisfaction 

Result 

Participant’s survey 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Share of activities that address climate objectives 

Contribution to green priority  Result 

Project Management Module, 
Beneficiary module and e-
Grants 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Degree of satisfaction of volunteers deployed in 
the humanitarian aid field and of participating 
organisations with regard to the effective 
humanitarian contribution of the activities on the 
ground 

Number of activities in third countries that 
contribute to strengthening local actors and local 
communities and complementing volunteering 
under the European Voluntary Humanitarian Aid 
Corps 

Level of satisfaction 

Result 

Participant’s survey and e-
Grants 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Level of capacity building 
activities 

Output 

e-Grants 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

96 

 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Estimation of baselines and targets  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Indicator name 

Baseline methodology 

Target methodology 

Number  of  participants  in  solidarity 
activities 

0 

Forecasted budget for the Actions over the programming period divided by 
the average cost per participant. 

Share  of  participants  with  fewer 
opportunities 

This 
is  the  percentage  of  the  total 
participants  count,  unrelated  to  allocated 
budget. The baseline for this indicator will 
the 
the 
be  based  on 
participants’ surveys filled out in 2019. 

results  of 

Based  on  the  share  of  participants  with  fewer  opportunities  for  the 
programme  year  2019  (with  the  exception  of  participants  in  Solidarity 
Projects,  for  which  the  information  is  not  collected).  The  target  might  be 
reviewed  following  the  launch  of  the  Humanitarian  Aid  strand  of  the 
programme, based on the performance of this action and its outcomes 

Number  of  organisations  holding  a 
Quality Label 

Number  of  participants  who  are 
young 
fewer 
opportunities 

people 

with 

0 

0 

Share  of  participants 
positive learning outcomes 

reporting 

Share of participants whose learning 
outcomes  have  been  documented 
through  a  Union  transparency  and 
recognition tool 

This 
is  the  percentage  of  the  total 
participants  count,  unrelated  to  allocated 
budget. The baseline for this indicator will 
the 
the 
be  based  on 
participants’ 
in 
surveys 
2018/2019. 

results  of 
out 
filled 

This  is  the  percentage  of  the  volunteers 
and  participants  in  Solidarity  projects, 
unrelated 
to  allocated  budget.  The 
baseline for this indicator will be based on 
participants’ 
of 
the results 
surveys filled out in 2018/2019. 

the 

Apply  %  of  increase  of  budget  allocated  to  Volunteering in  solidarity  and 
humanitarian aid 

%  of  fewer  opportunities  applied  to  target  of  participants  in  volunteering 
activities (solidarity + humanitarian aid related) 

Based  on  2018-2019  participants’  reports  for  volunteers  and  participants 
in Solidarity Projects having declared that they increased at least one skill. 
The target might be reviewed following the launch of the Humanitarian Aid 
strand of the programme based on the performance on this action and its 
outcomes 

Based  on  2018-2019  participants’  reports  for  volunteers  and  participants 
in  Solidarity  Projects  –  share  of  participants  who  have  received  a 
recognition for their mobility period. The target might need to be reviewed 
following  the  launch  of  the  Humanitarian  Aid  strand  of  the  programme, 
based on the performance of this action and its outcomes 

satisfaction 

Overall 
participants  with 
quality of activities 

rate 
to 

regard 

of 
the 

This 
is  the  percentage  of  the  total 
participants  count,  unrelated  to  allocated 
budget. The baseline for this indicator will 
the 
the 
be  based  on 
participants’ 
in 
surveys 
2018/2019. 

results  of 
out 
filled 

Based  on  2018-2019  participants’  reports  for  volunteers  -  share  of 
volunteers who answered 'very satisfied + rather satisfied' to the question 
"How  satisfied  are  you  with  your  European  Solidarity  Corps  experience  in 
general?" The target might need to be reviewed following the launch of the 
Humanitarian Aid strand of the programme, based  on the performance of 
this action and its outcomes 

Share  of  activities  that  address 
climate objectives 

0 

0 

0 

and 

Degree of satisfaction of volunteers 
deployed  in  the  humanitarian  aid 
participating 
of 
field 
organisations  with  regard  to  the 
effective  humanitarian  contribution 
of the activities on the ground 

in 

that 

contribute 

third 
Number  of  activities 
countries 
to 
strengthening  local  actors  and  local 
communities  and  complementing 
volunteering  under  the  European 
Voluntary Humanitarian Aid Corps 

Based on the share of project addressing topic "Climate action, environment 
and nature protection" in the reference period 2018-2019. The target might 
need to be reviewed following the launch of the Humanitarian Aid strand of 
the programme, based on the performance of this action and its outcomes 

Based on the preliminary results from the ex-post evaluation of the EU Aid 
Volunteers  programme  (final  results  available  in  the  course  of  2021), 
particularly  on  the  share  of  volunteers  who  felt  that  they  contributed 
positively to the Host organisation and local community. The target might 
need to be reviewed following the launch of the Humanitarian Aid strand of 
the programme, based on the performce of this action and its outcomes 

The target will be set prior to the launch of the Humanitarian Aid strand of 
the programme in the call year 2022 

97 

 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

CREATIVE EUROPE 
Creative Europe Programme 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

PROPOSAL FOR A 
REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL establishing 
the Creative Europe programme 
(2021 to 2027) 

COM/2018/366 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027  

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!Qr67Hk 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

1 488.0 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

306.4 

489.5 

325.3 

331.8 

338.4 

345.2 

482.0 

Total 
programming 

2 618.6 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
Programme Creative Europe was 
carried out in 2018.  
For further information please consult: 
SWD/2018/290 final - 2018/0207 
(COD) 
https://europa.eu/!dQ39fJ  

Challenge 
Cultural  diversity,  including  cultural  and  creative 
sectors, are part of the European identity and values. 
They contribute greatly to jobs and growth, and have 
positive spill over effects on other sectors. 

These  sectors  face 
increasing  challenges  from 
ongoing  digital  transformation  and  unprecedented 
global  competition,  whereas  their  potential  remains 
unduly  constrained  by  market  fragmentation  along 
national  lines.  Action  at  the  EU  level  is  needed  to 
overcome  such  fragmentation  and  brings  great 
benefits  by  fostering  transnational  artistic  creation, 
cross-border  circulation  of  content,  and  mobility  of 
professionals  and  creators;  incentivising  adjustment, 
facilitating the pooling of knowledge and accelerated 
learning,  at  the  same  time  as  achieving  greater 
critical mass and economies of scale.  

Mission 
Creative  Europe  promotes  European  cooperation  on 
preserving  cultural  and 
linguistic  diversity.  The 
programme  intends  to  optimise  the  potential  of 
Europe’s  cultural  and  creative  sectors  by  offering 
opportunities for operators to develop technologically 
and  artistically  innovative  trans-border  initiatives, 
business models and partnership collaboration modes 
to exchange, coproduce and distribute European works 
and  make  them  accessible  to  a  wide  and  diverse 
audience.  

Objectives 
Creative Europe’s specific objectives are: 

  to  safeguard,  develop  and  promote  European 
cultural and linguistic diversity and heritage; and 

  to  increase  the  competitiveness  and  economic 
potential  of  the  cultural  and  creative  sectors,  in 
particular, the audiovisual sector.  

More specifically, it aims to:  

1.  enhance 

the  economic,  social  and  external 
dimension  of  European 
level  cooperation,  to 
promote diversity and strengthen competitiveness; 

2.  promote the competitiveness and scalability of the 

European audiovisual industry; 

3.  promote policy cooperation. 

Actions 
The Programme shall operates through three strands: 
Culture, MEDIA and Cross-Sectoral. 

the 

Culture, 

focuses 

programme 

Under 
on 
co-operational  artistic  projects,  platforms  and 
to  share  and  promote  works  and 
networks 
through 
internationalisation 
opportunities, 
mobility  of  people  and  trans-national  activities  of 
cultural and creative organisations. 

and 

the 

programme 

on 
Under  MEDIA, 
development and production of innovative audiovisual 
content,  distribution  and  promotion  of  trans-national 
European  works  as  well  as  development  of  trans-
national networks and audiences. 

focuses 

Under  Cross-Sectoral, 
the  programme  supports 
various  other  activities,  such  as  policy  cooperation 
and cross-border collaboration in media.  

Delivery mode 
The programme is managed by the omissionn (jointly 
by DG EAC and DG CNECT) in direct management, and 
by EACEA.  

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
The programme aims to build on the Creative Europe 
Programme's  2014-2020  achievements 
it 
delivered  on  the  strategic  EU  priorities  such  as  the 
EU2020 employment targets) and scale up efforts.. 

(e.g., 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Performance Framework 

Enhancing the economic, social and external dimension of European level cooperation 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number  and  scale  of  transnational  partnerships 
created with the support of the Programme 

Number  of  artists  &  cultural  &/or  creative  players 
(geographically)  mobile  beyond  national  borders 
due  to  Programme  support,  by  country  of  origin 
(including the proportion of women) 

of 

support 

The 
the 
Programme to organisations' 
across 
partnerships 
participating  countries 
for 
the culture strand. 

Output 

 e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 1 to 
3  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

artists 

International 
mobility  provided  by 
of 
culture 
Programme, 
including 
proportion of women. 

strand 

Output 

e-Grants 

and 
the 
the 
the 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 to 
5  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

Number of people accessing European cultural and 
creative  works  generated  by  the  Programme, 
including works from countries other than their own 

Impact  of  the  culture  strand 
of  the  Programme  on  the 
programme 
countries’ 
populations. 

Result 

e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 to 
5  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

The  number  of  projects  supported  by 
the 
Programme  addressed  to  socially  marginalised 
groups 

Inclusiveness  of  the  culture 
strand of the Programme. 

Result 

e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 1 to 
3  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

The  number  of  projects  supported  by 
Programme involving third countries organisations 

the 

Support  to  Third  countries 
provided  by 
culture 
strand of the Programme. 

the 

Result 

 e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 1 to 
3  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

Promoting the competitiveness and scalability of the European audiovisual industry. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

The  number  of  people  accessing  European 
audiovisual  works  from  countries  other  than  their 
own and supported by the Programme 

Reach  of  projects  supported 
under  the  MEDIA  strand  of 
the Programme. 

Result 

e-Grants 

in 

Number  of  participants 
learning  activities 
supported  by  the  Programme  who  assess  they 
have  improved  their  competences  and  increased 
their  employability  (including  the  proportion  of 
women) 

Improvement of levels of key 
competences  and  skills  for 
jobs supported by the MEDIA 
strand. 

Output 

e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 2 to 
4  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

First data 2022; estimated lag 2 to 
4  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

Number,  and  budget  and  geographical  origins  of 
co-productions  developed,  and 
created  and 
distributed  with  the  support  of  the  Programme  as 
well as co-productions with partners from countries 
with  different  audiovisual  capacities;  and  number 
of  audiovisual  works  in  lesser  used  languages 
developed,  and  produced  and  distributed  with  the 
support of the Programme 

Support  to  scaling-up  and 
internationalisation 
of 
organisations  supported  by 
the MEDIA strand. 

Output 

e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 2 to 
4  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

99 

 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Number of people reached by Business to Business 
promotional activities in major markets 

Reach 
of 
activities  of 
strand. 

promotional 
the  MEDIA 

Result 

e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 2 to 
4  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

Promoting policy cooperation and innovative actions 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number  and  scale  of  transnational  partnerships 
formed (composite indicator for creative innovation 
labs and news media actions) 

transnational 
Creation  of 
organisations 
partnerships 
for  creative  innovation  labs 
and news media actions 

Output 

e-Grants 

Number  of  events  or  activities  promoting  the 
Programme organised by the programme desks 

Events  supported  by 
Programme 

the 

Output 

e-Grants 

Number  of  participants  in  the  creative  innovation 
labs  and  news  media  actions  activities,  including 
the proportion of women 

to 

Participation 
creative 
innovation  labs  and  news 
media actions 

Output 

e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 1 to 
3  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

First data 2022; estimated lag 1 to 
3  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

First data 2022; estimated lag 1 to 
3  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

Common qualitative and quantitative impact indicators of the programme 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number  and  scale  of  transnational  partnerships 
created  with  the  support  of  the  Programme, 
including  the  country  of  origin  of  the  beneficiary 
organisations) 

Qualitative evidence of success stories in the field 
of  artistic,  business  and  technological  innovation 
due to the programme support 

of 

support 

The 
the 
programme to organisations' 
partnerships 
across 
participating countries. 

Output 

e-Grants 

Case studies 

Result 

e-Grants 

First data 2022; estimated lag 1 to 
3  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

First data 2022; estimated lag 3 to 
5  years  after  project  start  date; 
annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Indicator name 

Baseline 
methodology 

Target methodology 

Number  and  scale  of  transnational  partnerships  created 
with the support of the Programme 

0 

Projected budget of cooperation and platform schemes multiplied by the average 
number of projects and organisations per million euro. 

Number  of  artists  &  cultural  &/or  creative  players 
(geographically)  mobile  beyond  national  borders  due  to 
Programme  support,  by  country  of  origin  (including  the 
proportion of women) 

0 

Number  of  people  accessing  European  cultural  and 
creative  works  generated  by  the  Programme,  including 
works from countries other than their own 

0 

Projected number of platforms, cooperation projects, literature, special actions and 
prizes  multiplied  by  the  average  number  of  mobilities  per  project  and  mobilities 
generated by the mobility scheme. 

Projected number of cooperation and platform projects to be funded through the 
Programme multiplied by the average size of audience per project. 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

The  number  of  projects  supported  by  the  Programme 
addressed to socially marginalised groups 

0 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Target  will  be  based  on  2019  results  adjusted  to  the  amount  of  the  budget 
allocated. Data will be assessed after the first year of results and targets will be 
adjusted, if needed. 

The  number  of  projects  supported  by  the  Programme 
involving third countries organisations 

0 

Target  will  be  based  on  2019  results  adjusted  to  the  amount  of  the  budget 
allocated. Data will be assessed after the first year of results and targets will be 
adjusted, if needed. 

The  number  of  people  accessing  European  audiovisual 
works from countries other than their own and supported 
by the Programme 

0 

The  target  will  be  based  comparing  the  funds  available  in  2021-2027  for  the 
Distribution calls compared with the funds available for them in 2014-2020 period, 
as the results depend on the support to distributors. The COVID epidemic and Brexit 
impact will be included. 

Number of participants in learning activities supported by 
the  Programme  who  assess  they  have  improved  their 
competences and increased their employability (including 
the proportion of women) 

Number,  and  budget  and  geographical  origins  of  co-
productions  developed,  and  created  and  distributed  with 
the support of the Programme as well as co-productions 
with  partners  from  countries  with  different  audiovisual 
capacities;  and  number  of  audiovisual  works  in  lesser 
used languages developed, and produced and distributed 
with the support of the Programme 

0 

0 

Number  of  people  reached  by  Business  to  Business 
promotional activities in major markets 

0 

This will be a % increase compared to the baseline year - first year of monitoring 
this indicator. 

The  target  will  be  based  comparing  the  funds  available  in  2021-2027  for  the 
TV Production,  Development  and  Co-production  Funds  calls  compared  with  the 
funds available for them in 2014-2020 period. 

The  target  will  be  based  comparing  the  funds  available  in  2021-2027  for  the 
Market  Access  calls  compared  with  the  funds  available  for  them  in  2014-2020 
period. COVID epidemic and Brexit impact will be included. 

Number  and  scale  of  transnational  partnerships  formed 
(composite  indicator  for  creative  innovation  labs  and 
news media actions) 

0 

This will be a % increase compared to the baseline year. The target will depend on 
the budget available for pertinent activities. 

Number of events or activities promoting the Programme 
organised by the programme desks 

0 

The  target  will  be  based  comparing  the  funds  available  in  2021-2027  for  the 
Desks compared with the funds available for them in 2014-2020 period. 

Number  of  participants  in  the  creative  innovation  labs 
and  news  media  actions  activities, 
the 
proportion of women 

including 

0 

Number  and  scale  of  transnational  partnerships  created 
with the support of the Programme, including the country 
of origin of the beneficiary organisations) 

0 

The target will be set as a % increase compared to the benchmark year (computed 
after the first selection), depending on the available budget in the later years. 

As a percentage increase to the first results depending on the available budget. 

Qualitative  evidence  of  success  stories  in  the  field  of 
artistic, business and technological innovation due to the 
programme support 

applicable 

Not 
(qualitative 
indicator) 

The  target  is  to  achieve  a  bigger,  more  meaningful  impact  on  the  sectors  and 
increase  their  competitiveness.  It  is  of  qualitative  nature,  so  no  hard  numerical 
target. 

101 

 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Justice Programme 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

PROPOSAL FOR A 
REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT 
AND OF THE COUNCIL 
establishing a Justice Programme 

COM/2018/384 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITES FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!cH64dk or  
https://europa.eu/!kV86tx 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

338.7 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

46.4 

43.6 

42.2 

41.8 

41.8 

41.7 

41.4 

Total 
programming 

299.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
JUSTICE Programme was carried out in 
2018.  
For further information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!RX78mN 

Challenge 
A  working  European  area  of  Justice  and  effective 
national 
justice  systems  are  necessary  for  a 
flourishing  internal  market  and  for  upholding  the 
common values of the EU. Promoting EU values also 
means protecting them and ensuring an environment 
respectful of the rule of law and the independence of 
the judiciary, with mutual recognition and mutual trust 
among member States.  

In  this  context,  several  challenges  persist.  Judicial 
cooperation in civil and criminal matters is insufficient 
and  access  to  justice  across  Member  States  remains 
difficult. Tools for collecting comparative information 
about  the  quality,  independence  and  efficiency  of 
Member States’ justice systems need to be improved. 
A  major  obstacle  to  mutual  recognition  and  judicial 
cooperation is a lack of trust in other Member States’ 
judicial  systems.  There  is  a  need  to  simplify  and 
digitalise  communications,  access  to  procedures  and 
legal  information,  and  connection  to  and  between 
national systems. The level of knowledge of EU acquis 
and EU instruments needs to be improved across the 
EU. However, national training providers tend to invest 
their  scarce  resources  in  trainings  on  national  law 
rather  than  on  EU  law  and  in  national  training 
activities  rather  than  cross-border  ones.  In  economic 
crises,  persisting  inequalities  and  challenges  (e.g., 
migration)  test  the  fundamental  rights  and  the  EU 
fundamental values, including the rule of law, access 
to 
the 
independence of the judiciary.  

for  civil  society,  and 

justice,  space 

These  challenges  are  common  to  all  Member  States 
and  have  cross-border  dimensions.  While  action  at 
national level is important, it is only through EU-level 
initiatives  that  inefficiencies,  e.g.  insufficient  judicial 
cooperation  and  incomplete  implementation  of  EU 
law, can best be tackled. 

Mission 
JUSTICE  will  support  the  further  development  of  an 
EU  area  of  Justice  based  on  EU’s  values,  the  rule  of 
law, and mutual recognition and trust. It will facilitate 
access  to  justice  and  promote  judicial  cooperation in 
civil  and  criminal  matters,  and  the  effectiveness  of 
national justice systems. 

Objectives 
JUSTICE’s specific objectives are to: 

1.  Facilitate  and  support  judicial  cooperation  in  civil 
and criminal matters, and promote the rule of law, 
independence  and  impartiality  of  the  judiciary, 
including by supporting the efforts to improve the 
effectiveness of national justice systems, and the 
effective enforcement of decisions; 

2.  Support and promote judicial training, with a view 
to  fostering  a  common  legal,  judicial  and  rule  of 

law culture, as well as the consistent and effective 
implementation of relevant EU legal instruments. 
3.  Facilitate  effective  and  non-discriminatory  access 
to  justice,  and  effective  redress,  including  by 
electronic means (e-justice), by promoting efficient 
civil  and  criminal  procedures  and  by  promoting 
and  supporting  the  rights  of  all  victims  of  crime, 
as  well  as  the  procedural  rights  of  suspects  and 
accused persons in criminal proceedings. 

Actions 
JUSTICE  supports  mainly  activities  for  the  judiciary 
and  judicial  staff,  by  their  representative  bodies, 
public  authorities  and  training  bodies.  It  is  also  open 
to  academic/research  institutes  and  Civil  Society 
Organisations that contribute to the development of a 
European area of Justice. It funds activities improving 
mutual  trust,    cooperation  (including  by  means  of 
information  and  communication  technology),  and 
knowledge of EU law, judicial cooperation instruments, 
the relevant case-law of the EU Court of Justice and 
of  comparative  law  (notably  through  supporting  the  
European 
and 
understanding  of  the  civil  and  criminal  law  and  the 
legal  and  judicial  systems  of  the  Member  States  as 
well  as  of  potential  obstacles  to  the  smooth 
functioning  of  a  EU  area  of  justice;.  The  programme 
also  supports  relevant  civil  society  organisations  and 
non-profits  that  ensure  adequate  access  to  their 
services,  counselling  and  support  activities  to  all 
citizens. 

Network) 

Training 

Judicial 

Delivery mode 
The  programme  will  be  implemented  through  direct 
management  by  the  Commission,  under  the  lead  of 
Directorate-General 
for  Justice  and  Consumers 
(DG JUST). 

Link to 2014-2020 MFF  
Justice  builds  on  the  homologue  programme  in  the 
2014-2020 MFF, whilst reinforcing efforts to promote 
the rule of law. 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Facilitate and support judicial cooperation in civil and criminal matters, and promote the rule of law independence and 
impartiality of the judiciary, including by supporting the efforts to improve the effectiveness of national justice systems, and 
the effective enforcement of decisions 

Indicator 

in  the 
Number  of  exchanges  of 
European  Criminal  Records  Information  System 
(ECRIS) 

information 

Dimension 
measured 

Level  of  judicial  cooperation 
in  criminal  matters,  which 
contributes 
providing 
to 
citizens  with  a  high  level  of 
safety. 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number of civil society organisations supported by 
the programme 

to 

civil 

Support 
society 
organisations  active  in  the 
areas  of  the  programme  at 
European,  national  regional 
and local level 

Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number  of  people  reached  by  awareness  raising, 
information and dissemination activities 

Number of people reached by mutual learning and 
exchange of good practices activities 

Support to raising awareness 
of  the  public,  the  policy 
makers  and 
relevant 
practitioner 

the 

to 

the  mutual 
Support 
learning  of  professional  for 
mutual understanding of civil 
and  criminal  law  and  the 
legal and judicial systems of 
MS  

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually15 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually15 

Support and promote judicial training, with a view to fostering a common legal, judicial and rule of law culture, as well as the 
consistent and effective implementation of the Union’s legal instruments relevant in the context of this programme 

Indicator 

Number  of  members  of  the  judiciary  and  judicial 
staff who participated in training activities 

Dimension 
measured 

Support to the training of the 
judiciary  and  judicial  staff 
for  common  culture,  mutual 
trust 
consistent 
implementation of EU law  

and 

Type  Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number of civil society organisations supported by 
the programme 

to 

civil 

society 
Support 
organisations  active  in  the 
areas  of  the  programme  at 
European,  national  regional 
and local level 

Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number  of  people  reached  by  awareness  raising, 
information and dissemination activities 

Support to raising awareness 
of  the  public,  the  policy 
makers  and 
relevant 
practitioner 

the 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually15 

103 

 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Number of people reached by mutual learning and 
exchange of good practices activities 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

to 

Support 
the  mutual 
learning  of  professional  for 
mutual understanding of civil 
and  criminal  law  and  the 
legal and judicial systems of 
MS  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually13 

Facilitate effective and non-discriminatory access to justice for all, and effective redress, including by electronic means (e-
justice), by promoting efficient civil, and criminal procedures and by promoting and supporting the rights of all victims of crime 
as well as the procedural rights of suspects and accused persons in criminal proceedings 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type  Source 

Data availability 

Number  of  civil  society  organisations  reached  by 
support and capacity building activities 

to 

civil 

Support 
society 
organisations  active  in  the 
areas  of  the  programme  at 
European,  national  regional 
and local level 

Number  of  hits  on  the  e-Justice  portal  /  pages 
addressing  the  need  for  information  on  cross-
border civil and criminal cases 

Number  of  people  reached  by  awareness  raising, 
information and dissemination activities 

Number of people reached by mutual learning and 
exchanges of good practices activities 

Need  of 
information  on 
cross-border civil matters as 
well  as  of  the 
level  of 
relevance  of  these  e-pages 
favouring a larger and easier 
access to justice by citizens 

Support to raising awareness 
of  the  public,  the  policy 
makers  and 
relevant 
practitioner 

the 

to 

Support 
the  mutual 
learning  of  professional  for 
mutual understanding of civil 
and  criminal  law  and  the 
legal and judicial systems of 
MS  

Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually15 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually15 

13 Provisional data for year n is available in year n+1; final data for year n is available in year n+2 or n+3. 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Estimation of baselines and targets  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Baseline  

Target 

Number  of  exchanges  of 
information  in  the  European 
Criminal Records  Information 
System (ECRIS) 

Latest  known  result  (for  2020,  equal  to  4.136.249) 
will be the baseline 

civil 

Number  of 
society 
organisations  supported  by 
the programme 

0 

The target will be calculated based on the baseline and the aimed 10% 
increase of messages exchanged per year. This is an estimation, given the 
fact that the UK will not be part of the system anymore. This is based on 
DG JUST knowledge from the previous programming period (extrapolation 
from historic data) adjusted to take into account BREXIT. 

Target  will  be  set  at  the  same  level  of  the  number  of  funded  CSOs  in 
2019  and  2020  under  the  Justice  programme  2014-2020  (we  want  to 
maintain the same level of support to CSOs) 

0 

0 

0 

Target values are :  

  Judicial cooperation :15 

  Judicial training: 22 

  Access to justice: 39 

The average number of participants from 2014 to 2020 will serve as a 
reference point to set the target. (2020 data available by 2021). 

Will  be  set  once  we  have  the  actual  data  from  the  first  year  of 
implementation (2021) / cumulative. Will be set for projects only (module 
not developed yet for contracts). 

It  is  not  possible  to  use  historic  data  as  a  reference  point  as  the 
methodology to collect the number of participants has been changed in 
order to make it effective14. 

Will  be  set  once  we  have  the  actual  data  from  the  first  year  of 
implementation (2021) / cumulative. Will be set for projects only (module 
not developed yet for contracts). 

It  is  not  possible  to  use  historic  data  as  a  reference  point  as  the 
methodology to collect the number of participants has been changed in 
order to make it effective. 

The baseline will be based on the statistical data for 
the corresponding web pages for 2020. 

The target will be calculated based on the baseline and the aimed 20% 
increase of visitors per year. 

Number  of  members  of  the 
judiciary  and  judicial  staff 
who  participated  in  training 
activities 

Number of people reached by 
raising, 
awareness 
information 
and 
dissemination activities 

Number of people reached by 
and 
mutual 
exchange  of  good  practices 
activities 

learning 

Number  of  hits  on  the  e-
pages 
Justice 
portal 
addressing 
for 
information  on  cross-border 
civil and criminal cases 

/ 
the  need 

14 The categories of activities funded have been streamlined. When reporting the number of participants to the Commission, the beneficiary has now to choose 
between 2 possibilities only (awareness-raising, mutual learning). Under the previous MFF period, the choice was instead not constrained, which resulted in a very 
broad list of activities (non-homogeneous from one beneficiary to another) that could not be processed. 

105 

 
 
 
 
                                                 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

CERV 
Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values Programme 

PROPOSAL FOR A 
REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT 
AND OF THE COUNCIL 
establishing the Rights and Values 
programme 

COM/2018/383 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!cH64dk or  
https://europa.eu/!kV86tx 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

630.815 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

97.2 

327.5 

212.3 

215.0 

217.5 

220.0 

394.8 

Total 
programming 

1 684.1 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
RIGHTS AND VALUES Programme 
was carried out in 2018. For 
further information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!RX78mN  

15  includes  Rights,  Equality  and  Citizenship 

and Europe For Citizens 

Challenge 
The  EU  promotes  peace  and  the  well-being  of  its 
people.  It  is  founded  on  the  values  of  respect  for 
human dignity, freedom, democracy, equality, the rule 
of  law  and  respect  for  human  rights,  including  the 
rights of persons belonging to minorities. To live up to 
its  vocation,  the  EU  needs  to  remember  and  learn 
from its history and to involve people in strengthening 
democratic societies.  

Yet emerging movements challenge the idea of open, 
inclusive,  cohesive  and  democratic  societies  and 
threaten 
civic 
participation. In particular:  

the  enjoyment  of 

rights  and 

  Inequalities  and  discrimination  on  the  grounds  of 
sex,  racial  or  ethnic  origin,  religion  or  belief, 
disability,  age  or  sexual  orientation  still  exist. 
Violence is still a reality in the daily lives of many 
women, children and other persons at risk. 

  The  rights  stemming  from  EU  citizenship—free 
movement,  consular  protection  and  electoral 
implemented,  thus 
rights—are  still  not  fully 
societal 
hindering 
participation. 

citizens’ 

political 

and 

  Economic  crises,  rising  inequalities,  and  new  or 
persisting  challenges  (e.g.,  migration)  have  led 
some to question the EU’s fundamental rights and 
values, including the rule of law, access to justice, 
space  for  civil  society,  and  the  independence  of 
the judiciary. 

These  challenges  are  common  to  all  Member  States 
and  have  cross-border  dimensions.  While  action  at 
national  level  is  important,  individual  Member  States 
do  not  have  sufficient  leverage  to  tackle  these 
challenges  on  their  own.  Therefore,  concerted efforts 
at EU level are required. 

Mission 
CERV seeks to protect and promote rights and values 
as enshrined in the EU Treaties and in the EU Charter 
of  Fundamental  Rights  in  order  to  sustain  open, 
rights-based, democratic, equal and inclusive societies 
based on the rule of law.  

Objectives 
CERV specific objectives, which correspond to strands, 
are to: 

1.  Contribute  to  protecting  and  promoting  Union 
values  by  providing  financial  support  to  civil 
society  organisations  active  at  local,  regional and 
transnational level (Union values strand); 

2.  Promote 

rights,  non-discrimination,  equality, 
including gender equality, and advance gender and 
non-discrimination  mainstreaming;  protect  and 
promote  the  rights  of  the  child,  the  rights  of 
people  with  disabilities,  EU  citizenship  rights  and 

the  right  to  the  protection  of  personal  data 
(Equality, rights and gender equality strand); 

3.  Promote citizens engagement and participation in 
the  democratic  life  of  the  Union  and  exchanges 
between  citizens  of  different  Member  States  and 
raise awareness of the common European history 
(Citizens' engagement and participation strand).    

4.  Fight  violence,  including  gender-based  violence 
and violence against children and other groups at 
risk (Daphne strand).  

Actions 
CERV  supports  a  broad  range  of  organisations 
promoting  and  protecting  Union  values  and  rights, 
increasing  awareness  of  rights,  values,  principles 
culture, history, laws and policies, enhancing capacity 
and  fostering  cross-border  cooperation,  and  mutual 
knowledge, understanding, and trust.  

CERV  supports  training,  capacity  building,  exchanges 
of good practices between Member States’ authorities 
and  bodies,  and  town-twinning.  It  supports  the 
development  of  knowledge-based  EU  policies  and 
legislation  through  surveys,  studies,  and  analyses.  It 
also supports the development of the capacity of key 
EU 
the  annual  work 
(notably 
programme  of  EQUINET,  the  EU  network  of  equality 
bodies). 

level  networks 

Delivery mode 
CERV  will  be  implemented  in  direct  management  by 
the Commission under the lead of Directorate-General 
JUST).  The 
for 
implementation  of  some  actions  will  be  entrusted  to 
an Executive Agency. 

Justice  and  Consumers 

(DG 

Link to 2014-2020 MFF 
CERV  is  the  result  of  merging  two  2014-2020  MFF 
funding programmes, namely the Rights, Equality and 
Citizenship  programme  and  the  Europe  for  Citizens 
programme, which have both a strong societal focus 
and are clearly related to Union values. This goal is to 
bring  more  visibility,  simplification,  and  mutual 
reinforcement,  while  acknowledging  and  maintaining 
the specificities of the single policies.  

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

The CERV performance framework is based on five core performance indicators of which four apply to each specific objective (or strand) of the 
programme. All individual data shall be broken down by sex whenever possible. 

 Protect and promote Union values (Union values) 

Indicator 

Number of people reached by training activities 

Number of people reached by mutual learning and 
exchange of good practices activities 

Number  of  people  reached  by  awareness  raising, 
information and dissemination activities 

Number  of  civil  society  organisations  reached  by 
support and capacity building activities 

Dimension 
measured 

Support  to  the  training  of 
professional  for  increase  of 
knowledge of Union law and 
policies  as  well  as  of  the 
rights 
values 
and 
underpinning the Union 

to 

the  mutual 
Support 
learning  of  professional  for 
improving  knowledge  and 
understanding of  Union law 
and  policies,  of  potential 
obstacles  to  the  exercise  of 
to  promoting 
rights  and 
cross-border 
cooperation 
and enhancing mutual trust 

Support to raising awareness 
of  the  public,  the  policy 
makers  and 
relevant 
practitioner 

the 

to 

civil 

Support 
society 
organisations  active  in  the 
areas  of  the  programme  at 
European,  national  regional 
and local level 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

 Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

Promote rights, non-discrimination, equality, including gender equality, and advance gender and non-discrimination 
mainstreaming; (Equality, Rights and Gender Equality strand) 

Indicator 

Number of people reached by training activities 

Number of people reached by mutual learning and 
exchange of good practices activities 

Dimension 
measured 

Support  to  the  training  of 
professional  for  increase  of 
knowledge of Union law and 
policies  as  well  as  of  the 
rights 
values 
and 
underpinning the Union 

to 

Support 
the  mutual 
learning  of  professional  for 
improving  knowledge  and 
understanding of  Union law 
and  policies,  of  potential 
obstacles  to  the  exercise  of 
to  promoting 
rights  and 
cross-border 
cooperation 
and enhancing mutual trust 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

107 

 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Number  of  people  reached  by  awareness  raising, 
information and dissemination activities 

Number  of  civil  society  organisations  reached  by 
support and capacity building activities 

to 

Support 
raising 
awareness  of  the public,  the 
the 
policy  makers  and 
relevant practitioner 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

to 

civil 

Support 
society 
organisations  active  in  the 
areas  of  the  programme  at 
European,  national  regional 
and local level 

Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

Promote citizens engagement and participation in the democratic life of the Union and exchanges between citizens of different 
Member States and to raise awareness of the common European history (Citizens' engagement and participation strand) 

Indicator 

Number of people reached by training activities 

Number of people reached by mutual learning and 
exchange of good practices activities 

Number  of  people  reached  by  awareness  raising, 
information and dissemination activities 

Number  of  civil  society  organisations  reached  by 
support and capacity building activities 

Number  of  transnational  networks  and  initiatives 
focusing  on  European  memory  and  heritage  as  a 
result of programme intervention 

Dimension 
measured 

Support  to  the  training  of 
professional  for  increase  of 
knowledge of Union law and 
policies  as  well  as  of  the 
rights 
values 
and 
underpinning the Union 

to 

Support 
the  mutual 
learning  of  professional  for 
improving  knowledge  and 
understanding of  Union law 
and  policies,  of  potential 
obstacles  to  the  exercise  of 
to  promoting 
rights  and 
cooperation 
cross-border 
and enhancing mutual trust 

Support to raising awareness 
of  the  public,  the  policy 
makers  and 
relevant 
practitioner 

the 

to 

civil 

society 
Support 
organisations  active  in  the 
areas  of  the  programme  at 
European,  national  regional 
and local level 

co-ordinated 
Support 
to 
transnational 
mutual 
learning activities to promote 
exchanges  between  citizens 
of different countries on the 
wealth  and  diversity  of  the 
common  heritage  of 
the 
Union 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

108 

 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Fight violence, including gender-based violence (Daphne strand) 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Indicator 

Number of people reached by training activities 

Number of people reached by mutual learning and 
exchange of good practices activities 

Number  of  people  reached  by  awareness  raising, 
information and dissemination activities 

Number  of  civil  society  organisations  reached  by 
support and capacity building activities 

Dimension 
measured 

Support  to  the  training  of 
professional  for  increase  of 
knowledge of Union law and 
policies  as  well  as  of  the 
rights 
values 
and 
underpinning the Union 

to 

Support 
the  mutual 
learning  of  professional  for 
improving  knowledge  and 
understanding of  Union law 
and  policies,  of  potential 
obstacles  to  the  exercise  of 
to  promoting 
rights  and 
cross-border 
cooperation 
and enhancing mutual trust 

Support to raising awareness 
of  the  public,  the  policy 
relevant 
makers  and 
practitioner 

the 

to 

civil 

Support 
society 
organisations  active  in  the 
areas  of  the  programme  at 
European,  national  regional 
and local level 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually16 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

Result 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

Output 

EC DG JUST 

First data in 2022 estimated lag 1 
year; annually18 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Strand 1 

(No historical data for this strand) 

Baseline 

Target 

Number of people reached by training activities 

Will be set once we have the first year of data 2021 (available in 2022) 

Number of people reached by mutual learning and 
exchange of good practices activities 

0 

Number of people reached by awareness raising, 
information and dissemination activities 

  The target will be cumulative. 

  Will be set for grants only. No target for contract as module not 

developed yet  

  No historic data as a reference point 

Number of civil society organisations reached by 
support and capacity building activities 

0 

Target (and milestones) will be set once the first year of data (2021) is 
available (in 2022) 

16 Provisional data for n is available in n+1; final data for n is available in n+2 or n+3 depending on the duration of projects. 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

For strands 2,3,4 

Number of people reached by training activities 

Number of people reached by mutual learning and 
exchange of good practices activities 

0 

Number of people reached by awareness raising, 
information and dissemination activities 

 

 

Number of civil society organisations reached by 
support and capacity building activities 

0 

Number of transnational networks and initiatives 
focusing on European memory and heritage as a 
result of programme intervention 

0 

BASED ON POLITICAL 
AGREEMENT 

Targets will be set once we have the first year of data (data 2021 available 
in 2022). They will be cumulative and will be set for projects only (module 
not developed yet for contracts). 

It is not possible to use historic data as a reference point as the 
methodology to collect the number of participants has been changed in 
order to make it effective. 

The categories of activities funded have been streamlined. When reporting 
the number of participants to the Commission, the beneficiary has now to 
choose between 3 possibilities (awareness-raising, mutual learning, 
training). In contrast, the choice was not constrained in the previous MFF 
period, which resulted in a very broad list of activities (non-homogeneous 
from one beneficiary to another) that could not be processed. However, the 
total number of participants that participated to the different activities in 
the previous years where data is available (2014 & 2015) could serve as a 
reference point for the three indicators together. 

The target is the estimated average number of CSOs funded by year during 
the whole period. The estimation was done on the basis of historical data 
(% of CSOs and average EU contribution in 2019 and 2020) extrapolated to 
the total budget foreseen for 2021-2027 for action grants under the 
strand. 

Target values are :  

  Equality, Rights and Gender Equality strand : 121 

  Citizen engagement and participation strand : 339 

  Daphne strand:160 

The target is the estimated average number of transnational networks and 
initiatives focusing on European memory and heritage as a result of 
programme intervention funded by year during the whole period. The 
estimation is done on the basis of historical data (2019 and 2020) 
extrapolated to the total budget foreseen for 2021-2027 for transnational 
networks and initiatives focusing on European memory and heritage as a 
result of programme intervention  

Target value is 541  

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Communication 
Financial intervention of the communication policy area 

Task resulting from the 
Commission’s prerogatives at 
institutional level, as provided 
for in Article 58(2)d of 
Regulation (EU, Euratom) 
2018/1046 of the European 
Parliament and of the Council of 
18 July 2018 on the financial 
rules applicable to the general 
budget of the Union 

Challenge 
To  be  effective,  the  Commission  has  to  connect  to 
citizens  across  all  Member  States  to  make  them 
aware of the Commission’s headline ambitions and to 
give them a way to feed their concerns and ideas into 
EU  policy-making.  This  is  particularly  challenging  in 
the post-COVID-19 economic and social context. Thus, 
communication will focus in the coming years on the 
recovery  plan  and  NextGenerationEU,  namely  the 
green, the digital and the health strands. 

an 

this 

achieve 

objective, 

ambitious 
To 
communication  effort  at  Commission’s 
is 
level 
necessary  because  the  communication  actions  on 
European topics carried out at national, regional, and 
local level are not sufficient. 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!mT93rB 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

507.2 

129.9 

131.0 

132.1 

133.2 

134.4 

135.5 

136.4 

932.5 

Mission 
(DG)  Communication,  as  a 
Directorate-General 
corporate communication service, brings Europe closer 
to its citizens by:  

  LISTEN:  providing  intelligence  to  the  College, 

Cabinets and Services 

  ADVISE: ensuring coherence in Communication and 

domain Leadership 

  ENGAGE: reaching out and engaging with citizens. 

Objectives 
DG Communication pursues the following five specific 
objectives:  

1.  College  and  services  use  country 

-specific 
intelligence, Eurobarometer results, media analysis 
and  stakeholders’/citizens’  feedback  to  inform 
political decision-making; 

advice 

receives 

strategic 

2.  College 

on 
communicating  the  political  headline  ambitions 
and on media landscapes in the Member States; 
3.  Corporate  communication  of  the  Commission’s 
political  headline  ambitions  is  aligned  across  the 
Commission’s departments; 

4.  Meaningful  and  tailored  messages,  focussed  on 
the Commission’s political headline ambitions, are 
communicated  to  citizens,  media,  multipliers  and 
stakeholders;  

5.  Citizens engage with the EU through face-to-face 
events  and  online  interactive  platforms,  such  as 
the  Conference  on  the  Future  of  Europe,  thus 
stimulating  the  sharing  of  EU  values  and  interest 
in and ownership of EU topics. 

Actions 
DG  Communication  will  pursue  the  above  objectives 
through a variety of actions, including: 

1.  Providing  executive  and  corporate  communication 
services 
the 
the  President, 
Spokesperson's  Service,  European  Commission 

the  College, 

to 

senior  management 
communication 
Commission; 

domain 

and 
of 

the 
the 

external 
European 

2.  Engaging  with  national, 

local 
authorities,  media  and  stakeholders,  and  citizens 
in  general  through  the  European  Commission’s 
Representations in the Member States;  

regional,  and 

3.  Crafting  communication  products  and  services 
directly  addressed  to  citizens  via  traditional  and 
new  media  channels  as  well  as  face-to-face 
exchanges. 

Delivery mode 
Within the Commission, DG Communication is the lead 
Directorate-General for implementing above described 
activities 
direct 
management and grants). 

(implementation 

through 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
Communication activities will still be financed by the 
Commission  under  its  prerogatives.  Throughout  the 
2014-2020  MFF,  DG  Communication  was  under 
Title 16  of  the  Commission  budget.  Under  the 
2021-2027  MFF,  communication  activities  are 
included  within  Heading  2  “Cohesion  and  Values” 
under  the  policy  cluster  7  “Investing  in  people  and 
values”. 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Performance Framework 

A modern, high-performing and sustainable European Commission (general objective) 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Positive and fairly positive views on the image for 
the European Union 

Image of the European Union  Impact 

EC Eurobarometer 

First  data  2021;  estimated  lag  1 
year; annually 

College and services use country specific intelligence, Eurobarometer results, media analysis and stakeholders’/citizens’ 
feedback to inform political decision-making 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

reporting  products  provided  by 

Political 
the 
Representations  covering  reactions  in  all  Member 
States on EU topics  

Political, 
media reports 

economic 

and 

Output 

DG COMM, 

EC 
reporting tool 

Political 

First  data  2021;  estimated  lag  1 
year; annually 

College receives strategic advice on communicating the headline ambitions and on media landscapes in the Member States 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Audio  visual  products  provided  to  the  College  ( 
messages, interviews, statements, clips) 

Management of audio visual 
technical facilities 

Output 

EC DG COMM, Survey 

First  data  2021;  estimated  lag  1 
year; annually 

Corporate communication of the Commission’s headline ambitions is aligned across the Commission’s departments 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Specific  contracts  concluded  using  Corporate 
Communication Framework Contracts 

Centralisation 
communication 
contracts 

of 
framework 

Output 

EC DG COMM, Survey 

First  data  2021;  estimated  lag  1 
year; annually 

Meaningful and tailored messages, focussed on the Commission’s headline ambitions, are communicated to citizens, media, 
multipliers and stakeholders 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Target  audience  able  to  recall  the  messages  of 
corporate campaigns 

Outreach  and  effectiveness 
of the campaign 

Result 

EC DG COMM, Survey 

First  data  2021;  estimated  lag  1 
year; annually 

Users satisfied with the answers received from the 
Europe Direct Contact Centre 

Users’ satisfaction 

Result 

EC DG COMM, Survey 

First  data  2021;  estimated  lag  1 
year; annually 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cohesion, Resilience and Values  

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Visits  to  the  European  Commission  core  site 
(ec.europa.eu) 

Number of visitors per year   Output 

EC DG COMM, Survey 

First  data  2021;  estimated  lag  1 
year; annually 

Citizens engage with the EU through face-to-face events and online interactive platforms, such as the Conference on the 
Future of Europe, thus stimulating the sharing of EU values and interest in and ownership of EU topics 

Indicator 

Engagement rate on social media 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

of 

Measurement 
engagement 
social media accounts 

the 
rate  of  EC 

Result 

DG COMM social media metric  First  data  2021;  estimated  lag  1 

year; annually 

Visitors to the Visitors' Centre per year 

Number of visitors per year  Output 

EC DG COMM, Survey 

First  data  2021;  estimated  lag  1 
year; annually 

Events  organised  by  Europe  Direct  Information 
Centres 

Number of events per year 

Output 

EC DG COMM, Survey 

First  data  2021;  estimated  lag  1 
year; annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Baseline  

Target 

There are two ways to calculate the baselines: (1) in case the action is a recurring action, i.e., a continuation of an action already existing in the 
previous cycle, and the indicator is defined in cumulative terms, the baseline is the last result achieved in the previous cycle; (2) in the case of new 
actions, when the baseline could be not defined for the year and is set at “not applicable,” once the survey / reporting results are known the 
baseline will be defined.  

The targets for DG COMM output, result and impact indicators are calculated as desired end points for each indicator. These calculations reflect 
the ambition of the services regarding each action and are as realistic as possible. 

There are two ways to calculate the targets: (1) in case the action is a recurring action, i.e., a continuation of an action already exiting in the 
previous cycle, the target is a forecast based on the historic rhythm of progression of the action, taking into consideration the influence of 
external factors and any improvements in the implementation and possible efficiency gains; (2) in the case of new actions, the target is a forecast 
of the expected outputs, results and impacts of the action for specific milestone dates. 

113 

 
 
 
 
 
Heading 3 
NATURAL RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT 
The EU budget is and will continue to be a driver of sustainability, investing in sustainable agriculture and 
maritime sectors, along with climate action, environmental protection, food security, and rural development. 
Some of the programmes under this heading (such as the common agricultural policy and the European 
Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund) support the EU’s farming, agricultural and fisheries sectors and 
seek to make them more competitive. Other programmes are dedicated exclusively to the EU’s environmental 
and climate objectives (such as the programme for environment and climate action (LIFE) and the 
Just Transition Mechanism). 

AGRICULTURE AND MARITIME 
POLICY 

Common Agricultural Policy (European Agricultural 
Guarantee Fund, and European Agricultural Fund for Rural 
Development) 

European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund 

Fisheries Organisations and Agreements 

ENVIRONMENT AND CLIMATE 
ACTION 

LIFE 

Just Transition Mechanism 

114 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

CAP 
Common Agricultural Policy 

PROPOSALS FOR REGULATIONS 
OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT 
AND OF THE COUNCIL on the CAP 
strategic plans; on financing 
management and monitoring of the 
CAP; and on establishing a common 
organisation of the markets in 
agricultural products 

Challenge 
The landscape for EU agriculture and rural areas has 
changed  significantly  since  the  last  reform  of  the 
Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) in 2013: 

  New  EU  international  commitments  on  Climate 
Change  and  on  Sustainable  Development  Goals 
added new challenges and opportunities; 

COM(2018) 392, 393 and 394 

  A  new  global  economic  context  characterised  by 

higher market-price uncertainty; 

  The European Green Deal has reinforced the need 
for  the  CAP  to  better  respond  to  the  transition 
towards a sustainable food system. 

In  that  context,  EU's  agriculture  and rural  areas  face 
challenges related to: 

 

 

 

the  economic  health  of  the  farm  sector,  both  in 
terms of income and of competitiveness;  

the  need  to  preserve  natural  resources  in  a 
context  of  climate  change  (requiring  action  both 
regarding mitigation and adaptation); and  

the  need  to  preserve  the  economic  and  social 
fabric for EU's rural areas.  

The CAP has been reformed to meet these challenges, 
advance towards a more targeted system of support, 
and increase its environmental and climate ambition. 

The global and cross-border nature of the challenges 
faced  by  the  EU  agricultural  sector  and  rural  areas 
requires a strong common policy at EU level. 

Mission 
The  CAP  aims  to  support  a  resilient,  sustainable  and 
competitive agricultural sector to ensure production of 
high-quality,  safe  and  affordable  food  for  Europe’s 
citizens  and  a  strong  socio-economic  fabric  in  rural 
areas.  

Objectives 
The CAP has ten key objectives:  

1.  Support  viable  farm  income  and  resilience  of  the 
agricultural  sector  across  the  Union  to  enhance 
long-term food security and agricultural diversity; 

2.  Enhance  market  orientation  and  increase  farm 
focus  on 

including  greater 
competitiveness, 
research, technology and digitalisation; 

3.  Improve the farmers' position in the value chain; 

4.  Contribute  to  climate  change  mitigation  and 
adaptation,  including  by  reducing  greenhouse  gas 
emissions and enhancing carbon sequestration, as 
well as promote sustainable energy; 

5.  Foster  sustainable  development  and  efficient 
management  of  natural  resources  such  as  water, 
soil  and  air,  including  by  reducing  chemical 
dependency; 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!wr68PK 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING 17 
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

402 262.218 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

58 100.7 

58 709.4 

53 626.9 

53 757.9 

53 890.9 

54 021.9 

54 155.9 

386 263.4 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
the EAGF and EAFRD was carried out in 
April 2018 
https://europa.eu/!Rd79mr  

17 In 2021 and 2022 the CAP draws on the 
allocations of the 2021-2027 multiannual 
financial framework but follow the 2014-
2020 policy rules 

18 includes EAFRD and EAGF 

BASED ON COMMISSION PROPOSAL 

6.  Contribute  to  halting  and  reversing  biodiversity 
loss,  enhance  ecosystem  services  and  preserve 
habitats and landscapes; 

7.  Attract and sustain young farmers and other new 
facilitate  sustainable  business 

farmers  and 
development in rural areas; 

8.  Promote  employment,  growth,  gender  equality, 
including  the  participation  of  women  in  farming, 
social  inclusion  and  local  development  in  rural 
circular  bio-economy  and 
areas, 
sustainable forestry. 

including 

9.  Improve  the  response  of  Union  agriculture  to 
societal  demands  on  food  and  health,  including 
high quality, safe, and nutritious food produced in 
a sustainable way, the reduction of food waste, as 
well as improving animal welfare and combatting 
antimicrobial resistances. 

10. Modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of 
knowledge, 
in 
agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their 
uptake by farmers. 

innovation  and  digitalisation 

Actions 
The 
interventions  are  funded  by  the  European 
Agricultural  Guarantee  Fund  (EAGF)  and  the  European 
Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD).  

EAGF will fund the following types of interventions:  

  Direct  Payments:  a)  Decoupled  direct  payments: 
the  basic  income  support  for  sustainability;  the 
complementary  redistributive  income  support  for 
sustainability;  the  complementary  income  support 
for  young  farmers;  the  schemes  for  the  climate 
and the environment; b) Coupled direct payments; 

  Sectorial  interventions:  a)  fruit  and  vegetables 
sector;  b)  apiculture  products  sector;  c)  wine 
sector; d) hops sector; e) olive oil and table olives 
sector; f) other sectors. 

EAFRD  will  fund  the  following  types  of  interventions: 
(a)  environmental,  climate  and  other  management 
commitments; 
(b)  natural  or  other  area-specific 
constraints;  (c)  area-specific  disadvantages  resulting 
from  mandatory 
investments; 
requirements; 
(e) installation  of  young  farmers  and  rural  business 
start-up;  f)  risk  management  tools;  g)  cooperation; 
h) knowledge exchange and information. 

(d) 

Delivery mode 
Implementation is in shared management. DG AGRI is 
the leading DG for the Commission. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF  
The  programme  is  a  continuation  of  its  predecessor 
under  the  2014-2020  MFF,  but  has  been  designed 
under  the  framework  of  the  2021-2027  MFF  to 
address  the  challenges  identified  for  the  period 
2021-2027. 

115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Natural Resources and Environment 

BASED ON COMMISSION PROPOSAL 

Performance Framework 

Due to the transitional legislation adopted for the CAP, the new CAP will apply from 2023. 

Increase competitiveness and enhance market orientation 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

CAP support beneficiaries average 

Output 

PMEF 

First data in 2025; time lag: 1 year; 
annually  

Additional  support  per  hectare  for  eligible  farms 
below average farm size (compared to average) 

Redistribution 
farms 

to 

smaller 

Result 

PMEF 

First data in 2025; time lag: 1 year; 
annually  

Contribute to putting Union legislation and policy into practice, and to improving governance 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

receiving 

Farmers 
to 
restructure  and  modernise,  including  to  improve 
resource efficiency 

investment 

support 

Farm modernisation 

Result 

PMEF 

First data in 2024; time lag: 1 year; 
annually 

Improve farmers' position in the value chain 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

in  supported  Producer 
Farmers  participating 
Groups,  Producer  Organisations,  local  markets, 
short supply chain circuits and quality schemes 

Better 
organisation 

supply 

chain 

Result 

PMEF 

First data in 2024; time lag: 1 year; 
annually 

 Contribute to climate change mitigation and adaptation 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Agricultural  land  under  commitments  to  reducing 
emissions,  maintaining  and/or  enhancing  carbon 
storage  (permanent  grassland,  agricultural  land  in 
peatland, forest, etc.) 

Carbon  storage  in  soils  and 
biomass 

Result 

PMEF 

First data in 2024 (EAFRD) or 2025 
(EAGF); time lag: 1 year; annually 

Foster sustainable development and efficient management of natural resources 

Indicator 

Dimension measured 

Type  Source 

Data availability 

Agricultural  land  covered  by  environment/climate 
commitments 
mandatory 
requirements 

beyond 

going 

Protecting  natural  resources  and 
climate action 

Output  PMEF 

First data in 2024 (EAFRD) or 2025 
(EAGF); time lag: 1 year; annually 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

BASED ON COMMISSION PROPOSAL 

Indicator 

Dimension measured 

Type  Source 

Data availability 

Agricultural  land  covered  by  income  support  and 
subject to conditionality 

Linking 
support 
income 
standards and good practices 

to 

Result  PMEF 

First data in 2025; time lag: 1 year; 
annually 

Preserve nature and landscapes 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Agricultural land under management commitments 
supporting biodiversity conservation or restoration 

Preserving 
species 

habitats 

and 

Result 

PMEF 

First data in 2024 (EAFRD) or 2025 
(EAGF); time lag: 1 year; annually 

Attract young farmers and facilitate business development 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Young farmers setting up a farm with support from 
the CAP   

Generational renewal 

Result 

PMEF 

First data in 2024 (EAFRD) or 2025 
(EAGF); time lag: 1 year; annually 

 Promote employment, growth, social inclusion and local development in rural areas (including bio-economy) 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

New jobs in supported projects 

Growth  and  jobs  in  rural 
areas 

Result 

PMEF 

First data in 2024; time lag: 1 year; 
annually 

Improve the response of EU agriculture to societal demands on food and health, including safe, nutritious and sustainable food, 
food waste, as well as animal welfare 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Livestock  covered  by  support  for  animal  welfare, 
health and increased biosecurity measures 

Animal welfare 

Result 

PMEF 

First data in 2024 (EAFRD) or 2025 
(EAGF); time lag: 1 year; annually 

Address societal expectations on food and health 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Rural  population  benefiting  from  improved  access 
to services and infrastructure through CAP support 

Connecting rural Europe 

Output 

PMEF 

First data in 2024; time lag: 1 year; 
annually 

117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

BASED ON COMMISSION PROPOSAL 

Indicator 

CAP support beneficiaries 

Additional  support  per  hectare  for  eligible 
farms  below  average  farm  size  (compared  to 
average) 

receiving 

to 
Farmers 
restructure and modernise, including to improve 
resource efficiency 

investment  support 

Baseline 

Targets 19 

Number  of  EU  farmers  who  are  direct  beneficiaries  of  CAP 
payments reported for the year preceding the implementation of 
the new programming period 

Ratio between the average direct payments per hectare received 
by beneficiaries below average farm size compared to the whole 
population 
the 
implementation of the new programming period.  

of  beneficiaries, 

preceding 

year 

the 

(RDP)  support  for 

Percentage  of  EU  agricultural  holdings  with  Rural  Development 
Policy 
in  restructuring  or 
modernisation (focus area 2A of the current Rural Development 
Policy)  reported  cumulatively  for  the  2014-2020  programming 
period. 

investments 

Increase  

Increase 

Increase  

Farmers  participating  in  supported  Producer 
Groups,  Producer  Organisations,  local  markets, 
short supply chain circuits and quality schemes 

Percentage  of  agricultural  holdings  receiving  support  for 
participating in quality schemes, local markets and short supply 
circuits, and producer groups/organisations (focus area 3A of the 
current Rural Development Policy) reported cumulatively for the 
2014-2020 programming period in the EU. 

emissions,  maintaining 

land  under  commitments 

to 
Agricultural 
and/or 
reducing 
enhancing 
(permanent 
grassland, agricultural land in peatland, forest, 
etc.) 

storage 

carbon 

Percentage  of  agricultural  land  under  management  contracts 
targeting  reduction  of  GHG  and/or  ammonia  emissions  (focus 
area  5D)  reported  for  the  year  before  the  start  of  the  new 
programming period in the EU. 

Increase  

land 

Agricultural 
environment/climate 
beyond mandatory requirements 

covered 
commitments 

by 
going 

Physical  area  in  the  EU  under  agricultural-environment-climate 
commitments reported for the 2014-2020 programming period. 

Increase  

Agricultural  land  covered  by  income  support 
and subject to conditionality 

land 

Agricultural 
commitments 
conservation or restoration 

under  management 
biodiversity 

supporting 

Young farmers setting up a farm with support 
from the CAP   

New jobs in supported projects 

Rural  population  benefiting  from  improved 
access  to  services  and  infrastructure  through 
CAP support 

Number of hectares granted income support while under cross-
compliance  in  the  EU  reported  for  the  year  preceding  the 
implementation of the new programming period. 

Percentage of EU agricultural land under management contracts 
supporting biodiversity and/or landscapes (focus area 4A of the 
current  Rural  Development  Policy)  reported  for  the  2014-2020 
programming period. 

Number of EU young farmers granted the young farmer top-up 
reported for the year preceding the implementation of the new 
programming period. 

Sum of the number of jobs created in supported projects (under 
focus area 6A and 6B of the current Rural Development Policy) 
reported  cumulatively  during  the  2014-2020  programming 
period. 

Percentage  of  EU  rural  population  benefiting  from  improved 
services  /  infrastructures  (focus  area  6B  of  the  current  Rural 
Development  Policy)  reported  cumulatively  during  the  2014-
2020 programming period 

Increase  

Increase  

Increase  

Increase  

Increase  

Livestock  covered  by  support  for  animal 
welfare,  health  and 
increased  biosecurity 
measures 

Number of livestock units covered by support for animal welfare 
in  the  EU  the  year  reported  for  the  2014-2020  programming 
period. 

Increase  

19 The precise values of the targets for the EU will be known after the CAP Strategic Plans of each Member States are adopted 

118 

 
 
 
                                                 
Natural Resources and Environment 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

EMFAF 
European Maritime Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund 

PROPOSAL FOR A REGULATION 
OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT 
AND OF THE COUNCIL on the 
European Maritime, Fisheries and 
Aquaculture Fund 

COM/2018/39 

Period of Application 
2021 – 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!bC48kW 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

6 381.6 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

760.7 

971.9 

940.4 

907.3 

819.5 

835.9 

848.3 

Total 
programming 

6 084.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment for the 
Commission’s proposal for the EMFF 
2021-2027 was carried out in 2018.  

For further information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!Un66pR  

Challenge 
As  a  global  ocean  actor  and  a  major  producer  of 
seafood,  the  EU  has  a  responsibility  to  protect  and 
sustainably use the oceans and their resources. This is 
also  in  its  socio-economic  interest  regarding  the 
availability  of  food  supplies,  the  competitiveness  of 
the  maritime  economy,  and  the  livelihood  of  coastal 
communities.  

The  European  Maritime  Fisheries  and  Aquaculture 
Fund (EMFAF) aims to target funding from the Union 
budget  to  support  the  Common  Fisheries  Policy,  the 
Union's  maritime policy  and  the Union's  international 
commitments  in  the  field  of  ocean  governance, 
especially  in  the  context  of  the  2030 Agenda  for 
Sustainable Development.  

Such funding is a key enabler for sustainable fisheries 
and  the  conservation  of  marine  biological  resources, 
for  food  security  through  the  supply  of  seafood 
products,  for  the  growth  of  a  sustainable  blue 
economy  and  for  healthy,  safe,  secure,  clean  and 
sustainably managed seas and oceans. 

Mission 
The  EMFAF  provides  Union  financial  support  towards 
the objectives of the Common Fisheries Policy, which 
seeks  to  manage  the  Union  fishing  fleet  and  fish 
stocks  efficiently  and  sustainably.  The  EMFAF  also 
supports the implementation of the Union's maritime 
policy  and  the  strengthening  of  international  ocean 
governance.  A  sustainable  blue  economy  boosts 
investments,  jobs  and  growth,  fosters  research  and 
innovation and contributes to energy security through 
ocean  energy.  Moreover,  safe  and  secure  seas  and 
oceans  are  essential  for  an  efficient  border  control 
and  for  the  global  fight  against  maritime  crime, 
thereby addressing citizens' security concerns." 

The EMFAF also contributes to the implementation of 
the  European  Green  Deal,  and  in  particular  the 
Farm-to-Fork  Strategy  and 
the  EU  Biodiversity 
Strategy for 2030, as well as the future EU Strategy 
for Adaptation to Climate Change.  

Objectives 
The EMFAF has the following objectives  

  Strengthening 

economically, 

socially 

and 

environmentally sustainable fishing; 

  Increasing  energy  efficiency  and  reducing  CO2 

emissions; 

  Promoting  the  adjustment  of  fishing  capacity  to 
fishing  opportunities  and  contributing  to  a  fair 
standard  of  living  in  cases  of  certain  temporary 
cessation of fishing activities; 

  Fostering  efficient  fisheries  control  and  reliable 

data for knowledge-based decision-making; 

  Promoting  a  level-playing  field  for  fishing  and 
aquaculture  products  produced  in  the  outermost 
regions; 

  Contributing  to  the  protection  and  restoration  of 

aquatic ecosystems; 

  Promoting  sustainable  and  economically  viable 

aquaculture activities; 

  Developing  competitive,  transparent  and  stable 
markets for fisheries and aquaculture products, as 
well as processing of these products;  

  Strengthening 

sustainable 

ocean 
management  through  the  promotion  of  marine 
knowledge,  maritime 
and/or 
coastguard cooperation; 

surveillance 

sea  and 

  Developing  fishing  and  aquaculture  communities 

in coastal and inland areas. 

Actions 
The  EMFAF  will  fund  innovation  and  investments  in 
low-impact,  climate  resilient  and  low-carbon  fishing 
practices  and  techniques,  the  processing  of  fishery 
the  collection, 
and  aquaculture  products,  and 
management  and  use  of  data  to 
improve  the 
knowledge on the state of the marine environment. It 
intelligence  and 
will  also 
surveillance, 
and 
international  ocean  governance  (e.g.,  it  will  fund  the 
contributions  to  international  organisations  or  to  the 
functioning of the Advisory Councils).  

support  maritime 
coastguard 

cooperation, 

Delivery mode 
As  for  the  EMFF  during  the  2014-2020  MFF,  the 
EMFAF  will  mainly  be  managed  under  shared 
management  (87%  of  the  budget  allocation),  where 
the Common Provision Regulation is applicable.  

The  remaining  13%  of  the  financial envelope will  be 
implemented under direct management by either the 
Commission  (DG  MARE)  or  the  Executive  Agency 
CINEA.  This  will  finance  Common  Fisheries  Policy-
related projects, market intelligence, sustainable blue 
economy and International Ocean Governance, as well 
as  contributions  to  international  organisations  or  to 
the functioning of the Advisory Councils.  

The  budget  under  direct  management  shares  the 
same  set  of  common  result  indicators  and  principles 
to  allow  full  and  consistent  reporting  on  the 
achievements of the EMFAF as a whole. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
The  EMFAF  builds  on  the experience of  the  EMFF for 
the  2014-2020  period,  with  a  simplified  structure, 
giving Member States more control and a novel focus 
on strengthening international ocean governance.  

119 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Performance Framework 

All core performance indicators in the EMFAF are result indicators. The number of operations is the output indicator. Each financed operation must be linked to at 
least one of these indicators. They will be aggregated to deliver information at the level of the core performance indicators to reflect the impacts and achievements 
of EMFAF as a whole. This is a simplified framework based on the experience of the 2014-2020 period, with an increased frequency of reporting under the Common 
Provisions Regulation. 

Fostering sustainable fisheries and the conservation of marine biological resources 

Contributing to food security in the Union through competitive and sustainable aquaculture and processing and marketing of 
fisheries and aquaculture products 

Enabling the growth of the blue economy and fostering prosperous coastal communities 

Strengthening international ocean governance for safe, secure, clean and sustainable managed seas 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Businesses created 

Business 

Result 

Infosys 

Businesses with higher turnover 

Result 

Infosys 

Jobs created 

Jobs 

Result 

Infosys 

Jobs maintained 

Result 

Infosys 

Persons benefitting (from EMFAF support) 

Outreach 

Result 

Infosys 

Actions contributing to Good Environmental Status; 
including 
conservation, 
protection  of  ecosystems,  biodiversity, 
health and welfare 

restoration, 

nature 

Environment 

Result 

Infosys 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; semi-annually 

First data in 2023; estimated lag 1 
year; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; semi-annually 

Energy  consumption  leading  to  CO2  emissions 
reduction 

Energy 

Result 

Infosys 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; semi-annually 

Number of SMEs supported 

SMEs 

Result 

Infosys 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; semi-annually 

Number of fishing vessels equipped with electronic 
position and catch reporting devices 

Control 

Result 

Infosys 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; semi-annually 

Number of local action groups 

Coastal communities 

Result 

Infosys 

Number of small-scale fishing vessels supported 

Result 

Infosys 

Usage of data and information platforms 

Outreach 

Result 

Infosys 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; semi-annually 

120 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Baseline 

Baseline is zero for all indicators.  

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Target 

Formal targets will be set once the national programmes are adopted under shared management. Historic data exists for some indicators from 
the 2014-2020 period but these data may not be reliable for future estimates as the contents and emphasis of national programmes may 
change substantially between the two periods, particularly due to the impact of COVID-19 on the sector.  
The target depends on how much funds the Member States wish to allocate towards a given objective. The less the funds allocated, the lower the 
target value for the relevant indicator.  

121 

 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

FISHERIES ORGANISATIONS AND 
AGREEMENTS 
Compulsory contributions to regional fisheries management organisations and other 
international organisations and Sustainable Fisheries Partnership Agreements (SFPAs)  

BILATERAL SUSTAINABLE 
FISHERIES PARTNERSHIP 
AGREEMENTS between the 
European Union and non-EU 
countries 

COUNCIL DECISIONS on the 
EU participation to international 
fisheries organisations 

(based on Art. 28-32 of 
Regulation (EU)1380/2013) 

Period of Application 

2021 - 2027  

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
http://europa.eu/!mH87VG 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

6 381.6 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

142.4 

142.6 

132.5 

135.3 

138.1 

140.9 

143.1 

974.9 

Challenge 
While 79% of all EU catches are  taken in EU waters, 
13% come from the international high seas, and 8% 
are  caught  in  the  exclusive  economic  zones  within 
200  nautical  miles  of  the  partner  countries’  waters. 
For  the 
is  essential  that  appropriate 
regulation mechanisms are put in place to ensure that 
catches are sustainable.  

latter, 

it 

EU  fishing  in  the  high  seas  is  regulated  through 
regional fisheries management organisations (RFMOs) 
set up to promote the conservation and sustainability 
of straddling and highly migratory fish stocks, while in 
is 
the  waters  of  non-EU  countries,  EU  fishing 
preferably  taking  place  through  bilateral  Sustainable 
Fisheries  Partnership  Agreements  (SFPAs)  negotiated 
by the European Union with partner countries. 

The EU is present in all of the world’s oceans through 
its fleets and is therefore committed to contribute to 
global  ocean  and  fisheries  governance,  through 
determined and ambitious action at both multilateral, 
regional and bilateral levels. 

Mission 

The Treaty gives the EU the exclusive competence to 
negotiate, conclude and implement bilateral 
Sustainable Fisheries Partnership Agreements (SFPAs) 
between the European Union and third countries. In 
addition, the EU also pays compulsory annual budget 
contributions deriving from EU membership in 
international bodies, including various Regional 
Fisheries Management Organisations (RFMOs).RFMOs 
are international bodies set up to promote the 
conservation and sustainability of straddling and 
highly migratory fish stocks. 

The EU is present in all of the world’s oceans through 
its fleets and is obliged under the United Nations 
Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) to 
cooperate with other parties by participating in these 
Organisations. 
Within  the  framework  of  the SFPAs,  the  Commission 
maintains  a  political  dialogue  on  fisheries  related 
policies  with  third  countries  concerned,  in  coherence 
with  the  principles  governing  the  Common  Fisheries 
Policy  (CFP)  and  the  commitments  under  other 
relevant European policies. In addition, SFPAs provide 
a  financial  contribution  whose  aim  is  to  support  the 
sustainable development of the fisheries sector in the 
partner countries and contribute to better governance 
of 
the 
improvement of scientific and technical knowledge of 
relevant  fisheries,  the  contribution  to  control  and 
surveillance  and  the  fight  against  illegal,  unreported 
and unregulated fishing (IUU fishing) and the support 
for better global governance of fisheries. 

includes  notably 

fisheries.  That 

their 

Objectives  

The  main  objective  of  the  programme  is  to  promote 
sustainable 
improved 
fisheries  worldwide  and 
international  ocean  governance  by  2024,  which 
includes: 

1.  To  promote,  through  active 

involvement 

in 
international  organisations,  and  in  line  with  the 
objectives  of  the  Green  Deal  and  the  Common 
Fisheries Policy, the conservation and sustainable 
management  of  the  stocks  under  their  purview 
and their ecosystem. 

2.  To  establish,  through  SFPAs,  a  legal,  economic 
and  environmental  governance  framework  for 
fishing  activities  carried  out  by  Union  fishing 
vessels in third country waters, in coherence with 
other EU policies. 

Actions 
The  programme  pursues  the  above  objectives  by 
(i) supporting 
conclusion  and 
implementation of bilateral SFPAs; and (ii) paying the 
compulsory  annual  contributions  deriving  from  EU 
membership in international bodies.  

the  negotiation, 

Delivery mode 
Payments  under  SFPA  and  RFMO  agreements  are 
managed  under  direct  management.  DG  MARE  is  in 
the lead for the Commission. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
During 2021-2027, the Commission will continue its 
membership to RFMO organisations and will further 
carefully monitor the implementation of SFPAs. 
Emphasis will be put on appropriate reporting of 
activities financed under the SFPA sectoral support 
component, raising awareness on concrete actions 
achieved. 

122 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

Performance Framework 

More sustainable fisheries worldwide and improved international ocean governance by 2024 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Indicator  1:  Sustainable  management  of  the  main 
regulated tuna and tuna-like species fished by the 
EU  fleet  under  the  purview  of  Regional  Fisheries 
Management  Organisations  (RFMOs)  of  which  the 
EU is a Member 

Indicator  2:  Conservation  measures  based  on 
scientific  advice  adopted  for  the  main  regulated 
species fished by the EU fleet under the purview of 
Regional  Fisheries  Management  Organisations 
(RFMOs) of which the EU is a Member 

Sustainability of the stocks 

output 

stock 

situation 

in 
Annual 
scientific  reports  of  RFMOs 
concerned 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Conservation measures  

output 

Commission,  DG  MARE,  based 
on RFMO reports 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Indicator  3:  Number  of  Sustainable  Fisheries 
Agreements (SFPAs) in force 

Existing SFPA Protocols 

result 

Official Journal 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

 

 

 

 

Baseline 

Indicator 1: In 2020, 17 out of the 20 stocks measured by this indicator were in good health. 

Indicator 2: In 2020, 32 out of 43 conservation measures adopted by RFMOs for the management of the stocks under their purview 
were in line with scientific advice (i.e. 74% of all conservation measures adopted). 

Indicator 3: In 2020, there were 12 active SFPAs offering 129 fishing opportunities for tuna vessels and 264 for other vessels. 

Indicator 1: The 2024 target is that 18 out of 20 stocks will be in good shape and that good progress is being made for the other two 
remaining stocks.  

Target 

Indicator 2: The 2024 target is that 95% conservation measures adopted by RFMOs in their annual meetings are in line with the best 
available scientific advice. 

Indicator 3: In 2024, the objective is to have 15 SFPAs in force and to maintain a similar number of fishing opportunities for the EU 
fleet. 

123 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

LIFE 
Programme for Environment and Climate Action  

PROPOSAL FOR A 
REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL establishing 
a Programme for the 
Environment and Climate Action 
(LIFE) 

COM/2018/385 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
http://europa.eu/!wN47nW 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

3 466.4 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

738.5 

708.0 

728.3 

755.2 

788.0 

830.1 

876.0 

Total 
programming 

5 424.2 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
Programme for Environment and 
Climate Action (LIFE) was carried out in 
2018. For further information please 
consult: 
https://europa.eu/!Jj39JN 

Challenge 
Our environment and our climate are under threat by 
the cumulative impact of human activities. The EU is 
committed  to  protect  the  environment  and 
its 
biodiversity,  manage  carefully  water  resources  and 
waste,  increase  our  reliance  on  clean  energy  and 
mitigate and adapt to climate change dynamics.  

Healthy and sustainable environment and climate are 
public  goods.  When  a  Member  State  decides  how 
much to invest in these areas, it may fail to take into 
account  the  benefits  that  from  such  investments 
accrue  to  the  other  Member  States.  This  means  that 
intervention and investments need to take place (also) 
at EU level. 

Mission 
LIFE aims to contribute to: 

  achieving the shift towards a sustainable, circular, 
energy-based, 

energy-efficient, 
climate-neutral and -resilient economy.  

renewable 

  protecting,  restoring  and  improving  the  quality  of 
the environment, including the air, water and soil. 

  halting and reversing biodiversity loss and tackling 

the degradation of ecosystems." 

Objectives 
LIFE is designed to support reaching the objectives of 
the  Union  legislation  and  policy  on  environment, 
including  nature  and  biodiversity,  and  on  climate 
action,  including  the  transition  to  renewable  energy 
and increased energy efficiency through: 

1.  Developing  and  promoting  innovative  techniques 
and approaches and disseminating knowledge and 
best  practices,  including  through  the  support  of 
the Natura 2000 network; 

2.  Improving  governance  at  all  levels,  in  particular 
through enhancing capacities of public and private 
actors and the involvement of civil society; 

3.  Catalysing 

the 

large-scale  deployment  of 
successful  technical  and  policy-related  solutions 
by integrating related objectives into other policies 
and  into  public  and  private  sector  practices, 
mobilising  investment  and  improving  access  to 
finance. 

Actions 
LIFE comprises four sub-programmes: (1)  Nature 
and Biodiversity; (2) Circular Economy and Quality of 
Life;  (3)  Climate  Change  Mitigation  and  Adaptation; 
(4) Clean Energy Transition. 

In  those  sub-programmes,  LIFE  is  financing activities 
such as: 

  'strategic  nature  projects' 

that  support 

the 
achievement  of  Union  nature  and  biodiversity 
objectives by implementing coherent programmes 
of action in Member States in order to mainstream 
those  objectives  and  priorities  into  other  policies 
and financing instruments; 

  'strategic integrated projects' that implement, on a 
regional,  multi-regional,  national  or  transnational 
scale,  environmental  or  climate  strategies  or 
action  plans  developed  by  Member  States' 
authorities and required by specific environmental, 
climate  or  relevant  energy  legislation  or  policy  of 
the Union; 

  standard  action  projects  that  pursue  the  specific 

objectives of the LIFE Programme; 

  capacity building to support energy efficiency and 

renewable energy; 

  studies,  evaluation  and  monitoring  of  policies, 
information  and  communication  activities,  prizes, 
etc.  

Delivery mode 
LIFE is implemented through direct management 
(grants, procurement and prizes) and indirect 
management for specific activities. Within the 
Commission, Directorate-General for Environment (DG 
ENV) is the lead with support from DG CLIMA, DG 
ENER. The Climate, Infrastructures and Environment 
Executive Agency (CINEA) is entrusted with the 
management of the bulk of grants.  

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
The  number  of  sub-programmes  has  increased  from 
two (Environment; and Climate Action) to four (Nature 
and Biodiversity; Circular Economy and Quality of Life; 
Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation; and Clean 
Energy Transition). 

Clean Energy Transition is an incorporation of actions 
for capacity building supporting energy, efficiency and 
renewable  energy  previously  funded  under  Horizon 
2020  (until  2020).  A  reinforced focus  on  Nature and 
Biodiversity is ensured. 

Building  on  the  Strategic  Integrated  Projects  first 
launched under the 2014-2020 LIFE programme, the 
2021-2027 LIFE programme will continue to support 
strategic  integrated  projects  (to  a  slightly  greater 
scale than previously), and has introduced a dedicated 
source of funding to support Strategic Nature Projects 
under the Nature and Biodiversity sub-programme.  

Financial  instrument  operations  will  be  managed 
under InvestEU. 

124 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Performance Framework 

Contribute to the shift towards a clean, circular, energy-efficient, low-carbon and climate-resilient economy 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability20 

N. of projects contributing to the shift towards a 
clean, circular, energy-efficient, low-carbon and 
climate-resilient economy by developing, 
demonstrating and promoting innovative 
techniques and approaches  

Outreach - innovative 
techniques and approaches  

Output 

LIFE database  

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

N. of projects, including strategic integrated and 
strategic nature projects, implementing key plans 
or strategies  

Outreach – key plans & 
strategies 

Output 

LIFE database  

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Population benefitting from an improvement in air 
quality  

Contribution to air quality 

Result 

LIFE KPI database 

Area of land with improving soil quality  

Contribution to soil quality 

Result 

LIFE KPI database 

Area of water bodies with improving ecological 
status  

Contribution to water quality  Result 

LIFE KPI database 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Volume of water where efficiency is improving 
through increased water reuse and avoided water 
loss  

Contribution to the efficient 
use of water 

Result 

LIFE KPI database 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Amount of waste which management is improving   Contribution to waste 

Result 

LIFE KPI database 

management 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Reduction in the use of carcinogenic, mutagenic, 
reprotoxic, persistent, bioaccumulative and toxic 
(PBT), and very persistent and very bioaccumulative 
(vPvB) substances  

Contribution to reduction of 
dangerous chemicals 

Result 

LIFE KPI database 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Population benefitting from a reduction in noise 
pollution  

Contribution to reduction of 
noise  

Impact 

LIFE KPI database 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Reduction of Greenhouse Gas Emissions  

Reduction in the number of people vulnerable to 
the adverse effects of climate change  

Contribution to reduction of 
CO2 and other GHG 
emissions pollution 

Contribution to the reduction 
of climate sensitivities and 
the increase in the capacities 
to adapt to climate change.  

Impact 

LIFE KPI database 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Impact 

LIFE KPI database 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Additional annual primary energy savings  

Contribution to energy 
efficiency 

Impact 

LIFE project data 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

20 There is no time lag because the data are anticipated results of on-going projects. The frequency of collection will depend from the duration of the projects. 

Data is collected at the beginning, in the middle and at the end of the projects (on average every three years).    

125 

 
 
                                                 
Natural Resources and Environment 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Type 

Source 

Data availability20 

Additional annual primary renewable energy 
production  

Contribution to renewable 
energy production  

Impact 

LIFE project data 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Develop, demonstrate and promote innovative techniques and approaches and apply best practice in relation to nature and 
biodiversity 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability21 

N. of projects developing, demonstrating and 
promoting innovative techniques and approaches in 
relation to nature and biodiversity  

Outreach - techniques and 
approaches 

Output 

LIFE database  

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

N. of projects, including strategic nature projects, 
implementing programmes of action for 
mainstreaming Nature and Biodiversity  

Outreach – strategic projects  Output 

LIFE database  

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Area of habitats which conservation status is 
improving  

Conservation of habitats 

Impact 

LIFE KPI database 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

N. of species whose population loss is being halted 
and/or reversed  

Halting and reversing 
biodiversity loss 

Impact 

LIFE KPI database 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Area of land with improving soil quality 

Contribution to soil quality 

Result 

LIFE KPI database 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Contribute to putting Union legislation and policy into practice, and to improving governance 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability22 

N. of projects for the development, implementation, 
monitoring and enforcement of Union legislation 
and policies on environment and climate action 

Union legislation and policy 
put into practice 

Output 

LIFE database  

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

N. of projects improving governance through 
enhancing capacities of public and private actors 
and the involvement of civil society  

Improvement in governance  Output 

LIFE database  

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

N. of organisations involved in projects or receiving 
operating grants 

Outreach - organisations 

Output 

LIFE database 

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Number of projects, including strategic integrated 
projects, implementing key plans and strategies 

Outreach – key plans & 
strategies 

Output 

LIFE database  

First data in 2024; no lag; annually 

N. of projects, including strategic nature projects, 

Outreach – strategic projects  Output 

LIFE database  

First data in 2024; no lag; 

21 There is no time lag because the data are anticipated results of on-going projects. The frequency of collection will depend from the duration of the projects. 

Data is collected at the beginning, in the middle and at the end of the projects (on average every three years).    

22 There is no time lag because the data are anticipated results of on-going projects. The frequency of collection will depend from the duration of the projects. 

Data is collected at the beginning, in the middle and at the end of the projects (on average every three years).    

126 

 
 
 
                                                 
Natural Resources and Environment 

Indicator 

implementing programmes of action for 
mainstreaming Nature and Biodiversity  

Dimension 
measured 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Type 

Source 

Data availability22 

frequency linked to project duration 

Play a catalytic role in the replication and the triggering of large-scale deployment of successful technical and policy-
related solutions 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability23 

Number of projects having a catalytic effect. 

Outreach - techniques and 
approaches 

Output 

LIFE KPI database  

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Number of projects, including strategic 
integrated projects, implementing key plans 
and strategies 

Outreach – key plans & 
strategies 

Output 

LIFE database  

First data in 2024; no lag; annually 

N. of projects, including strategic nature projects, 
implementing programmes of action for 
mainstreaming Nature and Biodiversity 

Outreach – strategic projects  Output 

LIFE database  

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Cumulative investments triggered by the projects 
or finance accessed (million EUR) 

Additional financial 
resources for environment 
and climate action 

Result 

LIFE KPI database  

First data in 2024; no lag; 
frequency linked to project duration 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Baseline 

The baseline for output indicators (e.g. number of projects concluded and/or number of beneficiary organisations) is set at 0. 

The results for Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) from the LIFE 2014-20 programme have been used to establish programme-level baselines for each Level II 
result indicator for the LIFE 2021-27 programme.  

Evolution of the general and specific objectives of the LIFE programme and a need to streamline indicators and ensure their rigour has led to necessary differences 
in the number, scope, methods and presentation of the new Level II result indicators as compared to the KPIs for the 2014-2020 programme. Nevertheless, it has 
been possible to relate one or more KPIs to each Level II result indicator in order to calculate baselines, which each fall into one of three categories:  

 

 

 

The basis of values of existing KPI(s) and the new Level II indicator are directly comparable 

The basis of values existing KPI(s) and the new Level II indicator are sufficiently similar to provide a relevant narrative, albeit not directly comparable 

The basis of values of existing KPI and the new Level II indicator are not comparable, and it has been necessary to set a zero baseline (only the case for one 
indicator). 

The general methodology across all indicators has been to calculate baselines based on 2014-2017 results reported by LIFE projects for KPIs that are specifically 
relevant to each Level II indicator. Results for 2018-2020 have either not yet been verified or not yet been uploaded to the KPI database. Results for the 2014-17 
period  are a  relevant  baseline,  as  the  same  situation  regarding  availability  of  results  will  arise  at  this  point  in  the  LIFE  2021-27  programme  (i.e.  they  will  be 
available for the period 2021-2024).  

Anticipated  results  will  be  reported  for  Level II  results  indicators  in  relation  to  the  duration  of  each  LIFE  project. So,  the  KPI  value(s)  for  the  "end  change"  (i.e. 
actually delivered over the lifetime of the project) have been used to calculate the baseline for each Level II results indicator. However, in relation to some issues 
addressed by indicators, LIFE projects aim to take all necessary steps to establish the means of delivery over their lifetimes, with actual results only delivered in 
their latter stages or thereafter. For  all such indicators, the baseline was calculated using the KPI value for the "beyond change" (i.e. the ability established to 
deliver  beyond  the  project's  lifetime).  Relevant  Level  II  Indicators  are:  Chemicals  (human);  Chemicals  (environment);  Energy  savings;  GHG  emissions;  GHG 
sequestration; Renewable energy; Resource efficiency; and Water efficiency. These indicators and their associated baselines are presented in "units per year". 

Target 

23 There is no time lag because the data are anticipated results of on-going projects. The frequency of collection will depend on the duration of the projects. 

Data is collected at the beginning, in the middle and at the end of the projects (on average every three years).    

127 

 
 
                                                 
Natural Resources and Environment 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

The targets are defined taking into account the average size of the projects and number of beneficiaries per type of project and/or the related estimates. 

Once established baselines for Level II result indicator, total costs associated with the LIFE projects that contribute to the baseline figures are used to calculate the 
extent of delivery per €1,000 in order to inform to target-setting for the LIFE 2021-27 programme. Notably, more than one KPI is relevant to each LIFE project, 
and in some cases to each Level II result indicator. In addition, more than one Level II result indicator will be relevant to each new LIFE project. Hence, there is 
scope for double accounting in how the extent of delivery per €1,000 has been calculated, which will be carefully taken into account when using the data to inform 
programme targets. 

Impact Indicators were recently introduced in view of the LIFE 2021-27 programme and not enough historical data for the establishment of a baseline are yet 
available. Where possible, targets will be established taking into account the few data available and will present a high level of uncertainty. 

128 

 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

JTM 
Just Transition Mechanism  

PROPOSAL FOR A 
REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL establishing 
the Just Transition Fund 

COM/2020/22 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!jt38QN 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION)  

2014-2020 

New 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

3 259.4 

5 489.4 

5 649.2 

1 256.6 

1 280.7 

1 305.3 

1 330.5 

Total 
programming 

19 571.3 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
In 2022, a JTF-related study will assess the 
outcome and impact of the establishment of 
Territorial Just Transitions Plans. 

Challenge 
The  transition  towards  climate  neutrality  will  provide 
benefits and opportunities for the entire Union, but it 
will  also  present  greater  socio-economic  challenges 
and  difficulties  for  some  regions  and  sectors  than 
others.  

The  objectives  to  support  people,  economy  and 
environment of territories facing economic and social 
transformation in their transition to a climate-neutral 
economy  cannot  be  sufficiently  achieved  by  the 
Member  States  alone.  There  are  many  disparities 
between the levels of development, as  well as limits 
to  financial 
resources  of  Member  States  and 
territories.  There  is  also  a  need  for  a  coherent 
implementation  framework  covering  several  Union 
funds  under  shared  management  to  support  this 
complex  process.  Those  objectives  can  be  better 
achieved at Union level. 

Mission 
JTM  aims  at  alleviating,  for  the  most  affected 
territories,  the  economic,  environmental  and  social 
costs  of  the  transition  towards  climate  neutrality  by 
2050,  hereby  effectively  ensuring  that  this  key  EU 
objective is achieved in an effective and fair manner.  

Objectives 
JTM  is  mainly  established  as  part  of  the  European 
Green Deal Investment Plan within the framework of 
cohesion  policy,  the  main  EU policy  instrument  to 
reduce  regional  disparities  and  to  address  structural 
change in Europe’s regions. It shares cohesion policy’s 
objectives  in  the  specific  context  of  the  transition 
towards  climate  neutrality.  The  resources  from  the 
JTM should complement the other resources available. 

The  mechanism  will  contribute  to  a  wide  range  of 
measures  designed  to  promote  public  investment  to 
foster  sustainable  development 
regions 
concerned.  The  mix  of  actions  will  depend  on  the 
circumstances of the territory affected by the climate 
transition  challenge,  and  on  the  adopted  Territorial 
Just Transition Plans. 

the 

in 

Actions 
Beneficiary territories and actions to be supported by 
JTM  will  be  identified  in  one  or  more  territorial  just 
transition plans (providing an outline of the transition 
process until 2030) that Member States will agree in 
a  dialogue  with  the  Commission,  steered  by  the 
European  Semester  process.  These  plans  will  devote 
special attention to those territories set to suffer the 
greatest 
the 
transformation of industrial facilities with the highest 
greenhouse  gas  intensity.  The  plans  will  detail  the 
social,  economic  and  environmental  challenges  and 
the  needs  for  economic  diversification,  reskilling  and 
environmental rehabilitation.  

expected 

losses 

and 

job 

to 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Delivery mode 
JTM comes in addition to the EU’s budget through all 
instruments relevant to the transition. 

JTM  has  three  pillars.  The  first  is  the  Just  Transition 
Fund  (JTF).  It  aims  at  alleviating  the  economic, 
environmental  and  social  cost  of  the  transition 
towards  climate  neutrality.  The  second 
the 
dedicated  just  transition  scheme  under  InvestEU.  The 
third  is  the  public  sector  loan  facility.  It  will  support 
projects  that  do  not  generate  a  sufficient  stream  of 
revenues to cover investment costs. 

is 

JTF will be implemented through shared management 
in  close cooperation  with  national,  regional  and  local 
authorities  and  stakeholders.  This  will  ensure 
ownership  of  the  transition  strategy  and  provide  the 
tools  and  structures  for  an  efficient  management 
framework.  DG  REGIO  leads  on  the  part  of  the 
Commission.  

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
JTM is a new mechanism for the 2021-2027 MFF. It is 
addressing a new type of challenges arising from the 
necessary climate transition.  

129 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Performance Framework 

Specific objective Just Transitin Fund 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Enterprises  supported  (of  which:  micro,  small, 
medium, large) 

Outreach  of  the  support  to 
enterprises linked to JT 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Enterprises supported by grants 

Outreach  of  the  support  to 
enterprises linked to JT 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Enterprises supported by financial instruments 

Outreach  of  the  support  to 
enterprises linked to JT 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Enterprises with non-financial support 

Outreach  of  the  support  to 
enterprises linked to JT 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

New enterprises supported 

Outreach  of  the  support  to 
enterprises  

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Research institutions participating in joint research 
project 

Outreach  of  the  support  to 
joint research 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Enterprises cooperating with research institutions 

Cooperation 
enterprises  and 
institutions  

between 
research 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Enterprises  supported  to  achieve  the  reduction  of 
greenhouse-gas  emissions  from  activities  listed  in 
Annex I to Directive 2003/87/EC 

Outreach  of  the  support  to 
enterprises 
to 
linked 
Directive 2003/87/EC 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Value  of  digital  services,  products  and  processes 
developed for enterprises 

Support  to  digitisation  to 
enterprises 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Capacity of incubation created 

Survival 
enterprises 

of 

3-year-old 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

SMEs investing in skills for smart specialisation, for 
industrial transition and entrepreneurship 

Contribution to better energy 
performance of dwellings 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Dwellings with improved energy performance 

Outreach  of 
energy 
dwellings 

support 
performance 

Public buildings with improved energy performance  Outreach  of 

support 
performance 

energy 
public buildings 

to 
of 

to 
of 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Number of high efficiency co-generation units 

Contribution 
efficiency 
units 

to 

high-
co-generation 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Additional  production  capacity 
energy (of which: electricity, thermal 

for 

renewable 

Contribution 
energy 

to 

renewable 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

130 

 
Natural Resources and Environment 

Additional capacity for waste recycling 

Contribution 
recycling 

to 

waste 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Investments 
collection 

in  facilities  for  separate  waste 

Contribution 
to 
waste collection  

separate 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Waste prepared for re-use 

Contribution to waste re-use   Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Length of new tram and metro lines  

Outreach  of  supported  tram 
and metro lines 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Dedicated 
transport systems 

cycling 

infrastructure 

supported 

Outreach 
cycling infrastructure  

of 

supported 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Length  of  reconstructed  or  modernised  tram  and 
metro lines 

Outreach  of  supported  tram 
and metro lines 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Capacity  of  environmentally  friendly  rolling  stock 
for collective public transport 

Outreach 
of 
environmentally 
rolling stock  

supported 
friendly 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Cities and towns with new or modernised digitised 
urban transport system 

Outreach of supported urban 
transport projects 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Green  infrastructure  supported  for  other  purposes 
than adaptation to climate change installed 

Outreach of supported green 
infrastructure  

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Surface area of rehabilitated land supported 

Outreach 
rehabilitation 

on 

land 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Area  covered  by  systems  for  monitoring  air 
pollution installed 

Outreach  on  monitoring  of 
air pollution 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Surface  of  new  or  modernised  facilities  for 
employment services  

of 

Outreach 
improved 
service facilities  

supported 
employment 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Classroom capacity of new or modernised childcare 
facilities  

Outreach of supported  

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Classroom  capacity  of  new  or  modernised 
education facilities  

Outreach 
supported 
of 
improved education facilities  

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Population covered by projects in the framework of 
integrated  actions  for  socioeconomic  inclusion  of 
marginalised communities, low income households 
and disadvantaged groups 

of 

for 

supported 
Outreach 
projects 
the 
socioeconomic  inclusion  of 
communities, 
marginalised 
low  income  households  and 
disadvantaged groups 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Capacity  of  new  or  modernised  health  care 
facilities  

Outreach of improved health 
care facilities  

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

131 

 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

Capacity of new or modernised social care facilities 
(other than housing) 

Contribution 
social care facilities  

to 

improved 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

unemployed, including long-term unemployed 

Outreach  of  support  on 
unemployed participants 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

long-term unemployed 

Outreach of support to long-
term 
unemployed 
participants 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Inactive 

Outreach  of 
inactive participants 

support 

to 

Output 

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

employed, including self-employed 

support 

Outreach  of 
employed, 
including 
employed participants 

to 
self-

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

number of children below 18 years of age 

young people aged 18-29 years 

Outreach  in  terms  of  the  total 
number  of  participants  below 
18 years of age 

Outreach  in  terms  of  the  total 
number  of  participants  aged 
18-29 years 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

number of participants 55 years of age and above  Outreach  in  terms  of  the  total 
number  of  participants  55 
years of age and above 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

with lower secondary education or less  

Outreach  in  terms  of  the  total 
number  of  participants  with 
lower secondary education 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

with upper secondary or post-secondary education   Outreach  in  terms  of  the  total 
number  of  participants  with 
upper secondary 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

with tertiary education 

Outreach  in  terms  of  the  total 
number  of  participants  with 
tertiary education 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

total number of participants 

Outreach  in  terms  of  the  total 
number of participants 

Output  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2023; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Jobs created in supported entities  

Effects  on  employments  in 
enterprises linked to JT 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Research jobs created in supported entities 

Outcome  of  research  jobs 
created  

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Private  investments  matching  public  support  (of 
which: grants, financial instruments) 

Outcome 
investments 

on 

private 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Small  and  medium-size  enterprises 
introducing product or process innovation 

(SMEs) 

Uptake of innovation 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

introducing  marketing  or  organisational 

SMEs 
innovation  

Uptake of innovation 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

132 

 
Natural Resources and Environment 

SMEs innovating in-house 

Uptake of innovation 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Patent applications submitted  

Outcome on patenting linked 
to JT 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

greenhouse-gas 

Estimated 
from 
activities listed in Annex I to  Directive 2003/87/EC 
in supported enterprises 

emissions 

support 
Outcome  of 
enterprises 
linked 
Directive 2003/87/EC 

to 
to 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Users of new and upgraded public digital services, 
products and processes  

Outcome  of  digitisation  to 
citizens 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Users  of  new  and  upgraded  digital  services, 
products, and processes developed by enterprises 

Outcome  of  digitisation  to 
citizens 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

New enterprises surviving in the market 

Outcome  on  survival  of  new 
enterprises 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

SMEs  using  incubator  services  after  incubator 
creation 

Outcome  of  the  support  for 
SMEs  for  skill  enhancement 
linked 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Apprenticeships supported in SMEs 

Outcome  of  the  supported 
apprenticeships  

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

SME  staff  completing  training  for  skills  for  smart 
transition  and 
specialization, 
technical, 
entrepreneurship 
management, entrepreneurship, green, other) 

type  of  skill: 

industrial 

(by 

for 

Effects of SME staff training   Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Annual  primary  energy  consumption  (of  which: 
dwellings, public buildings, enterprises, other) 

Effects on energy efficiency  Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Estimated greenhouse gas emissions 

Outcome 
emissions  

of 

greenhouse 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

renewable  energy  produced 

Total 
electricity, thermal) 

(of  which: 

Effects on renewable energy 
production 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Additional  operational  capacity 
renewable energy 

installed 

for 

Contribution 
energy 

to 

renewable 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Waste recycled 

Effects  of  waste  recycling 
projects 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Waste used as raw materials 

Outcome on waste reuse 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

Annual users of new or modernised public transport  Outcome of supported public 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

transport projects 

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Annual  users  of  new  or  modernised  tram  and 
metro lines 

Outcome 
or 
of 
modernised public transport 

new 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

133 

 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

Annual users of dedicated cycling infrastructure 

Outcome 
cycling infrastructure  

of 

dedicated 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Population benefiting from measures for air quality  Outcome  of 

improved  air 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

quality  

First data in 2026; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Rehabilitated  land  used  for  green  areas,  social 
housing, economic or other uses 

Outcome  of 
land 

rehabilitated 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Annual  users  of  new  or  modernised  facilities  for 
employment services 

of 

Outcome 
employment-service 
facilities  

improved 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

Annual users of new or modernised childcare 

Outcome 
childcare 

of 

improved 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Annual  users  of  new  or  modernised  education 
facilities 

Outcome 
education facilities  

of 

improved 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Annual users of new or modernised e-health care 
services 

Outcome  of 
health services 

improved  e-

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Annual  users  of  new  or  modernised  health  care 
facilities  

Outcome of improved health 
care facilities 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Annual  users  of  new  or  modernised  social  care 
facilities 

Outcome  of  improved  social 
care facilities 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

participants engaged in job searching upon leaving  Outcome  in  terms  of  the  total 

number of participants 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual 

participants in education or training upon leaving,   Outcome  in  terms  of  the  total 

number of participants 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

participants gaining a qualification upon leaving, 

Outreach  in  terms  of  the  total 
number of participants 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

participants 
employment, upon leaving 

in  employment, 

including  self-

Outcome  in  terms  of  the  total 
number of participants 

Result  

REGIO Monitoring  

First data in 2024; estimated lag 6 
months; biannual  

Specific objective Public Sector Loan Facility 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Volume of grants awarded  

Output 

EIB monitoring 

Volume of loans signed  

- 

- 

Individual loans  

Loan schemes  

Output 

REGIO monitoring 

Overall investment mobilised, divided as follows  

Output 

REGIO monitoring 

First  data  in  2023  (on  project-to-
project  basis);  estimated 
lag  6 
months; biannual reporting 

First  data  in  2023  (on  project-to-
project  basis);  estimated 
lag  6 
months; biannual reporting 

First  data  in  2023  (on  project-to-
lag  6 
project  basis);  estimated 

134 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

Indicator 

- 

- 

Amount of private financing mobilised  

Amount of public financing mobilised  

Number  of  projects  receiving  support,  including 
geographical coverage  

- 

- 

- 

Country  

NUTS 2 region  

Just transition territory supported  

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

months; biannual reporting 

Output 

REGIO monitoring 

First  data  in  2023  (on  project-to-
project  basis);  estimated 
lag  6 
months; biannual reporting 

Number  of  projects  receiving  financing  under  the 
Facility  

Output 

REGIO monitoring 

Number of projects by sector  

Output 

REGIO monitoring 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Transport  

Social infrastructure  

Public  utilities 
district 
management)  

heating, 

(water,  wastewater, 
waste 

energy, 

Direct  support  to  climate  transition, 
(renewable  energy,  decarbonisation, 
energy efficiency)  

Environmental objectives  

Urban infrastructure and housing  

Others 

First  data  in  2023  (on  project-to-
project  basis);  estimated 
lag  6 
months; biannual reporting 

First  data  in  2023  (on  project-to-
project  basis);  estimated 
lag  6 
months; biannual reporting 

Greenhouse gas emission reduced, where relevant  

Result 

REGIO monitoring 

Job creation, where relevant 

Result 

REGIO monitoring 

First  data  in  2023  (on  project-to-
lag  6 
project  basis);  estimated 
months; biannual reporting 

First  data  in  2023  (on  project-to-
lag  6 
project  basis);  estimated 
months; biannual reporting 

135 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Natural Resources and Environment 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Just Transition Fund  

Output 

 

Baseline is 0 for all output indicators.  

Result – existing indicators 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Baseline 

 

The baseline for this category of result indicators will be set at 0. 

Result – new indicators 

  Where a new result indicator requires a non-zero baseline, this baseline will be proposed by the national and regional authorities and 

will be reviewed by the Commission before the formal adoption of the programme.   

Output 

  Milestones for outputs will be set for end 2024 once the national and regional programmes are formally adopted under shared 

management. The Commission may also supplement the formal 2024 milestones with its own annual estimates for achievements 
based on historical data for similar indicators. 

Result – existing indicators 

Milestone 

  Milestones for results are not formally set by the national and regional programmes under shared management. The Commission may 

be able to provide annual milestones based on estimates using historical 2014-2020 data for similar indicators. 

Result – new indicators 

  Milestones for results are not formally set for end 2024 by the national, regional and interregional programmes under shared 

management. In the 2022 Programme Statement the Commission is unlikely to be able to provide estimated annual milestones (not 
historic data for comparable indicators from the period 2014-2020). 

Output 

  Quantified targets shall be set for all output indicators for the end of 2029 based on a discussion between the national or regional 
authorities  and  the  Commission.  Target  setting  will  be  based  on  relevant  experience,  the  choice  of  actions  supported,  the  budget 
available (EU and National), expected demand and socio-economic conditions. Targets may be corrected with financial reallocations, 
socio-economic developments, changes in strategic priorities or demand, including during the 2025 mid-term review. 

Target 

Result 

 

Quantified targets shall be set for all result indicators for end-2029 based on a discussion between the national or regional authorities 
and the Commission in shared management. Target setting will be based on relevant experience, the choice of actions supported, the 
budget available (EU and National), expected demand and socio-economic conditions. Targets may be corrected with financial 
reallocations, socio-economic developments, changes in strategic priorities or demand, including during the 2025 mid- term review. 

Public Sector Loan Facility:  

Grants under the public sector loan facility will be awarded through calls for proposals. In this respect, the Commission will prepare and launch calls for proposals 
detailing the eligibility and award criteria to be met by projects aiming to be financed by the public sector loan facility. In particular, the projects will need to be 
compliant with the relevant territorial just transition plans. Following the publication of the calls for proposals, project promoters will be able to submit projects 
and the Commission will assess them individually against the eligibility and award criteria. The projects selected by the Commission will then be subject to the 
assessment by the EIB to obtain a loan in line with the Regulation.  

The territorial just transition plans are currently being prepared by the Member States in consultation with the Commission. Once they are adopted, the 
Commission will use them to establish targets for the high level output and result indicators established in the Regulation. 

136 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Heading 4 
MIGRATION AND BORDER MANAGEMENT 
Programmes under this heading seek to tackle the challenges linked to migration and the management of the 
EU’s external borders. Under the 2021–2027 long-term budget, support for strengthening the EU’s external 
borders is being increased in order to safeguard the asylum system within the EU. Member States also 
receive more EU funds to help them better manage migration and border management. 

MIGRATION 

Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund 

BORDER MANAGEMENT 

Integrated Border Management Fund  

137 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Migration and Border Management  

AMIF 
Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund 

PROPOSAL FOR A 
REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL establishing the 
Asylum and Migration and Integration 
Fund 

COM/2018/471 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!vg89RF  

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING 
(EUR MILLION) 

2014 - 2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

7 595.0 

873.3 

1 099.5 

1 318.8 

1 401.4 

1 686.3 

1 705.6 

1 797.2 

9 882.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
ASYLUM MIGRATION AND INTEGRATION 
Fund was carried out in 2018. For 
further information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!xU94BD 

Challenge 
The EU has faced a very large and growing number of 
asylum  seekers  and  migrants 
in  recent  years. 
Attempts  by  migrants  to  reach  the  European  shores 
with  makeshift  means  have  all  too  often  resulted  in 
tragedy.  The  EU  budget  has  supported  efforts  to 
manage 
returns. 
Nevertheless, as confirmed by regular reports on the 
delivery of the European migration policy, there is still 
much  to  be  done  to  reduce  of  the  incentives  for 
irregular migration.  

inflows  and  effective 

these 

interlinked, 

their  nature 

The challenges in the areas of asylum and migration 
are  by 
transnational 
phenomena  and  cannot  be  adequately  addressed  by 
the  Member  States  acting  alone.  Together  with  the 
integrated management of the EU’s external borders, 
the  completion  of  a  Common  European  Asylum 
System  is  the  most  effective  way  to  share  these 
responsibilities  and 
implications 
their 
between Member States fairly. EU funding in the area 
of 
is 
indispensable  to  increase  the  quality  of  support  to 
newcomers in the early stages after their arrival. This 
is crucial to ensure their full inclusion in EU societies 
in the long run, if they receive permanent protection. 

third-country 

integration 

nationals 

financial 

of 

Mission 
AMIF  aims  to  further  boost  national  capacities  and 
improve  procedures  for  migration  management,  as 
well  as  enhance  solidarity  and  responsibility  sharing 
between  Member  States, 
through 
emergency assistance and the relocation mechanism.  

in  particular 

Objectives  
AMIF pursues the following specific objectives:  

1.  To  strengthen  and  develop  all  aspects  of  the 
common  European  asylum  system,  including  its 
external dimension; 

2.  To support legal migration to the Member States, 
including  by  contributing  to  the  integration  of 
third-country nationals.  

3.  To contribute to countering irregular migration and 
ensuring  effectiveness  of  return  and  readmission 
in third countries. 

4.  To  enhance  solidarity  and  responsibility  sharing 
between the Member States, in particular towards 
those  most  affected  by  migration  and  asylum 
practical 
challenges, 
cooperation. 

including 

through 

Actions 
AMIF  supports  a  broad  range  of  actions  in  line  with 
the  European  migration  policy.  This  includes,  in 
particular; 

  Ensuring  a  uniform  application  of  the  EU  acquis 
and  of  the  priorities  related  to  the  Common 
European  Asylum  System,  legal  migration  and 
return;  

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

  Providing support and services consistent with the 
status  and  the needs  of  the  person concerned, in 
particular the vulnerable groups; 

  Supporting  resettlement,  humanitarian  admission 
and  transfers  of  applicants  for  and  beneficiaries 
of international protection; 

  Supporting  the  development  and  implementation 
of policies promoting legal migration, such as the 
development  of  mobility  schemes  to  the  EU  and 
legal 
raising  awareness  of 
channels for immigration;  

the  appropriate 

  Supporting  integration  measures  tailored  to  the 
needs  of 
third-country  nationals  and  early 
integration  programmes  focusing  on  education, 
language  and  other  training 
(such  as  civic 
orientation  courses  and  professional  guidance)  to 
prepare  their  active  participation  in  and  their 
acceptance by the receiving society; 

  Supporting  infrastructures  for  the  reception  of 
third country nationals, including the possible joint 
use  of  such  facilities  by  more  than  one  Member 
State; 

  Supporting  an 

integrated  and 

coordinated 
approach  to  return  management  at  the  EU  and 
Member  States’  level,  development  of  capacities 
for  effective  and  sustainable  return  and  reducing 
incentives for irregular migration;  

  Supporting 

assisted 

voluntary 

return 

and 

reintegration;  

  Cooperating  with  third  countries  on  asylum,  legal 
migration  and  countering  irregular  migration  and 
on  effective  return  and  readmission  for  the 
purpose of managing migration.  

Delivery mode 
AMIF  will  be  implemented  under  shared,  direct  or 
indirect  management.  The  largest  share  (63.5%)  will 
be  allocated  to  the  national  programmes  under 
shared management. DG HOME is the lead service for 
the Commission, in close coordination with DG REGIO, 
EMPL and AGRI. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
AMIF builds on the successful implementation of and 
lessons learnt from Asylum, Migration and Integration 
Fund in the 2014-2020 MFF. It maintains its external 
dimension  while  ensuring  more  safeguards.  It  also 
introduces  more  flexibility  through  the  new  Thematic 
Facility that enables allocating funding to emerging or 
unforeseen  needs  (via  a  mix  of  shared,  direct  and 
indirect  management),  to  steer  the  funds  towards 
changing EU priorities and pressing challenges. 

138 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Migration and Border Management  

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

To strengthen and develop all aspects of the common European asylum system, including its external dimension 

Indicator 

Number  of  participants  who  consider  the  training 
useful for their work  

Number  of  participants  who  report  three  months 
after  the  training  activity  that  they  are  using  the 
skills and competences acquired during the training 

Dimension 
measured 

contributes 

Effectiveness of the training, 
to 
which 
enhancing  the  capacity  of 
Member 
asylum 
States’ 
systems  

of 
contributes 

training 
Effectiveness 
which 
to 
enhancing  the  capacity  of 
Member 
asylum 
States’ 
systems  

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  persons  placed  in  alternatives  to 
detention 

Strengthen 
Common Asylum System  

the  European 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Of  which  number  of  unaccompanied  minors 
placed in alternatives to detention 

Strengthen 
Common Asylum System  

the  European 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Of  which  number  of 
alternatives to detention 

families  placed 

in 

Strengthen 
Asylum System  

the  European 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

To support legal migration  

Indicator 

Number  of  participants  in  language  courses  who 
have  improved  their  proficiency  level  in  the  host-
country language upon leaving the language course 
by  at  least  one  level  in  the  Common  European 
Framework of Reference for Languages or national 
equivalent.  

Dimension 
measured 

Type  Source 

Data availability 

Promote  early  integration  of 
third country nationals 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  participants  who  reported  that  the 
activity was helpful for their integration 

Promote  early  integration  of 
third country nationals 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  participants  who  applied  for  their 
qualification/skills acquired in a third country to be 
recognised/assessed. 

Promote  early  integration  of 
third country nationals 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  participants  who  applied  for  a  long-
term status 

Promote  early  integration  of 
third country nationals 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

139 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Migration and Border Management  

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

To counter irregular migration and ensuring effectiveness of return and readmission 

Indicator 

Number of returnees voluntarily returned 

Number of returnees who were removed 

Number  of  returnees  subject  to  alternatives  to 
detention 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Dimension 
measured 

return 
Supporting 
management, 
ensuring 
effective  and  sustainable 
reducing 
return 
and 
incentives 
irregular 
migration 

for 

return 
Supporting 
management, 
ensuring 
effective  and  sustainable 
reducing 
return 
and 
incentives 
irregular 
migration 

for 

return 
Supporting 
management, 
ensuring 
effective  and  sustainable 
reducing 
return 
and 
irregular 
incentives 
migration 

for 

To enhance solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility between the Member States, in particular towards those most affected 
by migration and asylum challenges, including through practical cooperation  

Indicator 

Number  of  applicants  for  and  beneficiaries  of 
international  protection 
transferred  from  one 
Member States to another 

Number of persons resettled 

Number of persons admitted through humanitarian 
admission 

Dimension 
measured 

return 
Supporting 
management, 
ensuring 
effective  and  sustainable 
reducing 
return 
and 
incentives 
irregular 
migration 

for 

return 
Supporting 
management, 
ensuring 
effective  and  sustainable 
reducing 
and 
return 
incentives 
irregular 
migration 

for 

Supporting 
return 
ensuring 
management, 
effective  and  sustainable 
reducing 
return 
and 
incentives 
irregular 
migration 

for 

Type  Source 

Data availability 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

140 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Migration and Border Management  

Estimation of baselines and targets  

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

The  Commission  has  engaged  in  an  iterative  process  with  the  Member  States  on  developing  definitions  for  each  indicator.  At  the  same  time,  the  Commission  is 
drafting a fiche setting out methodological principles for establishing baselines and targets 

Baseline  

In their programmes, Member States will set baselines for each of the indicators based on historic data. An aggregate baseline at EU level will 
be set based on these baselines set in Member States’ programmes. 

Target 

In  their  programmes,  Member  States  will  set  targets  for  each  of  the  indicators.  Aggregate  targets  at  EU  level  for  each  indicator  will  be  set 
based on Member States’ programmes and targets. 

141 

 
 
 
 
Migration and Border Management  

IBMF 
Integrated Border Management Fund 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

PROPOSALS FOR: 
A REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL establishing as 
part of the Integrated Border 
Management Fund, the instrument for 
financial support for border management 
and visa 

COM/2018/473 final 

AND FOR A REGULATION OF 
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT 
AND OF THE COUNCIL 
establishing, as part of the Integrated 
Border Management Fund, the 
instrument for financial support for 
customs control equipment  

COM (2018) 0474 final 

Application 2021 – 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
For CCEI, please consult 
https://europa.eu/!UK78xW  
For BMVI, please consult 
https://europa.eu/!mp39FY 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014 - 2020 

3 942.724 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

533.5 

932.3 

1 018.1 

1 063.8 

1 205.6 

1 190.6 

1 425.0 

7 368.9 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
IBMF was carried out in 2018. For 
further information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!xU94BD 

The  abolition  of  internal  border  controls  brings 
important benefits to European citizens and business. 
The  integrity,  safety  and  security  of  EU’s  internal 
borderless  area  and  of  its  Customs  Union  requires, 
however,  effective  management  and  protection  of 
times  of 
EU’s  external  borders,  especially 
challenges  posed  by  migratory  pressures  and  to 
address serious cross-border crime. 

in 

This  calls  for  action  at  the  EU  level,  in  the  form  of 
common measures for the effective control, including 
the surveillance, of the Union’s external borders. 

Mission 
IBMF  will  address  these  challenges  through  two 
instruments,  namely  the  instrument  for  financial 
support for customs control equipment (CCEI) and the 
instrument 
for  border 
management and visa policy (BMVI). 

financial 

support 

for 

In particular, CCEI’s mission is to support the customs 
union and customs authorities to protect the financial 
and economic interests of the Union and its Member 
States, to ensure security and safety within the Union 
and  to  protect  the  Union  from  illegal  trade  while 
facilitating legitimate business activity.  

BMVI’s  mission  is  to  provide  financial  support  to 
Member  States,  to  ensure  strong  and  effective 
European  integrated  border  management  at  the 
Union’s  external  borders,  thereby  contributing  to 
ensuring  a  high  level  of  internal  security  within  the 
Union,  while  safeguarding  the  free  movement  of 
persons within it.  

Objectives 
CCEI’s  specific  objective  is  to  contribute  to  adequate 
and  equivalent  customs  controls 
the 
purchase, maintenance and upgrade of relevant, state 
of-the-art  and  reliable  customs  control  equipment, 
thereby  supporting  the  customs  authorities  acting  as 
one to protect the interests of the Union. 

through 

BMVI has two specific objectives: 

at 

external 

1.  To  support  effective  European  integrated  border 
management 
borders, 
the 
implemented  by  the  European  Border  and  Coast 
Guard  as  a  shared  responsibility  of  the  European 
Border  and  Coast  Guard  Agency  and  of  the 
for  border 
national  authorities 
legitimate  border 
management, 
illegal 
crossings, 
to 
immigration  and  cross-border  crime  and 
to 
effectively manage migratory flows. 

prevent  and 

to  facilitate 

responsible 

detect 

Challenge 

24  includes  the  Internal  Security  Fund 

Border and Visa and Police 

2.  To  support  the  common  visa  policy  to  ensure  a 
harmonised approach with regard to the issuance 
of  visas  and  to  facilitate  legitimate  travel,  while 
helping to prevent migratory and security risks. 

Actions 
CCEI supports the purchase, maintenance and upgrade 
of customs controls equipment, such as non-intrusive 

inspection, identification of hidden objects on humans, 
radiation  detection,  nuclide  identification,  analysis  of 
samples  in  laboratories,  sampling  and  field  analysis 
of  samples,  handheld  search;  and  other  types  of 
innovative 
technology 
equipment. 

non-intrusive 

detection 

BMVI  supports  a  broad  range  of  actions  to  improve 
borders controls, in line with the European Agenda on 
Migration  and  in  compliance  with  the  Charter  of 
Fundamental Rights of the European Union, enhancing 
the  cooperation  at  EU  level  for  tasks  carried  out  at 
borders.  It  funds  efficient,  client-friendly  services  to 
visa  applicants,  while  maintaining  the  security  and 
integrity  of  visa  procedures.  It  invests  in  common 
in  the  area  of  borders 
large-scale 
management  and  visa  policy,  including  in  their 
interoperability,  as  well  as  in  infrastructure  and 
equipment,  systems  and  services,  training,  exchange 
of experts, deployment of immigration liaison officers, 
innovative  solutions  and  new  technologies,  studies, 
providing 
the 
implementation  of  the  European  integrated  border 
management and of the common visa policy. 

IT  systems 

operating 

support 

also 

for 

Delivery mode 
The  Commission  implements  the  actions  under  CCEI 
under direct management. DG TAXUD is in the lead, in 
close  cooperation  with  OLAF  for  their  Anti-Fraud 
programme  and  with  other  relevant  Commission 
through  shared 
is 
services.  BMVI 
management 
and 
by 
direct/indirect  management.  The 
lead  Directorate 
General  is  DG  HOME,  in  close  coordination  with 
DG REGIO,  EMPL,  ECHO  and  MARE.  Close  cooperation 
will be ensured between DG TAXUD and DG HOME. 

implemented 
the  Member 

States 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
CCEI  is  a  newly  established  instrument.  BMVI  builds 
on  the  Internal  Security  Fund  –  Instrument  for 
financial  support  for  external  borders  and  visa, 
implemented  under  2014-2020  MFF.  It  strengthens 
its external dimension to cover cooperation in and in 
relation  to  third  countries  and  it  adds  flexibility 
through a balanced mix of implementation modes.  

.

142 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Migration and Border Management  

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Contribute to adequate and equivalent customs controls through the purchase, maintenance and upgrade of relevant, state 
of-the-art and reliable customs control equipment (CCEI) 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Degree of adherence of border crossing points and 
customs laboratories equipment to the common list 
of  equipment 
that  should  be  available  per 
laboratory/type  of  border  crossing  point  (i.e..  land, 
sea,  air  postal,  rail),  contributing  to  a  harmonised 
application of customs controls 

Contributing to adequate and 
of 
equivalent 
customs controls 

results 

Result 

Member States 

First  data 
annually  

in  2023;  no 

lag25; 

Supporting effective European integrated border management at the external borders (BMVI) 

Indicator  

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number  of  items  of  equipment  registered  in  the 
Technical  Equipment  Pool  of  the  European  Border 
Cost Guard Agency  

Further 
operational 
EBCGA 

developing 
capacity 

the 
of 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number of items of equipment put at the disposal 
of the European Border Cost Guard Agency  

Further 
operational 
EBCGA 

developing 
capacity 

the 
of 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

initiated 

Number  of 
cooperation  of  national  authorities  with 
EUROSUR National Coordination Centres (NCC)  

improved 

forms  of 
the 

/ 

Improving border control 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  border  crossings  through  automated 
border control gates and e-gates 

Improving border control 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  addressed  recommendations  from 
from  vulnerability 
Schengen  evaluations  and 
assessments in the area of border management 

Number  of  participants  who  report  three  months 
after  a  training  activity  that  they  are  using  the 
skills  and  competences  acquired  during  that 
training activity 

Improving border control 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Improving border control 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  persons  who  have  applied 
international protection at border crossing points 

for 

Improving border control 

Output 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  persons  refused  entry  by  border 
authorities 

Improving border control 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

25 Maximum lag corresponding to the distance from January of the previous year 

143 

 
 
 
 
                                                 
Migration and Border Management  

Supporting the common visa policy (BMVI) 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Indicator 

Number  of  new/upgraded  consulates  outside  the 
Schengen area 

Of  which  number  of  consulates  upgraded  to 
enhance client-friendliness for visa applicants 

Number  of  addressed  recommendations  from 
Schengen  evaluations  in  the  area  of  the  common 
visa policy 

Number of visa applications using digital means 

Number of initiated/improved forms of cooperation 
set up among Member States in visa processing 

Dimension 
measured 

Providing efficient and client 
to  visa-
friendly  services 
applicants 

Providing efficient and client 
to  visa-
friendly  services 
applicants 

Type  Source 

Data availability 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Ensuring  uniform  application 
of the Union acquis 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Providing efficient and client 
to  visa-
friendly  services 
applicants 

Developing  different  forms 
between 
cooperation 
of 
Member  States 
visa 
in 
processing 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  participants  who  report  three  months 
after  a  training  activity  that  they  are  using  the 
skills  and  competences  acquired  during  that 
training 

Providing efficient and client 
friendly  services 
to  visa-
applicants 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

The Commission has engaged in an iterative process with the Member States on developing definitions for each 
indicator.  At  the  same  time,  the  Commission  is  drafting  a  fiche  setting  out  methodological  principles  for 
establishing baselines and targets. 

CCEI: 

In the absence of historical data, given the novelty of the instrument, the baseline will be based 
on the first measurement. 

Baseline  

BMVI: 

Target 

In their programmes, Member States will set baselines for each of the result indicators, based on 
historic  data.  An  aggregate  baseline  will  be  set  based  on  those  baselines  included  in  Member 
States’ programmes, 

CCEI: 

The  target will  be  set as  at 80%  of availability  of  equipment  per  standards,  to  be  achieved  by 
2027. The target will be based on preliminarily agreed standards for a certain list of equipment 
per  type  of  Border  Crossing  Point  (initial  standards  to  be  fine-tuned  at  a  later  stage  within  an 
expert group in cooperation with the Member States in a manner to ensure consistency, buy-in, 
and increased performance) 

BMVI: 

In their programmes, Member States will set targets for each of the indicators. Aggregate targets 
will be set for each indicator based on Member States’ programmes and targets. 

144 

 
 
Heading 5 
SECURITY AND DEFENCE 
This heading includes programmes whose role is to improve the security and safety of Europe’s citizens, to 
strengthen Europe’s defence capacities, and to provide the tools needed to respond to internal and external 
security challenges to which no Member State can respond on their own. To be ready to protect its citizens, 
Europe also needs to enhance its strategic autonomy, and build well-designed and streamlined defence 
instruments. 

SECURITY 

Internal Security Fund 

Nuclear decommissioning (LT) 

Nuclear decommissioning: NDAP (BG, SK) and JRC (BE, 
DE, IT, NL) 

DEFENCE 

European Defence Fund 

145 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

how,  information,  experiences  and  best  practices, 
pooling of resources and expertise in joint centres 
of excellence; 

  Education  and 
enforcement 
administrative agencies. 

and 

training 

judicial 

for 

relevant 
authorities 

law 
and 

Delivery mode 
ISF  is  implemented  though  shared  management  by 
the  Member  States  and  direct/indirect  management 
by the Commission. For the latter, the lead Directorate 
General  is  DG  HOME,  in  close  coordination  with  DG 
REGIO, EMPL and MARE.  

the 

has 

same 

policy 

objectives 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
ISF 
and 
implementation  modalities  as  its  2014-2020  MFF 
predecessor  –  the  Internal  Security  Fund  –  Police 
strand.  Whereas  the  specific  objectives  of  the 
2014-2020  MFF  programme  focused  on  crime  and 
crisis,  the  2021-2027  ISF  has  more  crosscutting 
specific objectives.  

Security and Defence  

ISF 
Internal Security Fund 

PROPOSAL FOR A 
REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL establishing the 
Internal Security Fund 

COM/2018/472 final 

Period of Application 2021 – 2027) 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!mp39FY 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

3 942.726 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

175.6 

227.1 

282.8 

289.9 

320.9 

331.4 

303.2 

Total 
programming 

1 931.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
Internal Security Fund was carried 
out in 2018. For further 
information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!xU94BD 

Challenge 
Over  recent  years,  security  threats  have  intensified 
and diversified in Europe. They have come in the form 
of  terrorist  attacks,  new  types  of  serious  and 
organised crime, as well as cybercrime.  

Taking  into  account  that  security  has  an  inherently 
cross-border  dimension  and  that,  beyond  internal 
security challenges, EU faces complex external threats 
that no Member State can meet on its own, a strong, 
coordinated response is required at EU level. 

Mission 
ISF is set up to contribute to a high level of security in 
the EU, in particular by preventing and combating 
terrorism, radicalisation, serious and organised crime 
and cybercrime, by assisting and protecting victims of 
crime, and by preparing for, protecting against and 
effectively managing security-related incidents, risks 
and crises. 

Objectives 
ISF pursues the following specific objectives:  

1.  To  increase  the  exchange  of  information  among 
and  within  the  EU  law  enforcement  and  other 
competent  authorities  and  other  relevant  EU 
bodies  as  well  as  with  non-EU  countries  and 
international organisations; 

2.  To  intensify  cross-border  cooperation,  including 
joint  operations,  among  and  within  the  EU  law 
enforcement  and  other  competent  authorities  in 
relation  to  terrorism  and  serious  and  organised 
crime with a cross-border dimension; and 

3.  To  support  efforts  to  strengthen  capabilities  to 
combat  and  prevent  crime, 
terrorism  and 
radicalisation, as well as manage security-related 
incidents,  risks  and  crises,  in  particular  through 
increased  cooperation  between  public  authorities, 
civil  society  and  private  partners  across  the 
Member States. 

Actions 
ISF supports a broad range of actions in line with the 
European Security Agenda, including: 

  The  purchase/procurement  of  ICT  systems,  and 
associated  training,  testing  as  well  as  their 
improved interoperability and data quality; 

  Monitoring  of  the  implementation  of  EU  law  and 
policy objectives in the Member States in the area 
of security information systems; 

  Operations 

implementing  or 

the 
implementation  of  the  EU  Policy  Cycle/EMPACT 
(European  Multidisciplinary  Platform  Against 
Criminal. Threats); 

facilitating 

26  includes  the  Internal  Security  Fund 

Border and Visa and Police 

  Support  to  thematic  or  cross-theme  networks  of 
specialised  national  units  to  improve  mutual 
confidence, exchange and dissemination of know-

146 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
Security and Defence  

Performance Framework 

To increase exchange of information 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of ICT systems made interoperable in the 
Member  State/with  security-relevant  EU  and 
decentralised 
systems/with 
information 
international databases 

Increase the use of Union IT 
systems  and  communication 
networks 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  administrative  units  that  have  set  up 
new  or  adapted  existing  information  exchange 
mechanisms/procedures/tools/guidance 
for 
information  with  other  Member 
exchange  of 
States/EU  agencies/international  organisations/ 
third countries 

Increase  the  use  of  Union 
security relevant information 
exchange tools, systems and 
databases 

Number  of  participants  who  consider  the  training 
useful for their work 

Number  of  participants  who  report  three  months 
after  the  training  activity  that  they  are  using  the 
skills and competences acquired during the training 

Increase  the  use  of  Union 
security relevant information 
exchange tools, systems and 
databases 

Increase  the  use  of  Union 
security relevant information 
exchange tools, systems and 
databases 

To intensify operational cooperation 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Type  Source 

Data availability 

The estimated value of assets frozen in the context 
of cross-border operations 

Increase  coordination  and 
cooperation 
law 
enforcement authorities 

of 

Result 

Member States 

Quantity  of  illicit  drugs  seized  in  the  context  of 
cross-border operations by type of product 

Quantity  of  weapons  seized  in  the  context  cross-
border operations by type of weapon  

that  have 
Number  of  administrative  units 
developed/adapted 
existing 
mechanisms/procedures/guidance  for  cooperation 
States/EU 
with 
agencies/international organisations/third countries 

Member 

other 

law  enforcement 
Increase 
operations  with  particular 
emphasis  on  cross-border 
operations 

Increase 
law  enforcement 
operations  with  particular 
emphasis  on  cross-border 
operations 

Result 

Member States 

Result 

Member States 

Increase 
operational cooperation  

cross-border 

Result 

Member States 

First  data  in  2022;  maximum 
time  lag  of  6 months;  semi-
annually 

First  data  in  2022;  maximum 
time  lag  of  6 months;  semi-
annually 

First  data  in  2022;  maximum 
time  lag  of  6 months;  semi-
annually 

First  data  in  2022;  maximum 
time  lag  of  6 months;  semi-
annually 

Number  of 

staff 

involved 

in 

cross-border  Increase 

cross-border  Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 

147 

 
 
 
Security and Defence  

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

operations 

operational cooperation 

lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  Schengen  Evaluation  Recommendation 
addressed  

Ensure  uniform  application 
of the Union acquis 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

To strengthen capabilities to combat and prevent crime 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type  Source 

Data availability 

Number of initiatives developed or expanded to 
prevent radicalisation 

Increase 
preparedness, 
resilience,  public  awareness 
to security threats  

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of 
initiatives  developed/expanded 
protect/support witnesses and whistle blowers 

to 

Increase 
preparedness, 
resilience,  public  awareness 
to security threats 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number of critical infrastructure/public spaces with 
new/adapted  facilities  protecting  against  security 
related risks 

Develop partnerships  

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  participants  who  consider  the  training 
useful for their work  

Increase 
combat and prevent crime 

capability 

to 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Number  of  participants  who  report  three  months 
after  leaving  the  training  that  they  are  using  the 
skills and competences acquired during the training 

Increase 
combat and prevent crime 

capability 

to 

Result 

Member States 

First data in 2022; maximum time 
lag of 6 months; semi-annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

The Commission has engaged in an iterative process with the Member States on developing definitions for each indicator. At th e same time, the Commission is 
drafting a fiche setting out methodological principles for establishing baselines and targets.  

Baseline  

In their programmes, Member States will set baselines for each of the indicators based on historic data. An aggregate 
baseline at EU level will be set for each indicator based on Member States’ programmes 

Target 

In their programmes, Member States will set targets for each of the indicators. Aggregate targets at EU level will be set 
for each indicator based on Member States’ programmes and targets. 

148 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Security and Defence  

Nuclear Decommissioning (LT) 
Nuclear Decommissioning Assistance Programme of the Ignalina Nuclear Power Plan in 
Lithuania 

COUNCIL REGULATION 
establishing the nuclear 
decommissioning assistance 
programme of the Ignalina 
nuclear power plant in Lithuania 
and repealing Regulation (EU) No 
1369/2013 

Council Regulation (EU) 2021/101 

Period of Application 
2021–2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!bC66CU  

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

450.7 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

72.5 

98.9 

68.8 

74.6 

74.7 

80.1 

82.4 

Total 
programming 

552.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
Nuclear Decommissioning 
Assistance Programme was 
carried out in 2018. For further 
information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!jv63Rb 

Challenge 
The decommissioning of a nuclear installation such as 
a power plant or research reactor is the final step in 
its  lifecycle.  It  involves  activities  from  shutdown  and 
removal  of  nuclear  material  to  the  environmental 
restoration of the site. The whole process is long and 
complex:  it  typically  takes  20  to  30  years.  It  is  also 
fraught  with  technical,  technological  and  financiall 
challenges.  The  EU  legal  framework  sets  the  highest 
safety  standards  for  all  activities  regarding  nuclear 
installations, including their decommissioning.  

In  application  of  its  Act  of  Accession  to  the  Union, 
Lithuania anticipated the shutdown of the two nuclear 
reactors in Ignalina within the agreed deadlines (2004 
and 2009).  

The Union committed to provide financial support for 
the  decommissioning,  in  accordance  with  approved 
plans, while keeping the highest level of safety. 

EU  funding  is  justified,  since  nuclear  safety  in 
Lithuania is essential for nuclear safety in the region 
and in the EU as a whole. EU action has also specific 
added  value  because  it favours  the  dissemination  of 
critical knowledge and know-how on dismantling and 
decontamination processes. 

The programme is on track to accomplish the specific 
objectives  with  the  funding  provided  in  the  2014-
2020  MFF  and  a  clear  trend  towards  increased 
efficiency  was  observed  throughout  the  monitoring 
activities as confirmed by independent experts.  

Mission 
The  programme’s  general  objective  is  to  assist 
Lithuania in implementing the decommissioning of the 
Ignalina  nuclear  power  plant,  with  specific  emphasis 
on managing the safety challenges in respect thereof, 
while  creating  knowledge  with  regard  to  the  nuclear 
decommissioning  process  and  the  management  of 
radioactive waste resulting from the decommissioning 
activities. 

Objectives  
The  programme  will  assist  with  activities  included  in 
the  decommissioning  plan  submitted  by  Lithuania, in 
particular with: 

completion 
of 
infrastructure where necessary; 

the  waste  management 

4.  implementation  of 

the  building  demolition 

programme;  

5.  obtaining the decommissioning licence once Unit 1 
and Unit 2 of the Ignalina nuclear power plant are 
defueled;  

6.  downgrading of radiological hazards. 

Furthermore,  knowledge  and  experience  gained  and 
lessons  learnt  under  the  programme  with  regard  to 
the  decommissioning  process  shall  be  disseminated 
among  Union  stakeholders,  thus  enhancing  the  EU 
added value of the programme. 

Actions 
The actions to be funded by the Ignalina programme 
are  within  the  scope  of  the  decommissioning  plan 
established  by  Lithuania.  The  Commission,  in  close 
cooperation with Lithuania, will determine in the work 
programme 
financially, 
focusing  on  activities  related  to  the  delivery  of  the 
general  and  specific  objectives  and  with  the  highest 
EU  added  value,  i.e.  removal  of  radiological  hazards 
relevant 
and 
knowledge.  

creation  and  dissemination  of 

the  actions 

to  support 

Delivery mode 
the  EBRD 
Indirect  Management  entrusted 
(European Bank for Reconstruction and Development) 
and  CPMA  (Central  Project  Management  Agency  – 
national agency in Lithuania). 

to 

The  Directorate-General  for  Energy  manages  directly 
a  limited  fraction  of  the  funds  for  preparatory, 
monitoring, control, audit and evaluation activities. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
The  decommissioning  of  the  Ignalina  nuclear  power 
plant (LT) has received EU support since 2001 under 
various 
in  the 
instruments.  The  EU  assistance 
2021-2027 MFF is the continuation of the long-term 
programme—which  is  scheduled  to  extend  through 
2038--with  the  additional  objective  to  disseminate 
knowledge on the decommissioning process to all EU 
Member  States.  The  activities  funded  in  the  period 
2021-2027 will be subject to an EU co-financing rate 
of 86%.  

for 

design 

2.  the 

1.  dismantling  and  decontamination  of  the  reactor 
shafts’  top  and  bottom  zones  and  equipment  in 
accordance with the decommissioning plan; 
dismantling 

and 
the 
decontamination  of  the  reactor  shafts’  central 
zones  (graphite  cores).  This  objective  is  to  be 
accomplished  before  2027,  when  the  relevant 
authorisations  will  be  granted  to  carry  out  the 
actual  dismantling  and  decontamination,  which  is 
scheduled to occur after 2027;  

3.  safe  management  of  the  decommissioning  and 
legacy waste up to interim storage or to disposal 
(depending  on  the  waste  category),  including  the 

149 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Security and Defence  

Performance Framework 

To carry out the dismantling and decontamination of the equipment and reactor shafts of the Ignalina Nuclear Power Plant 
in accordance with the decommissioning plan, including the management of radioactive waste resulting from the 
decommissioning activities, and to continue with the safe management of the decommissioning and legacy waste. 

Indicator 

Short lived very low waste (Class A) – disposed of 

Dimension 
measured 

Radioactive 
management 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

waste 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

Short  lived  low  and  intermediate  level  waste 
(Class B and C) – disposed of 

Radioactive 
management 

waste 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

Long lived waste (Class D, E, F) – safely stored 

Radioactive 
management 

waste 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

Metal dismantled (tonne) 

Concrete removed (tonne) 

Dismantling 
decontamination  

Dismantling 
decontamination  

and 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

and 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

First data in 2021; estimated lag 
2  months;  to  be  received  semi-
annually 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 
2  months;  to  be  received  semi-
annually 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 
2  months;  to  be  received  semi-
annually 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 
2  months;  to  be  received  semi-
annually 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 
2  months;  to  be  received  semi-
annually 

Baseline  

Targets 

Radioactive waste management: quantity and type of waste safely stored or disposed of: the baseline is 
communicated by the decommissioning operator, based on its detailed inventory of radioactive waste. 

Dismantling and decontamination: quantity and type of materials removed: the baseline is communicated 
by the decommissioning operator based on its detailed accounting of production. 

Radioactive waste management: quantity and type of waste safely stored or disposed of: annual 
objectives by type, meeting the milestones of the programme. The annual targets are defined by 
the decommissioning operator in accordance with the Detailed Decommissioning Plan. They are 
based on an estimated material inventory and could be revised if the inventory is updated. 

Dismantling and decontamination: quantity and type of materials removed: annual objectives by type, 
meeting the milestones of the programme. The annual targets are defined by the decommissioning 
operator in accordance with the Detailed Decommissioning Plan. They are based on an estimated 
material inventory and could be revised if the inventory is updated. 

150 

 
  
 
 
Security and Defence  

Nuclear Decommissioning: NDAP (BG, SK) and 
JRC (BE, DE, IT, NL) 
Decommissioning of Nuclear Facilities and Management of Radioactive Waste 

COUNCIL REGULATION 
establishing a dedicated financial 
programme for the decommissioning of 
nuclear facilities and the management 
of radioactive waste, and repealing 
Regulation (Euratom) No 1368/2013 

Council Regulation (Euratom) 
2021/100  

Period of Application 
2021–2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!bC66CU  

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

518.4 27 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

69.2 

43.9 

57.2 

62.3 

70.5 

73.1 

89.8 

Total 
programming 

466.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
Decommissioning of Nuclear 
Facilities and Management of 
Radioactive Waste Programme 
was carried out in 2018. For 
further information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!UN93UP 

Challenge 
In  accordance  with  their  Acts  of  Accession  to  the 
Union,  Bulgaria  and  Slovakia  anticipated 
the 
shutdowns of units 1 to 4 in Kozloduy nuclear power 
plant  and  of  units  1  and  2  in  Bohunice  V1  nuclear 
power  Plant,  respectively.  The  Union  committed  to 
provide financial support for the decommissioning, in 
accordance  with  approved  plans,  while  keeping  the 
highest  level  of  safety.  With  the  financial  support 
provided  under  the  2021-2027 MFF  bringing  both 
Kozloduy  and  Bohunice  programmes  to  completion, 
the Union will have fulfilled its commitment.  
The  Joint  Research  Center  (JRC)  was  established 
under  the  Euratom  Treaty  and  site  agreements  were 
the 
signed  between  1960  and-1962  between 
the 
Italy  and 
Community,  Germany,  Belgium, 
Netherlands. In the cases of Italy and the Netherlands, 
national  nuclear  installations  were  transferred  to  the 
Community.  An 
infrastructure  geared  to  nuclear 
research and comprising new installations was put in 
place at the four sites. Some of those installations are 
still in use today, while others have been shut down, 
in some instances more than 20 years ago, and have 
mostly become obsolete. 
EU  funding  of  these  decommissioning  plans 
is 
justified,  since  nuclear  safety  in  these  sites  is 
essential  for  nuclear  safety  in  the  EU  as  a  whole.  It 
has also specific added value because it favours the 
dissemination of critical knowledge and know-how on 
dismantling and decontamination processes. 

Mission 
The general objective of the programme is to provide 
funding  for  the  decommissioning  of  these  nuclear 
facilities  and  the  management  of  radioactive  waste, 
in  line  with  the  needs  identified  in  the  respective 
decommissioning plans. 

Objectives 
In  addition  to  creating  knowledge  on  the  nuclear 
decommissioning process and the management of the 
resulting radioactive waste, the programme aims to: 

and 

programme 

1.  assist  Bulgaria  and  Slovakia  in  implementing  the 
Bohunice 
Kozloduy 
programme  respectively,  including  with  regard  to 
the management and storage of radioactive waste 
in  line  with  the  needs  identified  in  the  respective 
decommissioning plans, with specific emphasis on 
managing the safety challenges in respect thereof;  

the 

2.  support  the  JRC  decommissioning  and  waste 

management programme. 

27 

includes  Nuclear  Decommission 

It 
Assistance in Bulgaria and Slovakia. 

Actions 

the 

facilities. 

relatively 

supporting 

In  Karlsruhe, 

The Kozloduy and the Bohunice programmes will fund 
activities  within 
respective 
the  scope  of 
decommissioning  plans  related  to  the  delivery  of  the 
general  and  specific  objectives  and  with  the  highest 
EU added  value,  i.e.  the  removal  of  radiological 
hazards.  
During  the  2021-2027  period,  in  Ispra  the  gradual 
shift from safe conservation and pre-decommissioning 
to 
large  decommissioning  and  waste 
management  tasks  will  continue,  enabled  by  the 
relevant  authorisations  and  licenses  released  by  the 
safety  authority  and  by  the  start  of  the  operation  of 
the 
new 
requalification and removal of legacy low-level waste 
and  glove  boxes  and  the  optimisation  of  spent  fuel 
inventories  will  continue.  In  Petten,  a  multi-year 
campaign  to  dispose  of  the  nuclear  material/waste 
batches  owned  by  JRC  will  be  launched.  In  Geel,  an 
effort  to  reduce/optimise  the  inventories  of  nuclear 
materials owned by the JRC and to remove waste will 
be  implemented  in  agreement  with  the  licensing 
authority. 
The  JRC  will  lead  the  efforts  to  develop  ties  and 
exchanges  among  Union  stakeholders  on  nuclear 
decommissioning,  to  ensure  the  dissemination  of 
knowledge  and  the  sharing  of  experience  in  all 
relevant  areas,  such  as  research  and  innovation, 
regulation and training, and developing potential Union 
synergies. 

Delivery mode 
The  NDAP  (for  Kozloduy  and  Bohunice)  will  be 
implemented under indirect management entrusted to 
EBRD 
for  Reconstruction  and 
Development)  for  both  programmes,  and  the  SIEA 
(Slovak Innovation and Energy Agency) for Bohunice.  

(European  Bank 

The  JRC‘s  Nuclear  Decommissioning  and  Waste 
Management (D&WM) programme will be implemented 
in direct management by the Commission (JRC).  

Link to 2014-2020 MFF 
Under 
the  Kozloduy  and 
the  2021-2027  MFF, 
Bohunice  programmes  will  be  continuations  of  their 
2014-2020 MFF predecessors. The activities funded in 
the  period  2021-2027  will  be  subject  to  a  maximum 
EU co-financing rate of 50%.  

The  JRC  decommissioning programme  was  previously 
performed under direct management under a different 
financial  instrument,  but  they  are  now  part  of  the 
Council  Regulation  (Euratom)  2021/100.  Since  the 
beginning of the D&WM programme, the Commission 
is regularly reporting to the Council and the European 
Parliament  on  its  progress  and  status.  Moreover,  JRC 
reports  on  an  annual  basis  on  the  mid-term  targets 
and the progress achieved (JRC Management Plan, JRC 
Activity Report). 

151 

 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
 
 
Security and Defence  

Performance Framework 

To carry out the activities included in the respective decommissioning plans, the dismantling and decontamination of Units 
1 to 4 of the Kozloduy Nuclear Power Plant and Units 1 and 2 of the Bohunice Nuclear Power Plant, including associated 
systems, structures and components and auxiliary buildings, the safe management of radioactive waste in line with the 
needs identified in the respective decommissioning plans, and human resources support; and to pursue the release of Units 
1 to 4 of the Kozloduy Nuclear Power Plant and Units 1 and 2 of the Bohunice Nuclear Power Plant from regulatory 
controls. 

Indicator 

Dimension measured  Type 

Source 

Data availability 

(Kozloduy)  Materials  under 
threshold (Category 1) – free released 

the  activity 

Radioactive 
management  

waste 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

(Kozloduy) Low and intermediate level waste 
(Category 2) – disposed of 

Radioactive 
management  

waste 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

(Kozloduy) Metal dismantled (tonne) 

(Kozloduy) Concrete removed (tonne). 

Dismantling 
decontamination  

Dismantling 
decontamination  

and 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

and 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

(Bohunice)  Very  low-level  radioactive  waste 
– disposed of 

Radioactive 
management  

waste 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

(Bohunice)  Low-level  radioactive  waste  – 
disposed of 

Radioactive 
management 

waste 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

(Bohunice) 
waste - safely stored 

Intermediate-level 

radioactive 

Radioactive 
management 

waste 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

(Bohunice) Metal dismantled (tonne) 

(Bohunice) Concrete removed (tonne) 

Dismantling 
decontamination 

Dismantling 
decontamination 

and 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

and 

Output 

decommissioning operator 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 2 
months; 
received  semi-
annually  

to  be 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 2 
months; 
received  semi-
annually  

to  be 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 2 
months; 
received  semi-
annually  

to  be 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 2 
months; 
received  semi-
annually  

to  be 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 2 
months; 
received  semi-
annually  

to  be 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 2 
months; 
received  semi-
annually  

to  be 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 2 
months; 
received  semi-
annually  

to  be 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 2 
months; 
received  semi-
annually  

to  be 

First data in 2021; estimated lag 2 
months; 
received  semi-
annually  

to  be 

152 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Security and Defence  

To support the decommissioning plan and to carry out the activities in accordance with the national law of the host 
Member State for the dismantling and decontamination of the Commission’s nuclear installations at the JRC sites, to 
carry out the safe management of associated radioactive waste and, when appropriate, to prepare the optional transfer 
of the related nuclear liabilities from the JRC to the host Member State 

Indicator 

Dimension measured  Type 

Source 

Data availability 

(JRC)  Quantity  of  radioactive  waste  and  obsolete 
material removed (% of inventory) 

Radioactive 
management 

waste 

Output 

(JRC)  Quantity  of  legacy  low  level  radioactive 
waste removed (% of "backlog" inventory) 

Radioactive 
management 

waste 

Output 

(JRC)  Quantity  of  radioactive  waste  material 
removed (% of inventory) 

Radioactive 
management 

waste 

Output 

(JRC)  Quantity  (kg  of  HM)  of  nuclear  material 
removed from facilities to be decommissioned 

Radioactive 
management 

waste 

Output 

Progress 

JRC 
Report, 
Monitoring  Report,  Monitoring 
Work 
Mission, 
Detailed 
Programme, 
Decommissioning 
Plan, 
Assembly of Contributors  

Annual 

Progress 

Report, 
JRC 
Monitoring  Report,  Monitoring 
Work 
Mission, 
Detailed 
Programme, 
Decommissioning 
Plan, 
Assembly of Contributors  

Annual 

Progress 

JRC 
Report, 
Monitoring  Report,  Monitoring 
Work 
Mission, 
Detailed 
Programme, 
Decommissioning 
Plan, 
Assembly of Contributors  

Annual 

Progress 

JRC 
Report, 
Monitoring  Report,  Monitoring 
Work 
Mission, 
Detailed 
Programme, 
Plan, 
Decommissioning 
Assembly of Contributors  

Annual 

(JRC)  Quantity 
radioactive waste or material 

(metric 

tons)  of  processed 

Radioactive 
management 

waste 

Output 

Progress 

JRC 
Report, 
Monitoring  Report,  Monitoring 
Work 
Mission, 
Detailed 
Programme, 
Decommissioning 
Plan, 
Assembly of Contributors  

Annual 

(JRC)  Quantity  of  obsolete  equipment  removed 
(number of legacy glove boxes dismantled) 

Dismantling 
decontamination 

and 

Output 

Progress 

JRC 
Report, 
Monitoring  Report,  Monitoring 
Work 
Mission, 
Detailed 
Programme, 
Decommissioning 
Plan, 
Assembly of Contributors  

Annual 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 
2 months; semi-annually  

First data in 2022; estimated lag 
2 months; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 
2 months; semi-annually  

First data in 2025; estimated lag 
2 months; semi-annually  

First data in 2021; estimated lag 
3 months; semi-annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 
2 months; semi-annually 

For the JRC to develop ties and exchanges among Union stakeholders on nuclear decommissioning, with a view to 
ensuring the dissemination of knowledge and the sharing of experience in all relevant areas, such as research and 
innovation, regulation and training, and developing potential Union synergies 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

(NDAP – Kozlouy and Bohunice programmes) Radioactive waste management: quantity and type of waste safely stored or disposed of: 
the baseline is communicated by the decommissioning operator based on its detailed inventory of radioactive waste. 

Baselines 

(NDAP – Kozlouy and Bohunice programmes) Dismantling and decontamination: quantity and type of materials removed: the baseline 
is communicated by the decommissioning operator based on its detailed accounting of production. 

(JRC – D&WMP) Radioactive waste management: quantity and type of waste safely stored or disposed of: the baseline will be 
calculated based on the input from JRC, consistent with the Decommissioning Plan. 

(JRC – D&WMP) Dismantling and decontamination: quantity and type of materials removed: the baseline will be calculated based on 

153 

Security and Defence  

the input from JRC, consistent with the Decommissioning Plan. 

(NDAP – Kozlouy and Bohunice programmes) Radioactive waste management: quantity and type of waste safely stored or disposed of. 
Annual objectives by type, meeting the milestones of the programme. The annual targets are defined by the decommissioning 
operator in accordance with the Detailed Decommissioning Plan. They are based on an estimated material inventory and could be 
revised if the inventory is updated. 

Targets 

(NDAP – Kozlouy and Bohunice programmes) Dismantling and decontamination: quantity and type of materials removed. Annual 
objectives by type, meeting the milestones of the programme. The annual targets are defined by the decommissioning operator in 
accordance with the Detailed Decommissioning Plan. They are based on an estimated material inventory and could be revised if the 
inventory is updated. 

(JRC – D&WMP) Radioactive waste management: quantity and type of waste safely stored or disposed of: Annual objectives by type, meeting 
the milestones of the programme. The target will be calculated based on the input from JRC, consistent with the Decommissioning Plan. 

(JRC – D&WMP) Dismantling and decontamination: quantity and type of materials removed: annual objectives by type, meeting the milestones 
of the programme. The target will be calculated based on the input from JRC, consistent with the Decommissioning Plan. 

154 

 
 
 
Security and Defence 

EDF 
European Defence Fund 

REGULATION (EU) 2021/697 OF 
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL establishing the 
European Defence Fund and repealing 
Regulation (EU) 2018/1092 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027  

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!Kb99rt  

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING 
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

590.0 28 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

945.7 

945.7 

945.7 

974.0 

1 163.2 

1 352.3 

1 626.4 

7 953.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
EDF programme  
was carried out in 2018. 
For further information please 
consult  
https://europa.eu/!PD77Xj  

Challenge 
The European defence sector is essential for Europe’s 
future.  It  plays  a  key  role  in  ensuring  the  EU’s 
strategic  sovereignty  and  its  capacity  to  act  as  a 
security  provider.  The  sector  nevertheless  faces 
challenges  that put into question  the  preservation  of 
its competitiveness and its technological edge. These 
may  weaken  the  technological  advantage  of  the 
sector  and  hamper  its  ability  to  develop  defence 
systems  crucial  for  the  security  of  the  Union  and  its 
Member States. 

Tackling these challenges calls for action at EU level 
for a number of reasons.  

  The  costs  of  defence  systems  are  rising  and 
research  and 

include  a  high  proportion  of 
development costs.  

  This development comes against a background of 
declining  defence  budgets  at  the  Member  States’ 
level,  which  has  particularly  affected  defence 
research  and  development  (for  example,  total 
defence  research  and  technological  development 
amounts  to  only  0.9%  of  defence  expenditures 
against  a  target  of  2%  agreed  between  EU 
Member  States).  Therefore,  the  development  of 
new  high-end  defence  systems  is  increasingly 
beyond  the  capacity  of  individual  EU Member 
States. 

  Moreover,  cooperation 

in  the  defence  sector 
remains  very  weak.  European  collaborative 
equipment expenditures stand at only 18% of the 
total defence spending for equipment procurement 
against  an  ambition  of  35%29.  Only  7%  of  the 
total  defence  R&T  is  collaborative,  against  an 
ambition of 20%.  

the  European  defence 

  Finally, 
industry  and 
markets 
fragmented  along  national 
borders  with  unnecessary  duplications  despite 
limited investments. 

remain 

Mission 
EDF  seeks  to  foster  collaboration  amongst  the 
Member States, 
and 
enhance  the  competitiveness  and  the  technological 
sovereignty of the European defence industry. 

fragmentation, 

overcome 

Objectives 
EDF has the following specific objectives: 

1.  Support 

collaborative 

could 
significantly  boost  the  performance  of  future 
capabilities throughout the Union; and 

research 

that 

2.  Support  collaborative  development  of  defence 
products and technologies consistent with defence 

28 EUR 90 million for the Preparatory action 
on  Defence  research  and    EUR  500  million 
for 
Industrial 
Development Programme. 

the  European  Defence 

29  The 
total  value  of  equipment  procurement 
(including  R&D/R&T)  is  20%  of  the  total  defence 
spending. 

capability  priorities  commonly  agreed  by  Member 
States.  

Actions 
EDF  aims  at  providing  consistent  support  throughout 
the  full  research  and  development  cycle,  building  on 
rules adapted to the specificities of defence research. 
It  will  thus  ensure  consistency  and  help  bridge  the 
“valley  of  death”  between  research and  development 
that  entails  important  technical  and  financial  risks, 
often  preventing  the  maturation  of  promising  new 
defence technologies and their effective integration in 
the development of new defence systems.  

EDF  will  enhance  the  competitiveness,  efficiency  and 
innovation  capacity  of 
the  European  defence 
technological and industrial base, which contributes to 
the  Union’s  strategic  autonomy  and  freedom  of 
action.  Furthermore,  by  requiring  common  technical 
interoperability  of 
requirements, 
developed products and technologies for the Member 
States, which are the end-users. 

improve 

it  will 

Only  actions  undertaken  in  cooperation  between  at 
least  three  entities  from  at  least  three  different 
Member States or associated countries will be eligible. 
Cross-border participation of SMEs and mid-caps will 
be further strengthened by specific award and reward 
mechanisms.  

To enhance the innovation capacity of the sector and 
the emergence of new products and technologies, EDF 
will  also  support  research  and  development 
in 
disruptive defence technologies and take into account 
their  specificities,  such  as  increased  risk  of  project 
failure  and  the  potential  of  attracting  non-traditional 
players to the defence sector.  

Delivery mode 
EDF will be implemented through direct management 
by  the  Directorate  General  for  Defence  Industry  and 
Space (DG DEFIS). On an ad-hoc basis and if justified, 
specific  actions  may  be  implemented  in  indirect 
management.  

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
EDF will build and expand on the experience acquired 
through  two  precursor  programmes  implemented 
under  the  2014-2020  MFF,  namely  the  Preparatory 
Action  on  Defence  Research  and  the  European 
Defence Industrial Development Programme. 

The  design  of  the  Fund  largely  builds  on  the 
architecture  of  these  two  2014-2020  programmes, 
but will be implemented as one single Fund. 

155 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
                                                 
Security and Defence 

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Support collaborative research that could significantly boost the performance of future capabilities throughout the Union 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Participants: Legal entities involved 30 

Outreach 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

European  Commission:  EDF 
grant agreements. 

First data in 2023; estimated lag: 2 
years; annually 

Collaborative Research: Funded actions 

Uptake 

Output 

European  Commission:  EDF 
grant agreements. 

First data in 2023; estimated lag: 2 
years; annually 

Collaborative Research: Share of contracts awarded 
involving collaboration with cross-border SMEs and 
midcaps 

Ability  of  the  Fund  to  open 
up 
across 
borders 

supply-chains 

Output 

European  Commission:  EDF 
grant agreements. 

First data in 2023; estimated lag: 2 
years; annually 

Collaborative Research: Share of recipients that did 
not  carry  out  research  activities  with  defence 
applications before the entry into force of the Fund 

Attracting  new  entrants  in 
defence 
and 
research 
development (R&D)  

Result 

European  Commission:  based 
on  EDF  grant  agreements  and 
proposals selected for support 
(indication  by  the  applicants 
on past research activities). 

First data in 2023; estimated lag: 2 
years; annually 

Innovation  products:  New  patents  deriving  from 
projects financially supported by the Fund1 

Innovation supported  

Result 

European  Commission:  based 
on  reports  submitted  by  the 
beneficiaries. 

First  data  in  2023;  estimated  lag: 
>3 years; annually 

Support collaborative development of defence products and technologies consistent with defence capability priorities commonly agreed 
by Member States notably within the Capability Development Plan 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Collaborative 
capability  development:  Funded 
actions  that  address  the  capability  shortfalls 
identified in the Capability Development Plan 

Support  to  development  of 
defence 
capabilities 
prioritised at EU level 

Output 

European  Commission:  EDF 
grant agreements. 

First data in 2023; estimated lag: 2 
years; annually 

Continuous  support  over  the  full  R&D  cycle:  Share 
of projects building on the results of previously EU-
supported defence R&D actions 31. 

Ability of the Fund to support 
the full defence R&D cycle 

Result 

European  Commission:  EDF 
and 
grant 
agreements 
information 
by 
beneficiaries. 

provided 

First data in 2023; estimated lag: 2 
years; annually 

Job  creation/support:  Defence  R&D  employees 
supported in funded actions 32. 

R&D jobs supported 

Result 

European  Commission:  EDF 
grant agreements. 

First data in 2023; estimated lag: 2 
years; annually 

30 This indicator also measures progress towards specific objective 2 and the computation takes into account both research and development actions. 
31 This indicator also measures progress towards specific objective 1 and the computation takes into account both research and development actions. 
32 This indicator also measures progress towards specific objective 1 and the computation takes into account both research and development actions. 

156 

 
  
 
                                                 
Security and Defence 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Baseline 

All baselines are zero, except for shares where a baseline is not available at the start of the programme (e.g. ‘Collaborative Research: 
Share of contracts awarded involving collaboration with cross-border SMEs and midcaps’). 

Being a new programme, targets’ estimates are initially qualitative. 

For indicators ‘Participants: Legal entities involved’, ‘Collaborative Research: Funded actions’, ‘Continuous support over the full R&D 
cycle: Share of projects building on the results of previously EU-supported defence R&D actions’ and ‘Job creation/support: Defence 
R&D employees supported in funded actions’ the target is an increase over the duration of the programme. 

Target 

Where relevant historical data exist from the Preparatory Action on Defence Research (PADR) and the European Defence Industrial 
Development Programme (EDIDP), the target is an improvement in comparison to the precursor programmes (i.e. ‘Collaborative 
Research: Share of contracts awarded involving collaboration with cross-border SMEs and midcaps’ and ‘Collaborative Research: Share 
of recipients that did not carry out research activities with defence applications before the entry into force of the Fund’). 

The target for ‘Collaborative capability development: Funded actions that address the capability shortfalls identified in the Capability 
Development Plan’ is set at a high and stable share of the number and the value of collaborative defence development actions 
financially supported by the EDF. The target will be set by taking into account historical data available from the EDIDP and the fact 
that the EDF will also support disruptive technologies for defence and allow funding based on international and regional priorities. 

When more information becomes available, some of the estimates could be refined. 

157 

 
 
 
Heading 6 
NEIGHBOURHOOD AND THE WORLD 
Programmes under this heading reinforce the EU’s socio-economic impact in its neighbourhood, in 
developing countries, and in the rest of the world. The heading also includes assistance for countries 
preparing for accession to the EU. Thanks to this funding, the EU can keep and even strengthen its role as a 
global player. The EU can also remain, together with its Member States, the world’s leading d evelopment 
and humanitarian aid donor. 

EXTERNAL ACTION 

Neighbourhood, Development and International 
Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe 

European Instrument for International Nuclear Safety 
Cooperation 

Humanitarian Aid 

Common Foreign and Security Policy  

Overseas Association Decision 

Macro-Financial Assistance 

PRE-ACCESSION ASSISTANCE 

Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance 

158 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

NDICI – Global Europe 
Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument 

PROPOSAL FOR A REGULATION 
OF THE EUROPEAN 
PARLIAMENT AND OF THE 
COUNCIL establishing the 
Neighbourhood, Development and 
International Cooperation 
Instrument 

COM/2018/460 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027  

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!Bj46Qc  

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

42 467.733 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

12 071.1 

12 526.6 

11 962.4 

11 370.8 

10 751.0 

10 102.1 

10 575.0 

79 359.2 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
NDICI was carried out in 2018.  
For further information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!gh96VH  

conflicts, 

instability 

Challenge 
The  EU  faces  increasing  external  challenges.  Political 
fragility, 
terrorism, 
and 
inequalities, migratory pressures have combined with 
long-term  trends  such  as  population  growth,  climate 
change,  environmental  degradation  and,  more 
recently,  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  At  the  same  time, 
those circumstances also affect EU partner countries 
and their economic welfare.  

As  a  trans-national  actor  of  significant  weight  and 
reputation, the EU can provide significant added value 
in  coordinating  action  and  providing  leverage  to 
finding multilateral answers to those challenges.  

Mission 
The  objective  of  NDICI  –  Global  Europe  is  to  uphold 
and  promote  the  Union’s  values  and 
interests 
worldwide  and  help  the  EU  address  the  evolving 
international  landscape  and  meet  its  international 
commitments,  and  act  at  global 
level,  without 
boundaries  and  across  themes,  depending  on  the 
needs of the different countries and regions.  

in 

third 

regions 

Objectives 
NDICI – Global Europe’s specific objectives are: 
1.  to  support  and  foster  dialogue  and  cooperation 
with 
the 
countries  and 
Neighbourhood, in Sub-Saharan Africa, in Asia and 
the Pacific, and in the Americas and the Caribbean; 
to  develop  special  strengthened  partnerships  and 
enhanced  political  cooperation  with  the  European 
Neighbourhood,  founded  on  cooperation,  peace 
and  stability  and  a  shared  commitment  to  the 
universal  values  of  democracy,  rule  of  law  and 
respect for human rights, and aiming at deep and 
sustainable  democracy  and  progressive  socio-
economic  integration  as  well  as  people-to-people 
contacts; 

of 

and 

law, 

2.  at  global  level,  to  protect,  promote  and  advance 
democracy, 
including 
rule 
accountability  mechanisms,  and  human  rights 
including  gender  equality  and  the  protection  of 
human  rights  defenders,  ;  to  support  civil  society 
organisations,  to  further  stability  and  peace,  and 
prevent  conflict,  thereby  contributing  to  the 
protection  of  civilians,  to  address  other  global 
challenges  such  as  climate  change,  protection  of 
biodiversity  and  the  environment,  as  well  as 
migration and mobility; 

3.  to respond rapidly to: situations of crisis, instability 
and conflict including those which may result from 
migratory  flows  and  forced  displacement  and 
hybrid  threats;  resilience  challenges,  including 
natural  and  man-made  disasters,  and  linking  of 
humanitarian aid and development action; as well 
as the Union’s foreign policy needs and priorities.  

NDICI  –  Global  Europe  strengthens  specific  priorities 
through horizontal spending targets:  

  At  least  93%  of  Official  Development  Assistance 

(ODA)  

  At  least  20%  of  ODA  spending  dedicated  to 

human development and social inclusion;  

the 
Instrument, 

33  includes  the  Development  Cooperation 
European 
Instrument, 
the 
Neighbourhood 
Partnership 
the 
Instrument for Stability and Peace, the 
European  Instrument  for  Democracy 
and  Human  Rights  and  the  European 
Fund for Sustainable Development 

Instrument, 

  At least 85 % of new actions should have gender 
equality as a principal or a significant objective. At 
least  5%  of  these  actions  should  have  gender 
equality  and  women’s  and  girls’  rights  and 
empowerment as a principal objective; 

  30%  for  climate  change  objectives  while  also 
contributing to the ambition of providing 7.5 % of 
annual  spending  to  biodiversity  objectives  in  the 
year  2024  and  10%  of  annual  spending  to 
biodiversity  objectives  in  2026  and  2027,  while 
considering the existing overlaps between climate 
and biodiversity goals; 

  Indicatively  10%  to  support  management  and 
governance of migration and forced displacement, 
as well as to address the root causes of irregular 
migration  and  forced  displacement  when  they 
directly target specific migration challenges. 

Actions 
In  line  with  its  specific  objectives,  NDICI  –  Global 
Europe operates through three pillars: 
  a  geographical  pillar,  regrouping  cooperation  in 

regional envelops; 

  a  thematic  pillar,  complementing  the  geographic 
pillar  with  global  thematic  programmes,  such  as 
on human rights or stability and peace; 

  and  a  non-programmable  rapid  response  pillar, 
dealing  with 
linking 
humanitarian  and  development  nexus  and  Union 
foreign policy needs and priorities. 

resilience  and 

crises, 

NDICI  –  Global  Europe  has  a  buffer  reserved  for 
emerging  challenges  and  priorities  and  may  raise 
additional financial resources from the private sector 
to support financing and investment operations in all 
its geographical areas, with special attention to LDCs, 
and countries experiencing fragility and conflict. 

States 
or 

or 
countries. 

Delivery mode 
NDICI  –  Global  Europe  is  delivered  through  direct 
management  by  the  Commission 
(centrally  and 
through  the  Union  Delegations)  as  well  as  through 
indirect  management  by  entities,  such  as  the  EU 
international 
agencies 
member 
organisations 
Financial 
partner 
instruments  will  be  designed  in  partnership  with  the 
European  Investment  Bank,  Member  States’  financial 
institutions  or  other  European  and 
international 
development  financial  institutions.  The  lead  services 
involved  in  implementing  the  instrument  are  DG 
INTPA, DG NEAR and FPI, in cooperation with the EEAS 
and  DG  TRADE  and  other  line  DGs  especially  on 
external  dimensions  of  internal  policies  like  climate, 
energy, digital and education. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
The programme groups together a number of on- and 
off-balance  sheet  instruments  from  the  2014-2020 
MFF,  amongst  them  the  Development  Cooperation 
Instrument, the European Development Fund and the 
European  Neighbourhood  Instrument.  Having  such  a 
comprehensive instrument will allow the EU to have a 
better, more comprehensive external action and better 
deliver on results.  
.

159 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

Performance Framework 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

To support and foster dialogue and cooperation with third countries and regions in the Neighbourhood, in Sub-Saharan 
Africa, in Asia and the Pacific, and in the Americas and the Caribbean; to develop special strengthened partnerships and 
enhanced political cooperation with the European Neighbourhood, founded on cooperation, peace and stability and a shared 
commitment to the universal values of democracy, rule of law and respect for human rights, and aiming at deep and 
sustainable democracy and progressive socio-economic integration as well as people-to-people contacts 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

The  Rule  of  Law  score  in  relation  to  countries 
benefiting from Union assistance 

Guarantees of fundamental 
rights and values 

Impact 

https://info.worldbank.org
/governance/wgi/Home/R
eports  

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Proportion  of  population  below  the  international 
poverty line 

Poverty eradication 

Impact 

https://unstats.un.org/sdg
s/indicators/database/  

First data in 2022; estimated lag 3 
years; annually 

At global level, to protect, promote and advance democracy, and the rule of law, including accountability mechanisms, and 
human rights, including gender equality and the protection of human rights defenders, including in the most difficult 
circumstances and urgent situations, to support civil society organisations, to further stability and peace and prevent 
conflict, thereby contributing to the protection of civilians, to address other global challenges such as, climate change, 
protection of biodiversity and the environment, as well as migration and mobility; 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

N. of women of reproductive age, adolescent girls, 
and  children  under  5 
reached  by  nutrition 
programmes with Union support34 

N.  of  smallholders  reached  with  Union  supported 
interventions  aimed  to  increase  their  sustainable 
production,  access  to  markets  and/or  security  of 
land24 

Human development – 
nutrition 

Output 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually  

Human development  

Output 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

N.  of  1-year  olds  fully  immunised  with  Union 
support24 

Human development – 
health 

Output 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

N.  of  individuals  with  access  to  improved  drinking 
water  source  and/or  sanitation  facilitation  with 
Union support24 

Number  of  students  enrolled  in  education:  (a) 
primary  education  (b)  secondary  education  and 
number  of  people  who  have  benefitted  from 
VET/skills 
institution 
the 
development 
Union24 

or 
workplace-based 
interventions,  supported  by 

Human development – 
health 

Result 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Human development – 
education 

Output 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annual 

N.  of  victims  of  human  right  violations  directly 
benefitting from assistance funded by the Union24 

Human rights 

Output 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

34 These are Level 2 indicators in the EU Results Framework. 

160 

 
  
 
                                                 
Neighbourhood and the World 

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

Proportion  of Union  funded cooperation  promoting 
gender equality and women’s empowerment35 

Gender equality 

Input 

Commission's 
financial 
management system 

internal 
information 

First  data  in  2022;  estimated  lag 
none; annually 

Migrants,  refugees  and  internally  displaced  people 
or  individuals  from host  communities  protected  or 
assisted with Union support24 

Migration 

Output 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Number of SMEs applying sustainable consumption 
and production practices with Union support24 

Healthy  environment  and 
climate change mitigation 

Result 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Countries  and  cities  with  climate  change  and/or 
disaster 
reduction  strategies  with  Union 
support24 

risk 

Healthy  environment  and 
climate change mitigation 

Result 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Greenhouse  gas  emissions  avoided  (Ktons  CO2eq) 
with Union support24 

Healthy  environment  and 
climate change mitigation 

Result 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Area  of  marine, 
freshwater 
ecosystems protected and/or sustainably managed 
with Union support24 

terrestrial  and 

Healthy  environment  and 
climate change mitigation 

Result 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Renewable  energy  generation  capacity  installed 
(MW) with Union support24 

Healthy  environment  and 
climate change mitigation 

Output 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Leverage  of  investments  and  multiplier  effect 
achieved25 

Inclusive growth, decent jobs 
sector 
private 
and 
engagement 

Output 

Commission's 
financial 
management system 

internal 
information 

First  data  in  2022;  estimated  lag 
none; annually 

To respond rapidly to: situations of crisis, instability and conflict including those which may result from migratory flows 
and forced displacement and hybrid threats; resilience challenges, including natural and man-made disasters, and linking of 
humanitarian aid and development action; as well as the Union foreign policy needs and priorities. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Number  of  individuals  directly  benefiting  from 
Union supported interventions that specifically aim 
to  support  civilian  post-conflict,  peace  building  or 
conflict prevention24 

Conflict prevention, peace-
building and crisis 
preparedness 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Output 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in June 2022; estimated 
lag: 6 months; annually  

Number  of  processes  related  to  partner  country 
practices  on  trade,  investment  and  business,  or 
promoting the external dimension of Union internal 
policies  or  Union 
interest,  which  have  been 
influenced24 

Union foreign policy 

Result 

Commission’s  monitoring  and 
reporting systems 

First data in June 2022; estimated 
lag: 6 months; annually  

Number  of Union  funded  initiatives  supporting  the 
implementation  of  political,  economic  and  social 
reforms and joint agreements in partner countries25 

Union foreign policy 

Input 

Commission's 
financial 
management system 

internal 
information 

First data in June 2022; estimated 
lag: 6 months; annually  

35 These are Level 1 indicators in the EU Results Framework 

161 

 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Neighbourhood and the World 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

BASED ON POLITICAL AGREEMENT 

The baselines for these indicators are the average values over 2014-2020.  

Baselines and 
targets for Level 1 
indicators in the EU 
Result Framework 

Step 1: The monitoring services of the relevant DGs of the Commission provide the available data on performance over the 
2014-2020 MFF;  

Step 2: The Commission’s relevant units adjust for changes in budget and priorities.  

Baselines and 
targets for Level 2 
indicators in the EU 
Result Framework 

Since these indicators measure results achieved since the beginning of the MFF, at the beginning of the MFF nothing 
has been achieved yet and therefore the baselines are zero. 

Step 1: The monitoring services of the relevant DGs of the Commission provide the available data on performance over the 
2014-2020 MFF;  

Step 2: The Commission’s relevant units adjust for changes in budget and priorities.  

In some cases, only 3 years of data will be available, meaning that milestones and targets will have to be set with very limited 
information. Consequently, these milestones and targets will be conservative.  

Baselines and 
targets for context 
indicators  

The baselines for these indicators are the values in 2020. 

Step 1: The monitoring services of the relevant DGs of the Commission use the historical data to project future values using 
linear interpolation;  

Step 2: The Commission’s relevant units validate. 

These indicators are context indicators, and the results they measure are in no way attributable to our actions. Consequently, 
targets will be estimated by using past values to project into the future, assuming past trends will continue in the future. Linear 
projections will be used unless the data indicates that a nonlinear approach would be more appropriate. 

162 

 
 
 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

BASED ON COMMISSION PROPOSAL 

EI-INSC 
European Instrument for International Nuclear Safety Cooperation 

PROPOSAL FOR A COUNCIL 
REGULATION establishing a European 
Instrument for Nuclear Safety 
complementing the Neighbourhood, 
Development and International 
Cooperation Instrument on the basis of 
the Euratom Treaty 

COM/2018/462 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027  

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!jH36Mv  

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

314.4 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

37.6 

38.6 

39.9 

41.8 

44.1 

47.2 

50.9 

300.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
EINS was carried out in 2018.  
For further information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!gh96VH  

Challenge 
The  operation  of  nuclear  power  plants 
is  the 
responsibility  of  any  State  that  chooses  to  include 
nuclear  in  its  energy  mix.  Nevertheless,  as  history 
showed with the accidents of Chernobyl in 1986 and 
Fukushima  in  2011,  any  accident  has  transboundary 
consequences  and  affects  the  population  and  the 
environment of neighbouring countries and regions. In 
other words, ensuring nuclear safety and security has 
features of a public good.  

The European Union has thus both a role to play and 
value to add in terms of safeguarding the safety and 
security of its citizens and protecting the environment 
by ensuring that nuclear reactors are operated safely 
and according to the best international standards. 

Mission 
EI-INSC’  objective  is  to  support  the  promotion  of 
nuclear  safety  culture  and  radiation  protection,  the 
safe  management  of  spent  nuclear  fuels  and 
radioactive  wastes,  and  the  application  of  effective 
and efficient safeguards of nuclear materials in third 
countries. 

This  is  to  be  achieved  by  cooperating  with  the  key 
stakeholders  and,  in  particular,  with  the  responsible 
nuclear  regulatory  authorities,  with  the  aim  of 
transferring EU expertise and promoting transparency 
by  third  countries’  authorities  in  nuclear  -related 
decision-making.  

Objectives 
EI-INSC’ objectives are:  

1.  the  promotion  of  an  effective  nuclear 
safety  and  radiation  protection  culture  and 
implementation  of  the  highest  nuclear 
safety  and  radiation  protection  standards, 
and  continuous  improvement  of  nuclear 
safety,  including  through  the  promotion  of 
transparency  of  third  countries’  authorities’ 
decision  making  processes  relating  to  the 
safety of nuclear installations;  

radioactive  waste  and 

2.  responsible and safe management of spent 
the 
fuel  and 
remediation  of 
decommissioning  and 
installations, 
former  nuclear  sites  and 
including  the  promotion  of  transparency  of 
third countries’ authorities’ decision making 
processes; 

3.  the establishment of efficient and effective 
safeguards  for  nuclear  material  in  third 
countries. 

Actions 
EI-INSC  will  establish  cooperation  with  and  support 
beneficiary  countries  through  a  variety  of  means, 
the  provision  of  services,  equipment, 
including 
technical 
and 
assistance, 
information  exchange  (including  through  twinning 
projects).  EI-INSC  can  also  provide  budget  support, 
and  take  part  in  multi-lateral  assistance/cooperation 

tutoring, 

training, 

projects together with Member States or International 
Organisations. 

Delivery mode 
Direct  management  by  the  Commission  (including 
through  the  Union  Delegations)  and  under  indirect 
management  by  entities,  such  as  the  EU  member 
States’  agencies  or  International  Organisations  that 
ensure  a  level  of  protection  of  the  EU’s  financial 
interests equivalent to that under direct management. 
Indirect  management  may  also  be  entrusted  to 
partner countries or the bodies they designate.  

financial 

instruments, 

in 
Innovative 
for 
European 
partnership  with 
Reconstruction 
other 
and  Development 
international  financial  institutions,  will  be  used  for 
blending activities.  

including 
Bank 
and 

the 

Link to MFF 2014-2020  
EI-INSC  builds  on  the  Instrument  for  Nuclear  Safety 
Cooperation in the 2014-2020 MFF.  

163 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

Performance Framework 

BASED ON COMMISSION PROPOSAL 

Promotion of an effective nuclear safety culture and implementation of the highest nuclear safety and radiation protection 
standards, and continuous improvement of nuclear safety 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number of countries benefiting from EU support in 
developing of a culture of safety for nuclear energy 

Number (of countries) 

Output 

Intervention documentation 

First  data  in  2022;  estimated  lag 
none; annually 

Responsible and safe management of spent fuel and radioactive waste and the decommissioning and remediation of 
former nuclear sites and installations 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number  of  regulatory  documents  produced  in  the 
beneficiary  countries  with  the  support  of  EU 
expertise 

Number (of documents) 

Output 

Intervention documentation 

First  data  in  2022;  estimated  lag 
none; annually 

Establishing efficient and effective safeguard systems 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number 
benefitting from EC funded projects 

nuclear 

of 

safeguards  authorities 

Number (of documents) 

Output 

Intervention documentation 

First  data  in  2022;  estimated  lag 
none; annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Baseline 

Target 

The baseline for all indicators is 0. 

The results reported over the 7 years of implementation of the previous MFF provide a basis for updating 
the target for the new exercise. Once the target has been set, the thematic unit will define the expected 
pace of results achievement.  

164 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

HUMA 
Humanitarian aid 

REGULATION OF THE COUNCIL  

(EC) No 1257/96 concerning of 20 
June 1996 concerning humanitarian 
aid 

Period of Application 
2016 – No end date 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
http://europa.eu/!br44Rp 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

10 264.9 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

1 503.0 

1 595.1 

1 626.9 

1 660.7 

1 693.6 

1 727.5 

1 762.5 

11 569.2 

response 

international  humanitarian 

Challenge 
The  scale,  frequency  and  duration  of  crises  that 
demand 
is 
increasing,  aggravated  by  long-term  trends  such  as 
rapid  and 
climate  change,  population  growth, 
unsustainable urbanisation, resource scarcities as well 
as increasingly protracted armed conflicts. These are, 
and  will  continue  to  be,  among  the  main  drivers  of 
humanitarian  crises,  which  in  turn  generate  growing 
humanitarian  needs  globally.  The  situation  has  been 
exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic.  

The  2021  Global  Humanitarian  Overview 
(GHO) 
presented  funding  requirements  of  $35.1  billion  to 
assist  159.9  million  of  the  235.4  million  people  in 
need.  While  humanitarian  funding 
is  constantly 
increasing,  it  is  not increasing  at  the  same  speed  as 
needs.  Funding  for  the  plans  included  in  the  2020 
total 
GHO 
requirements).  This  funding  gap  is  expected  to 
continue  to  grow,  as  is  the  need  for  front-line  life-
saving humanitarian assistance. 

reached  $19.11  billion 

(50.1%  of 

The  EU  is  able  to  fill  some  of  the  gaps  in  global 
humanitarian  aid,  including  by  addressing  needs  in 
areas  which  are  difficult  to  access,  and  by  providing 
response  not  only  to  the  biggest  and  most  visible 
humanitarian crises, but also to those receiving no or 
international  aid  and  political/media 
insufficient 
attention.  Member  States  often  look  at  the  EU  as  a 
donor  to  provide  assistance  in  crises  where  they  are 
not  able  to  intervene in  a  national  capacity.  Member 
States  also  benefit  from  the  EU's  "humanitarian 
diplomacy",  because  of  the  financial  weight  (the  EU 
and its Member States together are a leading donor), 
allowing  for  stronger  advocacy  for  the  respect  of 
International  Humanitarian  Law.  In  addition,  larger 
programmes  result  in  more  effective  provision  of 
humanitarian  aid,  through,  e.g.,  economies  of  scale. 
Another  key  element  of  EU  added  value  for  Member 
States  lies  in  the  strong  operational  knowledge  and 
technical  expertise  of  the  EU's  unique  network  of 
humanitarian  field  offices  spread  over  almost  40 
countries.  

Mission 
HUMA  provides  emergency,  life-saving  assistance  to 
people,  particularly  the  most  vulnerable,  hit  by 
man-made or natural disasters. 

line  with 

In 
the  Humanitarian  Aid  Regulation 
(1257/96),  people  affected  by  disaster  or  conflict, 
irrespective  of  their  race,  ethnic  group,  religion,  sex, 
age,  nationality  or  political  affiliation  benefit  from 
humanitarian  assistance,  which  must  not  be  guided 
by, or subject to, political considerations. The EU acts 
on  the  basis  of  the 
international  humanitarian 
principles  of  humanity,  neutrality,  impartiality  and 
independence. 

Humanitarian aid is often the only EU instrument able 
to  intervene  concretely  in  acute  conflict  situations. 
Thanks  to  its  flexibility,  humanitarian  aid  has  also 
made a significant difference in many of the countries 
and  crises  at  the  origin  of  the  global  refugee  and 
migration crisis.  

Objectives  
HUMA’s main specific objectives are to:  

  provide  needs-based  delivery  of  EU  assistance  to 
save  and  preserve  life,  prevent  and  alleviate 
human  suffering  and  safeguard  the  integrity  and 
dignity  of  populations  affected  by  natural 
disasters  or  man-made  crises,  also  including 
protracted crises; 

  build  the  resilience  and  capacity  to  recover  of 
vulnerable  or  disaster-affected  communities,  in 
complementarity with other EU instruments. 

Actions 
Humanitarian  interventions  mainly  consist  of  funding 
projects  carried  out  by  around  200  partner 
organisations  –  non-governmental  organisations 
(NGOs)  including  national  societies  of  the  Red  Cross, 
International  Organisations  including  United  Nations 
agencies and Red Cross and Red Crescent movement, 
and Member States’ specialised agencies. Most of the 
times  these  interventions  occur  in  complex,  risky 
contexts with difficult access conditions. Besides being 
lead donor, the EU has been playing a leading role in 
the  development  of  new  policy  approaches  (e.g. 
education  in  emergencies;  or  people-centred  inter-
sectoral  needs  assessment)  and  innovative  funding 
modalities (e.g. cash-based assistance). 

financial 

Delivery mode 
In  most  cases,  the  Commission  delivers  assistance 
through 
individual 
support 
agreements with partner organisations (NGOs, United 
Nations 
international 
or 
organisations).  The  management  mode  applied  with 
NGOs  is  direct  management,  and  with  the  UN  and 
International Organisations, indirect management. 

agencies, 

through 

other 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
The  Humanitarian  Aid  Regulation  is  not  bound  by 
duration to a specific MFF, hence the policy and legal 
framework  for  the  EU's  humanitarian  aid  is  not 
expected to change. 

165 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

Performance Framework 

Provide an adequate and effective humanitarian assistance to populations affected by humanitarian crises 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Geographical coverage of the EU Humanitarian Aid: 
Number of countries with EU-supported operations 
in  need  of 
as  a  percentage  of  countries 
humanitarian 
to  UN 
Humanitarian Appeals. 

assistance 

according 

A global humanitarian donor 

Impact 

UN  FTS 
Service)  

(Financial  Tracking 

First  data  in  2021;  estimated  lag 
three months; annually 

Percentage  humanitarian  aid  funding  targeting 
actions in forgotten crises. 

Forgotten crises 

Output 

EVA Actions 

First  data  in  2021;  estimated  lag 
three months; annually 

Percentage  of  Humanitarian  Aid  initial  budget 
allocated to Education in Emergencies 

Education in Emergencies 

Output 

Initial allocations based on the 
Draft humanitarian aid budget 

First  data  in  2021;  estimated  lag 
one year; annually 

Number  of  children  reached  with  EU  Education  in 
Emergencies assistance 

Education in Emergencies 

Result 

Hope Database  

First  data  in  2022;  estimated  lag 
three months; annually 

Number of humanitarian projects per sector 

Adequate 
humanitarian assistance 

and 

effective 

Number 
humanitarian aid operations (beneficiaries) 

interventions 

of 

of 

ECHO-funded 

Adequate 
humanitarian assistance 

and 

effective 

Output 

Hope database 

First  data  in  2021;  estimated  lag 
three months; annually 

Result 

EVA Action - EU Database  

First  data  in  2021;  estimated  lag 
three months; annually 

Ensure people and communities at risk of disasters are resilient and prepared 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Percentage  of  humanitarian  assistance  grants 
including  elements  of  disaster  preparedness, 
resilience and disaster risk reduction 

Preparedness,  resilience  and 
disaster risk reduction 

Output 

EVA Actions- EU Database 

First  data  in  2021;  estimated  lag 
three months; annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Baselines 

Geographical coverage of the EU Humanitarian Aid: Number of countries with EU-supported operations 
as a percentage of countries in need of humanitarian assistance according to UN Humanitarian Appeals:  

This indicator shows the geographical coverage of the EU humanitarian aid. It measures the number of countries 
with EU-supported operations as a percentage of countries in need of humanitarian assistance according to 
UN Humanitarian Appeals. This indicator aims to confirm the EU role as a main, influential humanitarian actor, 
promoting a principled response. The UN appeals are an international agreed reference for the humanitarian aid 
sector. 

The baseline set in 2018 is 96%. In order to set it, DG ECHO compared in OCHA FTS the list of countries for 
which there is a humanitarian appeal to the list of countries to which the Commission contributes. Contributions 
reported in FTS can be pledges, commitments and payments, therefore, for a given project/country, commitments 
and payments will often appear on different years. 

Percentage humanitarian aid funding targeting actions in forgotten crisis: 

The baseline set in 2019 is 15.77%, in line with the political commitment to keep annual funding for forgotten 
crisis at least at 15% of the initial humanitarian aid budget. 

166 

 
 
 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

Percentage of Humanitarian Aid initial budget allocated to Education in Emergencies 

This indicator reflects the 10% funding commitment put forward in the Commission’s Communication25 on 
Education in Emergencies and Crises (COM(2018)304 of May 2018). 

This baseline set in 2020 is 10%, in line with the commitment included in the Communication to allocate every 
year 10% of the initial budget in Education in Emergencies. This constraint is taken into account in every 
Humanitarian Implementation Plan, which provide more detailed information on the operational priorities 
identified. 

Number of children reached with EU Education in Emergencies assistance: 

This indicator provides information on the number of children benefitting from EU-funded Education in 
Emergencies support. 

The baseline set for projects concluded in 2019 is 1.86 million children. 

Number of humanitarian projects per sector: 

This indicator provides information on the reach of EU humanitarian assistance and focuses on the number of 
humanitarian projects per sector of intervention and serves the purpose of tracking, on a yearly basis, the 
evolution of Humanitarian Aid spending in each sector of intervention. 

The baseline set in 2019 is:  

Multi-purpose cash transfer- 77 

Protection- 539 

Food Security and Livelihood- 229 

Health- 304 

Education in Emergencies-228 

Shelter and Settlements-156 

Nutrition - 280 

WASH- 315 

Disaster risk reduction/ preparedness- 501 

Coordination - 266 

Support Operations- 135 

Mine actions- 25 

Number of interventions of ECHO-funded humanitarian aid operations 

These statistical data are based on the aggregation of the estimated number of “action beneficiaries” as declared 
by the partners implementing humanitarian projects funded by the Commission. The calculation is done on a 
yearly basis. One single individual beneficiary in need of humanitarian assistance can benefit from more than one 
humanitarian action and from more than one project. 

The baseline set for projects in 2019 is 177 million interventions.  

Percentage of humanitarian assistance grants including elements of disaster preparedness, resilience and 
disaster risk reduction 

This indicator measures the consideration of risks in humanitarian assistance programming, including needs based 
and risks based approach in humanitarian assistance. 

The baseline set in 2020 is 58%.  

Targets 

Geographical coverage of the EU Humanitarian Aid: Number of countries with EU supported operations 
as a percentage of countries in need of humanitarian assistance according to UN Humanitarian Appeals:  

The EU aims to confirm the EU role as a main, influential humanitarian actor, promoting a principled response, 
therefore it aims to increase the percentage of countries with EU-supported operations. 

The target is to increase the current performance and reach 100% of countries in need of humanitarian assistance 
according to UN Humanitarian Appeals.  

Percentage humanitarian aid funding targeting actions in forgotten crisis: 

The target is defined by the Political commitment that at least 15% of the initial planned budget will be 
allocated to forgotten crises.  

Percentage of Humanitarian Aid initial budget allocated to Education in Emergencies 

167 

 
 
 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

The target is to allocate 10% of the initial Humanitarian Aid budget to Education in Emergencies, in line with 
Commission’s Communication on Education in Emergencies and Crises (COM(2018)304 of May 2018). 

Number of children reached with EU Education in Emergencies assistance: 

DG ECHO will continue its Education in Emergencies (EiE) actions across the world, and at the same indicative 
target rate as in 2020, dedicating 10% of EU humanitarian aid to EiE. The overall aim of these actions is to restore 
and maintain access to safe, quality, and inclusive education during humanitarian crises, and to support out-of-
school children to quickly enter or return to quality learning opportunities. 

The target is to improve the current performance and increase the number of children reached every year.. 

Number of humanitarian projects per sector: 

This is an indicator tracking what was done with the budget. This indicator is for monitoring purposes 
only, therefore no target is set. Number of interventions of ECHO funded humanitarian aid operations 
(beneficiaries) 

The target is to improve the current performance and increase the number of interventions. 

Percentage of humanitarian assistance grants including elements of disaster preparedness, resilience and 
disaster risk reduction 

In line with the political commitment to mainstream preparedness and disaster resilience, the target is to improve 
compared to the 58% baseline set in 2020 and reach 75%. The indicator measures the percentage of humanitarian 
assistance grants including elements of disaster preparedness, resilience and disaster risk reduction (DRR) over 
the overall number of grants. 

168 

 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

CFSP 
COMMON FOREIGN AND SECURITY POLICY 

Articles 28, 42(4) and 43(2) of the 
Treaty on European Union 

The Member States adopt individual 
Council Decisions for each specific 
action in the area of CFSP.  

faces  several  ongoing  challenges 

Challenge 
The  EU 
in 
international  security  and  stability.  Key  ones  include 
smuggling, 
organised 
migration,  the  proliferation  of  conventional  weapons 
and  weapons  of  mass  destruction,  and  security 
threats stemming from weak rule of law in some third 
countries.  

terrorism,  people 

crime, 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!Dh87hn  

It  is  therefore  essential  for  the  EU  to  support  third 
countries  in  security  sector  reform  and  help  them 
establish  efficient  civilian  security  services,  thereby 
increasing  their  capacities  to  tackle  internal  and 
external security challenges. 

CFSP pursues its objectives by: 

a)  Different  types  of  civilian  Common  Security  and 
Defence  Policy  Missions,  depending  on 
the 
Council’s  mandate,  e.g.,  Advisory  Missions 
counselling host countries on drafting legislation in 
the  security  sector  or  capacity-building  Missions 
providing hands-on operational activities.  

b)  Actions 

to 

related 

non-proliferation 

and 
disarmament.  These  are  implemented  through 
agreements  with 
international  organisations, 
notably  within  the  United  Nations  family,  as  well 
as  for  specific  purposes  with  other  select 
organisations in the field of non-proliferation and 
disarmament. 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

2 088.0 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

351.9 

361.7 

371.8 

382.1 

392.7 

403.6 

414.7 

Total 
programming 

2 678.7 

CFSP annual reports 
Reports on the implementation of the 
CFSP are produced annual. For further 
information please consult: 
http://europa.eu/!kB37Tp 

in 

is  primarily 

Delivery mode 
The  management  mode 
indirect 
management  for  civilian  Common  Security  and 
Defence  Policy 
(CSDP)  Missions  as  well  as 
Non-Proliferation and Disarmament actions, and to a 
lesser  extent  in  direct  management. The  lead  service 
for  the  programming  of  CFSP  actions  is  the  EEAS, 
while FPI is responsible for ensuring  sound financial 
management of the funds. 

CFSP  is  implemented  on  the  basis  of  individual 
Decisions adopted by the Council. Under Articles 42(4) 
legal 
and  43(2)  TEU,  the  Councils  adopts  the 
framework for civilian CSDP Missions. On the basis of 
Article 28 TEU, Member States may decide to launch 
operational actions, for example stabilisation actions. 
As regards actions in the field of non-proliferation and 
disarmament,  the  Council  adopts  decisions  on  the 
grounds of Articles 28(1) and 31(1) TEU. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
CFSP will remain a separate tool, but complementary 
with  other  conflict  and  crisis  response  instruments, 
e.g.  the  rapid  response  pillar  of  the  Neighbourhood, 
Development 
Cooperation 
Instrument 
the  2021-  2027  MFF. 
Continued  strong  support  for  non-proliferation  of 
weapons of mass destruction and disarmament, with 
increased levels of support to match Member States’ 
ambition, is expected. 

and 
(NDICI)  for 

International 

The  Treaty  on  the  European  Union  (TEU,  Article 21) 
defines common overarching principles and objectives 
for  the  external  action  of  the  Union,  in  particular  to 
"preserve  peace,  prevent  conflicts  and  strengthen 
international  security".  While  the  individual  activities 
of  Member  States  clearly  contribute to  achieving  the 
goals of the EU’s Common Foreign and Security Policy 
(CFSP),  the combined  political  weight  of  the  EU  as  a 
whole  helps  to  provide  a  critical  mass  to  respond  to 
global  challenges.  Regarding  non-proliferation  and 
disarmament 
(NPD)  activities,  the  EU's  support 
provides  significant  benefit  for  the  universalisation 
and effective implementation of international treaties, 
the 
agreements 
conventions 
proliferation of both conventional arms and weapons 
of  mass  destruction, 
their  delivery 
mechanisms.  

addressing 

including 

and 

Mission 
CFSP actions aim to ensure the EU’ ability to act and 
intervene  quickly  to  address  civilian  crises  and  to 
promote  nuclear  non-proliferation  and  disarmament 
through support for multi-lateral action. Interventions 
in  both  areas  help  the  EU  "preserve  peace,  prevent 
conflict  and  strengthen  international  security"  as 
envisaged under Article 21 of the Treaty on European 
Union. 

Objectives 
CFSP pursues two specific objectives: 

1.  promoting international cooperation in the field of 
reform  and  developing  and 
security  sector 
consolidating  democracy  and  rule  of  law  as  well 
as  promoting  human  rights  and  fundamental 
freedoms;  

2.  promoting strategic cooperation with international 
partners on non-proliferation of weapons of mass 
destruction  and  on 
illicit 
accumulation  of  small  arms  and  light  weapons 
and  other  conventional  weapons,  and  supporting 
the EU policy on conventional arms exports.  

combatting 

the 

Actions 

169 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

Performance Framework 

Fast action to enable resource-effective CFSP intervention as part of the Integrated Approach 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Percentage  of  Contribution  Agreements  with  EU 
Special Representatives  and  CSDP  Missions  signed 
within 4 weeks after Council Decision adoption 

Resource-effectiveness 
CFSP intervention 

of 

Output 

FPI 

First data in March 2022 estimated 
lag: 3 months; annually 

Percentage of CFSP interventions coordinated with 
interventions financed under other EU instruments 

Resource-effectiveness 
CFSP intervention 

of 

Result 

EU 
Missions, 
CSDP 
Delegations,  FPI  and  other 
Commission services, EEAS 

First data in March 2022 estimated 
lag: 3 months; annually 

Percentage  of  positively  pillar  assessed36  CSDP 
Missions not requiring supervisory measures as for 
article 154.5 of the Financial Regulation. 

Resource-effectiveness 
CFSP intervention 

of 

Result 

FPI 

First data in March 2022 estimated 
lag: 3 months; annually 

Support the implementation and promotion of: 1) strategy on non-proliferation of weapons of mass destruction in order to 
increase security in this area; 2) strategy on combating illicit accumulation and trafficking of Small Arms and Light 
Weapons as well as measures against illicit spread and trafficking of other conventional weapons; 3) EU’s policies in the 
field of conventional arms exports whilst ensuring complementarity with the Stability and Peace actions under NDICI 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Percentage  of 
relevant  non-proliferation  and 
disarmament actions that are complementary with 
actions funded under the Instrument contributing to 
Stability  and  Peace  /  Stability  and  Peace  under 
NDICI 

Implementation 
and 
promotion  of  respective  EU 
strategies and actions 

Result 

FPI 

First data in March 2022 estimated 
lag: 3 months; annually  

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Specific objective 1:  

The baseline for the output indicator measuring the percentage of Contribution Agreements with EU Special 
Representatives and CSDP Missions signed within 4 weeks after Council Decision adoption is set at 0%.  

The baseline for the result indicator measuring the percentage of CFSP interventions coordinated with 
interventions financed under other EU instruments is 0%.  

Baselines 

The baseline for the result indicator measuring the percentage of positively pillar assessed CSDP Missions not 
requiring supervisory measures as for article 154.5 of the Financial Regulation is calculated by counting annual 
the number of pillar-assessed Missions over the existing Missions (cut-off date: 31 December 2019).  

Specific objective 2:  

The baseline for the result indicator measuring the percentage of relevant non-proliferation and disarmament 
actions that are complementary with actions funded under the Instrument contributing to Stability and Peace 
under NDICI is set at 0%.  

Specific objective 1:  

Targets 

The target for the output is calculated by taking into account the reference performance in the past (i.e.., the time 
elapsed between the adoption of relevant Council Decisions and the signature of Contribution Agreements by 
FPI), and taking into account any improvements in the FPI/EEAS joint panning of future actions and possible 

36 The Pillar Assessment aims to assess the organisation's compliance with the Commission's requirements for indirect management and budget implementation 

170 

 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Neighbourhood and the World 

efficiency gains deriving from better Information Technology tools and working methods 

The forecast of the target for the result indicator measuring the percentage of CFSP interventions coordinated 
with interventions financed under other EU instruments is based on the number of interventions in Missions that 
were coordinated with other EU instruments. 

The forecast of the target for the result indicator measuring the percentage of positively pillar assessed CSDP 
Missions not requiring supervisory measures as for article 154.5 of the Financial Regulation is 100%. 

Specific objective 2:  

The forecast of the 100% target is calculated based on the number of NPD actions and Stability and Peace 
actions that have the potential to be complementary. 

171 

 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

OAD 
Overseas Association Decision 

PROPOSAL FOR A COUNCIL 
DECISION on the Association of 
the Overseas Countries and 
Territories with the European Union 
including relations between the 
European Union on the one hand, 
and Greenland and the Kingdom of 
Denmark on the other ('Overseas 
Association Decision') 

COM/2018/461 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!JF97ku 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

217.837 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

67.0 

69.0 

70.0 

71.4 

72.9 

74.3 

75.4 

500.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
Association of the OCTs with the EU 
was carried out in 2018.  
For further information please 
consult: 
https://europa.eu/!gh96VH  

Challenge 
The 13 Overseas Countries and Territories (OCTs) are 
not sovereign countries. They are part of the territory 
of three EU Member States (Denmark, France and the 
Netherlands),  but  not  of  the  EU,  though  they  have 
been associated with the EU since the Treaty of Rome. 
Except for Wallis and Futuna, OCTs are not eligible for 
development aid under OECD criteria. 

OCTs are especially vulnerable to climate change and 
environmental degradation due to their geography (all 
are islands). At the same time, almost all are located 
in global biodiversity hotspots and – together with the 
Outermost Regions – account for the vast majority of 
EU  biodiversity.  They  face  major  challenges  in  terms 
of  ensuring  economic  diversification  (including  away 
from  overreliance  on  potentially  volatile  tourism 
revenues), competitiveness, digital transformation and 
connectivity  (several  OCTs  are  remote  and  isolated 
islands).  Finally,  the OCTs  in  the  Caribbean  also  face 
migratory pressures due to the crisis in Venezuela. 

The  new  Overseas  Association  Decision 
(OAD) 
provides  an  updated  legal  framework  for  supporting 
OCTs’  actions 
in  tackling  these  challenges  and 
ensuring  their  economic  and  social  development.  For 
the  first  time,  the  OAD  incorporates  the  Greenland 
Decision,  placing  all  OCTs  firmly  within  the  same 
instrument and under the same source of funding, the 
EU  Budget  (OCTs  other  than  Greenland  previously 
benefitted from the European Development Fund). 

The  EU  has  an  interest  in  supporting  the  OCTs’ 
economic and social development, as OCTs  share EU 
values  and  policy  priorities,  and  are  important  EU 
ambassadors  in  their  regions.  The  OCTs  can  benefit 
from  the  EU’s  significant  expertise  in  sustainable 
development. 

Mission 
The  general  objective  of  the  OAD  is  to  promote  the 
economic and social development of the OCTs and to 
establish close economic relations between them and 
the  Union  as  a  whole.  The  OAD  shall  pursue  this 
general objective by enhancing their competitiveness, 
strengthening their resilience, reducing their economic 
and  environmental  vulnerability  and  promoting 
cooperation  between 
them  and  other  partners, 
including the Union as a whole. 

Objectives 
The association between the EU and the OCTs is 
based on the political, trade and cooperation pillars. 
The specific objectives of the OAD are:  

1.  to  foster  and  support  cooperation  with  OCTs, 
including in addressing their major challenges and 
reaching the Sustainable Development Goals; 
2.  to  support  and  to  cooperate  with  Greenland  in 
addressing  its  major  challenges,  such  as  raising 
the  education  level,  and  to  contribute  to  the 
capacity  of  its  administration  to  formulate  and 
implement national policies.  

BASED ON COMMISSION PROPOSAL 

Cooperation through the OAD takes place via three 
main types of actions:  

a)  Geographic/bilateral  cooperation  with  individual 

OCTs; 

b)  Regional  programmes  benefitting  OCTs  in  the 
Caribbean, Pacific and Indian Ocean regions, based 
on shared needs;  

c)  Intra-regional 

programmes 

cooperation 
between one or a group of OCTs with one or more 
non-OCT  neighbours,  who  would  participate  with 
their own funds. 

for 

Additionally,  the  OAD  sets  aside  a  ‘reserve’  to  help 
OCTs  respond  to  unforeseen  circumstances emerging 
challenges 
(e.g.  migratory  pressures),  and  new 
international priorities.  

is 

in 

implemented 

Delivery mode 
The 
direct 
programme 
management  by  the  Commission  from  Headquarters 
and/or  through  the  Union  Delegations,  and  indirect 
management  by  entities  such  as  the  EU  Member 
States’  agencies  or  international  organisations  that 
ensure  a  level  of  protection  of  the  EU’s  financial 
interests equivalent to that under direct management. 
Indirect  management  may  also  be  entrusted  to 
partner countries or the bodies they designate.  

The  lead  service  is  DG  INTPA,  in  cooperation  with 
DG TRADE, DG REGIO and other line DGs  – especially 
like 
internal  policies 
on  external  dimensions  of 
climate, environment, energy, health and digital. 

Link to 2014-2020 MFF 
Under  the  2014-2020  MFF,  cooperation  with  OCTs 
was  carried  out  both  under  the  OAD  (which  also 
applied  to  Greenland)  and  the  additional  Greenland 
Decision.  For  simplification  purposes  and  taking  into 
account  the  2017  mid-term  evaluation  of  external 
financing  instruments,  the  OAD  and  the  Greenland 
Decision  were  merged  into  a  single  new  OAD  under 
the 2021-2027 MFF.  

With the ‘budgetisation’ of the European Development 
Fund  In  the  2021-2027  MFF,  the  EU  budget  became 
the  unified  source  of  financing  for  all  OCTs.  For  the 
first  time,  the  new  OAD  envisages  an  earmarked 
envelope  for  strengthened  cooperation  with  non-OCT 
neighbours and two horizontal spending targets: 25% 
for  climate  change  objectives  as  well  as  7.5%  of 
annual  spending  for  biodiversity  objectives  in  2024 
and 10% in 2026 and 2027.  

With the new external financing architecture, OCTs will 
be eligible for investment financing from InvestEU as 
the new OAD no longer provides for a dedicated OCT 
Investment Facility. 

OCTs  are  also  eligible  for  the  Thematic  and  Rapid 
Response  actions  of  NDICI,  and  as  a  matter  of 
for  EU  horizontal 
principle 
programmes 

they  are  eligible 

37 

includes 
Greenland 

the  Cooperation  with 

Actions 

172 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                             
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

Performance Framework 

BASED ON COMMISSION 
PROPOSAL 

Foster and support cooperation with OCTs, including in addressing their major challenges and reaching the Sustainable 
Development Goals. 

Indicator 

Dimension measured  Type 

Source 

Data availability 

For OCTs, except Greenland, exports of goods and 
services as % of GDP 

Sustainable economic 
development 

Impact 

Not yet available 38 

To be determined28 

For OCTs, except Greenland, total Government 
revenue as % of GDP. 

Sustainable economic 
development 

Impact 

 Not yet available 28 

To be determined28 

Support and cooperate with Greenland in addressing its major challenges, such as raising the education level, and 
contribute to the capacity of Greenland’s administration to formulate and implement national policies. 

Indicator 

Dimension measured  Type 

Source 

Data availability 

For Greenland, exports of goods and services as % 
of GDP  

For Greenland, percentage of the fisheries sector in 
total exports 

Sustainable economic 
development and 
diversification 

Sustainable economic 
development and 
diversification 

Impact 

Statistics Greenland: 
www.stat.gl 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Impact 

Statistics Greenland: 
www.stat.gl 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Baseline 

The baselines for these indicators are the values in 2020. 

Step 1: The Commission (DG INTPA, DG NEAR and FPI) uses the historical data to project future values using linear interpolation;  

Step 2: Thematic unit validates. 

Target 

These indicators are context indicators, and the results they measure are influenced by many other factors, besides Commission’s 
actions. Consequently, targets will be estimated by using past values to project into the future, assuming past trends will continue in 
the future. Linear projections will be used unless the data indicates that a nonlinear approach would be more appropriate. 

38 It remains to be determined whether GDP and related data will be provided by the OCTs themselves, by the Member States with which they are associated, or 
by another source. 

173 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Neighbourhood and the World 

MACRO-FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE (MFA) 
Financial Statement for the Macro-Financial Assistance 

Ad hoc decisions under Articles 
209, 212 and 213 of the Treaty on 
the Functioning of the European 
Union 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
http://europa.eu/!Uy76Wq 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

90.5 

56.4 

50.0 

56.1 

57.4 

59.3 

61.6 

64.6 

405.4 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
All final reports of completed ex post 
evaluations of MFA operations are 
published at: https://europa.eu/!pP67Jx 

Challenge 
The  economic  stability  and  prosperity  of 
its 
neighbourhood  are  of  key  geo-strategic  importance 
for the EU. In particular, all EU Member States have a 
strong  interest  to  support  neighbouring  countries 
experiencing  a  balance-of-payments  crisis  or  an 
unprecedented  economic  shock  (such  as  the  COVID-
19  pandemic),  to  minimize  adverse  macroeconomic 
and  social  spill-overs.  EU-level  action  is  thereby 
justified  as  the  benefits  of  prosperity,  stability  and 
security  in  the  EU’s  neighbourhood  flow  to  all  EU 
Member States. 

in 

Mission 
MFA is an EU financial instrument extended to partner 
countries 
the  enlargement  and  European 
Neighbourhood Policy regions that are experiencing a 
balance-of-payments crisis. Its primary objective is to 
help  countries  overcome  acute  economic  crises  and 
restore  their  economy  on  a  sustainable  growth  path, 
which 
through  economic 
adjustments and structural reforms that are included 
in the policy conditionality of the instrument. MFA is 
provided in conjunction to International Monetary 
Fund (IMF) financing. 

to  be  achieved 

is 

which 

includes 

MFA  is  part  of  the  EU’s  toolkit  for  macroeconomic 
the 
stabilisation, 
Balance-of-Payment  assistance  mechanism 
for 
Member States outside the euro area, and the rescue 
mechanisms for the euro area created in response to 
the global financial crisis.  

also 

In the current COVID-19 crisis, MFA to neighbourhood 
and  candidate  countries  will  support  external 
stabilisation  and  thereby  provide  authorities  with 
policy  space  to  implement  measures  to  counter  the 
economic  fallout  from  the  pandemic,  while  also 
encouraging the implementation of reforms.  

Objectives 
MFA has the following specific objectives: 

1.  MFA 

fulfils  a 

fundamental  macroeconomic 
stabilisation  function,  by  addressing  exceptional 
external  financing  needs  faced  by  neighbouring 
countries  and  restoring  their  economy  back  to  a 
sustainable path.  
provides 

for 
macroeconomic  adjustment  and  policy  reform  by 
means  of  strict  conditionality,  and  supports  the 
EU's  accession,  pre-accession  and  association 
agendas in the beneficiary countries.  

incentive 

strong 

a 

2.  MFA 

3.  MFA 

complements 

the  other  EU  external 
instruments  as  well  as  resources  made  available 
by IFIs and other donors, by helping to ensure that 
beneficiary  countries  put  in  place  appropriate 
macroeconomic  frameworks  and  sound  economic 
policies – which are preconditions for the success 
of  other  projects  by  the  EU  and  the  donors' 
community  aiming  at  sustainable  socio-economic 
development.  

Actions 
MFA  provides  financial  support  to  partner  countries 
facing  a  balance  of  payments  crisis.  The  amount  of 
MFA  provided  is  calculated  on  the  basis  of  the 
residual  financing  needs  under  an  IMF  programme. 
MFA  is  predominantly  provided  in  loans,  or  a  mix  of 
loans  and  grants  (the  precise  mix  in  any  specific 
assistance  depends  on  criteria  such  as  the  receiving 
its  debt 
level  of  development  and 
country’s 
sustainability/creditworthiness).  For  the  loans,  the  EU 
passes on to the beneficiary country its own funding 
costs (namely, the interest rate it has to pay to raise 
funds  by  issuing  bonds).  This  allows  the  countries 
receiving  assistance  to  benefit  from  the  low  rates 
available to the EU as a top-rated borrower.  

The Commission typically disburses MFA assistance in 
instalments  strictly  tied  to  the  beneficiary  country’s 
progress with respect to: 

  macroeconomic  and  financial  stabilisation  and 

economic recovery; 

  implementation  of  the  agreed  policy  reforms,  as 
outlined in the Memorandum of Understanding. 

  sound  progress  with  the  IMF  programme,  and 
adherence to the respect for human rights, rule of 
law and effective democratic mechanisms (the so 
called ‘political pre-condition’).  

Delivery mode 
MFA  is  implemented  in  direct  management  by  the 
Commisson, under the lead of DG: ECFIN and with the 
participation  of  other  Commission  services  and  the 
EEAS. 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
In the 2021-2027 MFF, MFA will maintain its current 
legal  status,  with  assistance  being  granted  on  the 
basis  of 
case-by-case  Decisions  adopted  by 
Legislative  Procedure  under  Article  209,  212  or  213 
TFEU.  MFA  will  remain  separate  from  the  new 
Neighbourhood,  Development  and 
International 
Cooperation  Instrument  (NDICI).  MFA  loans  will  be 
guaranteed  by  the  new  External  Action  Guarantee, 
which  builds  on  the  existing  Guarantee  Fund  for 
External Actions.  

174 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

IPA III 
Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance 

PROPOSAL FOR A 
REGULATION OF THE 
EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND 
OF THE COUNCIL establishing 
the Instrument for Pre-
accession Assistance (IPA III) 

COM/2018/465 final 

Period of Application 
2021 - 2027 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!Yq39bt 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 

2014-2020 

12 893.6 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

1 901.4 

1 940.5 

1 979.6 

2 019.6 

2 059.7 

2 101.7 

2 144.6 

14 147.1 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
IPA III was carried out in 2018. For 
further information, please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!KK86Tv 

Challenge 
Each candidate or potential candidate for Membership 
of  the  EU  must  meet  the  so-called  Copenhagen 
(accession) criteria, which measure alignment with EU 
rules, standards, policies and practices along political, 
economic  and  administrative  dimensions.  This 
requires ambitious political and economic reforms.  

Ensuring that candidate countries are prepared for EU 
membership  and  supporting  their  accession  process 
goes  beyond  the  interests  and  means  of  individual 
Member  States  and  can  thus  only  be  adequately 
achieved at EU level. 

the  political, 

Mission 
IPA  III  will  support  beneficiaries  in  adopting  and 
legal, 
implementing 
administrative, social and economic reforms required 
to  comply  with  EU  values  and  to  progressively  align 
with EU rules, standards, policies and practices with a 
view to future EU membership, thereby contributing to 
mutual stability, security, peace and prosperity.  

institutional, 

Objectives 
IPA III has the following specific objectives: 

1.  Strengthen the rule of law, democracy, the respect 
rights, 
rights  and 
law,  civil  society,  security  and 
border 

of  human 
international 
migration  management 
management; 

fundamental 

including 

2.  Reinforce 

the 

public 
administration and support structural reforms and 
good governance; 

effectiveness 

of 

3.  Shape  rules,  standards,  policies  and  practices  of 
beneficiaries in alignment to those of the EU and 
to  reinforce  reconciliation,  neighbourly  relations, 
and people-to-people contacts; 

4.  Foster socio-economic development; and reinforce 
environmental  protection,  increase  resilience  to 
climate  change,  accelerate  the  shift  towards  a 
low-carbon  economy  and  develop  the  digital 
economy and society; 

5.  Support  territorial  cohesion  and  cross-border 

cooperation. 

Actions 
IPA  III  supports  actions  under  the  following  thematic 
priorities for assistance:  

  Establishing  and  promoting  from  an  early  stage 
the  proper 
institutions 
functioning  of 
necessary in order to secure the rule of law;  

the 

  Reforming public administrations;  

  Strengthening economic governance;  

  Strengthening  capacity  to  prevent  conflict,  build 

peace and address pre-and post-crisis;  

  Strengthening  the  capacities  of  civil  society 
organisations and social partners' organisations;  

BASED ON COMMISSION 
PROPOSAL 

  Promoting  the  alignment  of  partner  countries’ 
rules, standards, policies and practices to those of 
the Union, including state aid rules; 

  Strengthening access to and quality of education, 
training  and  lifelong  learning  at  all  levels,  and 
offering support to cultural and creative sectors; 

  Fostering  quality  employment  and  access  to  the 

labour market;  

  Promoting  social  protection  and  inclusion  and 

combating poverty; 

  Promoting  smart,  sustainable, 

inclusive,  safe 
transport and removing bottlenecks in key network 
infrastructures; 

  Improving  the  private-sector  environment  and 

competitiveness of enterprises; 

  Improving  access  to  digital  technologies  and 
services and strengthening research, technological 
development and innovation;  

  Contributing to security and safety of food supply;  

  Protecting  and  improving  the  quality  of  the 

environment; 

  Increasing the ability of the agri-food and fisheries 
sectors  to  cope  with  competitive  pressure  and 
market  forces  as  well  as  to  progressively  align 
with the Union rules and standards. 

Delivery mode 
IPA III will be implemented through direct and indirect 
management.  Directorate-General  for  Neighbourhood 
and  Enlargement  Negotiations  (DG  NEAR)  is  the 
leading  service.  Directorate-General  for  Agriculture 
and  Rural  Development  (DG  AGRI)  is  responsible  for 
rural  development  programmes  and  Directorate-
General for Regional and Urban Policy (DG REGIO) for 
cross-border  cooperation  programmes  between  IPA 
beneficiaries and EU Member States. 

II,  but  will  aim 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
IPA  III  will  build  on  its  2014-2020  MFF  predecessor 
IPA 
to  accelerate  project 
implementation  by  reducing  the  time  gap  between 
project  selection  (which  will  be  based  on  technical 
maturity  besides  alignment  to  the  country-specific 
recommendations  of  the  enlargement  package)  and 
effective contracting.  

Working on the lessons learned of IPA II, in IPA III the 
final  selection  of  actions  will  also  take  into  account 
the 
the  assessment  of 
their 
beneficiaries 
commitment 
implementing 
reforms,  with  particular  attention  to  fundamental 
areas like the rule of law. 

the  performance  of 
the  enlargement  agenda, 

in 
to  and  progress 

in 

IPA  III  will  continue  to  implement  the  2018  Western 
Balkans Strategy, contribute to the implementation of 
the  Economic  and  Investment  Plan  for  the  Western 
Balkans adopted in 2020, and reflect developments in 
relations with Turkey. 

175 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

Performance Framework 

BASED ON COMMISSION 
PROPOSAL 

To strengthen the rule of law, democracy, the respect of human rights, fundamental rights and international law, civil 
society and security as well as improve migration management including border management 

Indicator 

Dimension measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Composite 
indicator  on 
enlargement countries on political criteria 

the 

readiness  of 

Extent of readiness 

Impact 

European Commission’s 
country reports on 
enlargement beneficiaries 

First data in 2022; estimated lag in 
one year; annually 

To reinforce the effectiveness of public administration and support structural reforms and good governance 

Indicator 

Dimension measured  Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Readiness  of  enlargement  countries  on  public 
administration reform 

Extent of readiness 

Impact 

First data in 2022; estimated lag in 
one year; annually 

European Commission’s 
country reports on 
enlargement beneficiaries; 
OECD-SIGMA baseline 
measurement reviews against 
the Principles of Public 
Administration. 

To shape the rules, standards, policies and practices of the beneficiaries in alignment to those of the EU and to reinforce 
reconciliation and good neighbourly relations, as well as people to people contacts and communication 

Indicator 

Dimension measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Composite 
enlargement countries on EU acquis 

indicator  on 

the 

readiness  of 

Extent of readiness 

Impact 

European Commission’s 
country reports on 
enlargement beneficiaries 

First data in 2022; estimated lag in 
one year; annually 

To strengthen economic and social development to reinforce environmental protection, increase resilience to climate 
change, accelerate the shift towards a low-carbon economy and develop the digital economy and society 

Indicator 

Dimension measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Composite indicator on the readiness of candidate 
countries and potential candidates on fundamental 
areas of the economic criteria 

Extent of readiness 

Impact 

European Commission’s 
country reports on 
enlargement beneficiaries 

First data in 2022; estimated lag in 
one year; annually 

Public Social Security expenditure 

Strengthening of social 
development  

Impact 

International Labour 
Organisation 

First data in 2022; estimated lag in 
one year; annually 

Employment rate of persons aged 20 to 64 

Strengthening of economic 
and social development 

Impact 

Eurostat,  based  on  the  EU 
Labour Force Survey  

First data in 2022; estimated lag in 
one year; annually 

Digital  gap  between  the  beneficiaries  and  EU 
average 

Development of digital 
economy  

Impact 

 First  year  of  data  available 
unknown yet; annually 

‘Monitoring  Digital  Economy 
Electronic 
and 
in 
Communications  Services 
Balkans 
Turkey’, 
and 
developed  on  behalf  of  the 
European Commission  

Ease of doing business 

Strengthening of economic 

Impact 

World Bank 

First data in 2022; estimated lag in 

176 

 
 
 
Neighbourhood and the World 

and social development 

BASED ON COMMISSION 
PROPOSAL 
one year; annually 

Energy  intensity  measured  in  terms  of  primary 
energy and GDP 

Strengthening of economic 
and social development 

Impact 

Greenhouse  gas  emissions  reduced  or  avoided 
(Ktons CO2eq) with EU support 

Strengthening of economic 
and social development 

Impact 

Energy balances available 
from the International Energy 
Agency and the United Nations 
Statistics Division 

First data in 2022; estimated lag in 
one year; annually 

First data in 2022; estimated lag in 
one year; annually 

intervention feasibility, 
appraisal and/or 
implementation documents 
and reports; monitoring 
reports of implementing 
organisations 

To support territorial and cross-border cooperation 

Indicator 

Dimension measured  Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Number  of  cross-border  cooperation  programmes 
concluded among IPA beneficiaries and IPA/EU MS 

Support  to  territorial  and 
cross-border cooperation 

Impact  

DG NEAR  

First data in 2022; estimated lag in 
one year; annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets  

Baselines 

The baselines will be set based on the latest known scores for a given indicator. In particular, as far as the indicator measuring the 
digital gap is concerned, currently, only one of the beneficiaries is able to calculate the full DESI score. Hence the metadata of this 
indicator is adapted to measure reporting on DESI index among the IPA beneficiaries. 

Step 1: NEAR uses the historical data to project future values; Step 2: thematic unit validates.  

Targets 

These indicators are impact indicators, and the results they measure are to a limited extent attributable to our actions. External 
effects (such as economical and health situation, political will, etc.) influence these results in the candidate countries and potential 
candidates. Consequently, targets will be estimated by using past trends to project the level of ambition into the future (stability or 
increase in comparison to the baseline). 

177 

 
 
 
SPECIAL INSTRUMENTS AND MECHANISM OUTSIDE THE 
MFF 
Special instruments ensure the flexibility of the EU budget and enable the EU to mobilise the necessary 
funds to react to unforeseen events, such as natural disasters, crises, and other emergencies. With their help, 
additional financial support can be mobilised so that every euro is spent where it is most needed. 

The Innovation Fund is a mechanism based on Union law but financed fully outside the Multiannual 
Financial framework. Its objective is to support large-scale demonstration projects of breakthrough clean 
technologies.   

MECHACHANISM OUTSIDE THE 
MFF 

The Innovation Fund 

SPECIAL INSTRUMENTS 

European Globalisation Adjustment Fund for Displaced 
Workers 

European Union Solidarity Fund 

178 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Special Instruments and Mechanism Outside the MFF 

IF 
The Innovation Fund 

COMMISSION DELEGATED 
REGULATION with regard to the 
operation of the Innovation Fund  
RELEVANT WEBSITES FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
(EU) 2019/856  
https://europa.eu/!VP48tr 
Period of Application 
https://europa.eu/!QB44JC  
2020 - 2030 

AMOUNT OF THE FUND  
The revenues for the Innovation 
Fund come from the auctioning of 
450 million EU Emissions Trading 
System allowances from 2020 to 
2030, as well as some unspent 
funds coming from the NER 300 
programme. The Fund may amount 
to about €14 billion, depending on 
the carbon price 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
Innovation Fund was carried out in 
2019. For further information, please 
consult: 
https://europa.eu/!Xg96fp 

Challenge 
To  meet  the  objective  of  a  climate-neutral  EU  by 
2050 and the EU target of a net domestic reduction in 
greenhouse  gas  emissions  of  at  least  55%  by  2030 
compared  to  1990,  there  is  a  need  to  support  and 
incentivize innovative and low-carbon technologies.  

The  challenge  is  to  enable  EU  companies  to  get  in 
and 
developing, 
pole 
commercialising low-carbon solutions. 

deploying 

position 

Low-carbon  technology  demonstration  projects  are 
inherently  high-risk  endeavours  and  struggle  to 
attract the required capital.  Yet they have potentially 
vast  positive  beneficial  effects,  well  beyond  the 
individual  company  or  Member  State  that  finances 
them  or  carries  them  out,  which  warrants  public 
support at the EU level.  

Mission 
IF  aims  at  catalysing  funding  for  highly  innovative 
technologies 
all 
flagship 
Member States  that  can  yield  significant  emission 
reductions by: 

projects 

and 

in 

  Creating  the  right  financial  incentives  to  invest 
now in the next generation of technologies needed 
for the EU’s low-carbon transition; and 

  Boosting 

growth 

by 
empowering  EU  companies  with  a  first-mover 
advantage to become global technology leaders. 

competitiveness 

and 

The  ultimate  goal  is  to  help  businesses  and  industry 
invest  in  clean  technologies,  thus  boosting  economic 
growth,  creating 
jobs,  and 
reinforcing  Europe’s  technological  leadership  on  a 
global scale. 

future-proof 

local 

Objectives 
IF’s specific objectives are to:  

highly 

1.  Support 

projects  with 

innovative 
technologies,  processes  or  products,  that  are 
sufficiently  mature  and  have  a  significant 
potential to reduce greenhouse gas emissions;  
2.  Offer  financial  support  tailored  to  market  needs 
and  risk  profiles  of  eligible  projects,  while 
attracting additional public and private resources;  
in 
the 

revenues  are  managed 
objectives 
the 

IF’s 
accordance  with 
EU Emission Trading System. 

3.  Ensure 

that 

of 

including 
intensive ones; 

products 

substituting 

carbon-

  carbon capture and utilisation; 

  construction  and  operation  of carbon  capture 

and storage; 

  innovative renewable energy generation; 

  energy storage. 

b)  Contributions  to  blending  operations  under  the 

Union investment support instrument; and 

c)  Prizes and procurement. 

IF  resources  may  contribute  to  InvestEU  Financial 
Instruments,  to  provide  debt  or  equity  financing  to 
clean-tech innovative projects.  

Delivery mode 
IF  is  implemented  in  direct  management  by  the 
Commission  (Directorate-General  for  Climate  Action, 
DG  CLIMA),  with  the  assistance  of  the  European 
Climate,  Infrastructure  and  Environment  Executive 
Agency  (CINEA)  to  whom  the  implementation  of  the 
grant  component  of  the  programme  is  delegated. 
Some  activities  are 
indirect 
management, through the European Investment Bank, 
for  the  management  of  the  Project  Development 
Assistance  support,  and 
IF 
resources via financial instruments. The monetisation 
of 
the 
management  of  the  Innovation  Fund  revenues  have 
also  been  delegated  to  the  European  Investment 
Bank. 

Innovation  Fund  allowances  and 

the  channelling  of 

implemented 

the 

in 

Link to the 2014-2020 MFF 
IF builds on its predecessor, the NER 300 programme 
(which  was  an  off-budget  fund,  thus  not  part  of  the 
2014-2020  MFF),  but  it  is  open  to  projects  from 
energy-intensive 
larger  grant 
coverage,  provides  support  in  more  flexible  ways, 
and—following  recommendations  from  the  Court  of 
streamlined  governance  and 
Auditors—has  a 
simplified decision-making. 

industries,  has  a 

Actions 
IF supports highly innovative technologies by  sharing 
their risk with project promoters via: 

a)  Grants  through  calls  for  large  and  small-scale 

projects focusing on: 

  innovative 
processes 

low-carbon 
in  energy-intensive 

technologies  and 
industries, 

179 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Special Instruments and Mechanism Outside the MFF 

Performance Framework 

Support projects demonstrating highly innovative technologies, processes or products that are sufficiently mature and 
have a significant potential to reduce greenhouse gas emissions 

Indicator 

Absolute 
planned/achieved 

GHG 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

emissions 

avoidance 

Result 

 CINEA database 

Level of financial maturity of supported projects 

Result 

CINEA database 

Level of operational maturity of supported projects 

Result 

CINEA database 

First data in 2022 (planned) / 2030 
(achieved);  estimated 
lag  7-10 
years; Annual  

First data in 2026; estimated lag 1 
year; Annual 

First data in 2029; estimated lag 1 
year; Annual  

Events  to  increase  knowledge  on  the  cleantech 
solutions 

Output 

CINEA database 

First data in 2022; estimated lag 1 
year; Annual 

Participants  to  knowledge events  on the  cleantech 
solutions 

Output 

CINEA database 

First data in 2022, estimated lag 1 
year, Annual 

To offer financial support tailored to market needs and risk profiles of eligible projects, while attracting additional 
public and private resources. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Sufficient  support  provided  for  grants:  Number  of 
projects supported  

Output 

CINEA database 

First data in 2022, estimated lag 1 
year, Annual 

Sufficient  support  provided  for  grants:  Funding 
committed to projects 

Output 

CINEA database 

First data in 2022, estimated lag 1 
year, Annual 

Investments mobilised - by the IF grants 

Output 

CINEA database  

Investments mobilised - via Financial Instruments 

Output 

InvestEU database  

First data in 2026, estimated lag 1 
year, Annual  

First data 1 1 year after supported 
projects  under  the  InvestEU  are 
lag  1  year, 
signed,  estimated 
Annual  

To ensure that the revenues of the Innovation Fund are managed in accordance with the objectives of the EU Emission 
Trading System (EU ETS) in terms of technology pathways and geographical coverage  

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Technology sectors covered 

Output 

CINEA database 

First data in 2022, estimated lag 1 
year, Annual 

180 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Special Instruments and Mechanism Outside the MFF 

Geographically balanced locations 

Output 

CINEA database 

First data in 2022, estimated lag 1 
year, Annual 

Estimation of baselines and targets 

Indicator 

Sufficient  support  provided  for  grants  and 
investment mobilised 

Baseline 

The baseline is 0. 

Benchmark of the NER 300 programme: the projects 
in  operation  should  result  in  €3.380  billion  of  total 
investments against €568 million of NER 300 award.  

Benchmark  from  financial  instruments  InnovFin  EDP 
and  CEF  DI:  NER  300  support  provided  so  far  (end 
2020) of €253 million should trigger €978.86 million 
of total investments. 

Target 

Provide EUR 14 billion (subject to carbon prices) over 2021-
2030 in grants to innovative clean-tech projects, which will 
lead  to  at  least  doubling  of  the  total  investments  volume 
(i.e.  EUR  28  billion),  given  the  high-risk  profile  of  the 
supported  projects.  Additional  investments  with  leverage 
ratio of at least 2 will be delivered through complementary 
financial  instruments  via  InvestEU  blending  over  the  IF 
lifetime. 

Level  of  operational  maturity  of  supported 
projects 

The baseline is 0. 

As  a  benchmark  from  the  NER  300:  so  far  only  10 
projects  successfully  entered  operation  out  of  39 
awarded projects, i.e. 22% success rate 

Increase  the  rate  of  projects  that  successfully  enter  the 
operation,  taking  into  account  their  high  risk  profile, 
compared  to  the  benchmark  of  the  NER300  Programme. 
This  entails  that  the  programme  improves  the  selection 
process and selects projects with sufficient maturity. 

IF  is  in  line  with  the  objectives  of  the  EU 
Emission  Trading  System  (EU  ETS)  in  terms 
of  technology  pathways  and  geographical 
coverage 

The baseline is 0. 

NER 300 benchmark: only limited spread technology 
categories  demonstrated 
the  portfolio  of 
successful projects 

in 

Deliver, over the Fund’s lifetime, a more balanced portfolio 
of innovative clean-tech solutions, in terms of project sizes, 
technology  pathways  covered  and  geographical  coverage, 
compared to the benchmark. 

181 

 
 
 
Special Instruments and Mechanism Outside the MFF 

EGF  
European Globalisation Adjustment Fund for Displaced Workers 

Regulation (EU) 2021/691 of the 
European Parliament and of the 
Council of 28 April 2021 on the 
European Globalisation Adjustment 
Fund for Displaced Workers (EGF) and 
repealing Regulation (EU) 
 No 1309/2013 

Period of Application 
RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
2021 – 2027 
INFORMATION 
https://ec.europa.eu/egf 

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 39 

2014 - 2020 

1 142.240 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

197.4 

201.3 

205.4 

209.5 

213.7 

217.9 

222.3 

Total 
programming 

1 467.441 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the  
EGF was carried out in 2018  
For further information please 
consult 
SWD(2018) 289 final 

The mid-term evaluation of the  
EGF was published in May 2018  
For further information please 
consult: 
COM(2018) 297 

39    Annual  figures  rounded.  Totals  do 

not tally due to rounding. 

40  Corresponds  to  the  sum  of  the 

annual ceilings 

41  Corresponds  to  the  sum  of  the 
annual ceilings in current prices. 

is  implemented  under  shared  management. 

EGF 
DG EMPL is in the lead for the Commission. 

Link to MFF 2014-2020  
its  predecessor  under  the 
The  EGF  builds  on 
2014-2020 MFF. In particular, it remains outside the 
budgetary  ceiling  of  the  MFF  given  the  non-
programmable  nature  of  its  mandate.  The  maximum 
amount  for  the  period  2021–2027  is  set  at  almost 
EUR 1.467 billion in current prices. 

For  the  2021-2027  MFF,  the  EGF  was  redesigned  to 
ensure  greater  inclusiveness  and  flexibility  to  better 
respond  to  current  and  future  economic  challenges, 
such  as  automation  and  digitalisation,  the  transition 
to  low  carbon  economy,  etc.  Therefore,  its  scope  is 
broadened  to  any  type  of  significant  restructuring 
event  regardless  of  the  cause,  and  the  eligibility 
threshold  has  been  lowered  from  500  to  200 
displaced workers.  

the 

further 

Challenge 
Globalisation  and  technological  change  are  likely  to 
increase 
and 
Labour 
interdependence 
reallocation is an integral and inevitable part of such 
economic change. These trends risk further tilting the 
already  unequal  distribution  of  the  benefits  from 
globalisation,  causing  a  significant  impact  on  the 
people and regions adversely affected. 

interconnectedness 
economies. 

of  world 

Ensuring a fair distribution of the benefits of change 
calls  for  offering  assistance  to  displaced  workers. 
When the number of displaced workers is particularly 
large, providing assistance may go beyond the means 
of  the  individual  Member  State,  requiring  EU-level 
action.  In  particular,  EU  intervention  through  the  EGF 
generates  European  added  value  by  increasing  the 
number,  variety  and  intensity  of  services  offered  to 
even more dismissed workers and for a longer period 
of time than would be possible without EGF funding. 

supporting 

Mission 
socioeconomic 
The  EGF  aims  at 
transformations  that  are  the  result  of  globalisation 
and  of 
technological  advance  as  well  as  of 
environmental  changes  by  helping  displaced  workers 
and self-employed persons whose activity has ceased 
to adapt to structural change.  

The  EGF 
is  an  emergency  fund  that  operates 
reactively  to  assist  displaced  workers  affected  by 
major restructuring events. It is guided by—and helps 
implement—the principles defined under the European 
Pillar  of  Social  Rights  (including  equal  opportunities 
and  access  to  the  labour  market,  fair  working 
conditions,  and  social  protection  and  inclusion)  and 
enhances  social  and  economic  cohesion  among 
regions  and  Member  States.  It  adds  to  existing 
mainstream restructuring assistance programmes and 
services  for  labour  market  actors,  without  replacing 
existing resources.  

Objectives 
The EGF’s objectives are to demonstrate solidarity and 
promote  decent  and  sustainable  employment  by 
offering assistance in the case of major restructuring 
events.  

the 

Actions 
The  EGF  co-finances  coordinated  packages  of 
personalised  services  designed  to  facilitate  the 
in 
re-integration  of 
particular  the  most  disadvantaged  among  them,  into 
employment or self-employment. Its main focus is on 
active  labour  market  measures  (e.g.  training  and 
retraining, 
outplacement 
assistance,  aid  for  self-employment  or  business 
start-ups). Assistance is granted for a limited period. 

job-search  assistance, 

targeted  beneficiaries, 

Delivery mode 

182 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
 
Special Instruments and Mechanism Outside the MFF 

Performance Framework 

EGF common indicators42:: change in the participants education/training and labour market situation 

Indicator43 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Total EGF beneficiaries in a given case 

Outreach:  participants  in  the 
EGF 
(i.e. 
measures 
beneficiaries) 

Output  

Competent  authority  of  the 
Member 
State 
(for a given case) 

First  data  in  2024;  estimated  lag 
seven months from the end date of 
case implementation; one time  

by 

Beneficiaries 
(unemployed/inactive/employed 
employed) 

employment 

status 
(dependent)/self-

Beneficiaries by gender (female/male/non binary) 

Beneficiaries  by  age  group  (below  30  years/above 
54 years)  

Beneficiaries  by  education 
lower 
secondary  education  or  less/with  upper  secondary 
or 
tertiary 
education) 

education/  with 

post-secondary 

(with 

level 

Output 

Output 

Output 

Output 

Competent  authority  of  the 
Member 
State 
(for a given case) 

First  data  in  2024;  estimated  lag 
seven months from the end date of 
case implementation; one time  

Competent  authority  of  the 
Member 
State 
(for a given case) 

First  data  in  2024;  estimated  lag 
seven months from the end date of 
case implementation; one time  

Competent  authority  of  the 
State 
Member 
(for a given case) 

First  data  in  2024;  estimated  lag 
seven months from the end date of 
case implementation; one time  

Competent  authority  of  the 
State 
Member 
(for a given case) 

First  data  in  2024;  estimated  lag 
seven months from the end date of 
case implementation; one time  

Percentage  of  EGF  beneficiaries  who  gained  a 
qualification  

Effect of the EGF six months 
after  the  end  of  the  case 
implementation 

Result 

Competent  authority  of  the 
Member 
State 
(for a given case) 

First  data  in  2024;  estimated  lag 
seven months from the end date of 
case implementation; one time  

Percentage  of  EGF  beneficiaries  in  education  or 
training 

Effect of the EGF six months 
after  the  end  of  the  case 
implementation 

Result 

Competent  authority  of  the 
Member 
State 
(for a given case) 

First  data  in  2024;  estimated  lag 
seven months from the end date of 
case implementation; one time  

Percentage  of  EGF  beneficiaries  in  employment 
(dependent/self-employed) 

Effect of the EGF six months 
after  the  end  of  the  case 
implementation 

Results 

Competent  authority  of  the 
Member State 

(for a given case) 

First  data  in  2024;  estimated  lag 
seven months from the end date of 
case implementation; one time  

Estimation of baselines and 
targets  

EGF output indicators  

EGF output indicators refer to the number of beneficiaries. The baseline is the number of 
targeted beneficiaries as specified by the Member State concerned.  

Baseline  

EGF result indicators 

EGF result indicators refer to the outputs directly and can be expressed in percentages. 

The baselines can be set after all final reports from 2014-2020 programming period have 
been submitted to the Commission by the Member States (i.e. mid-2023).  

42 Member States collect and report data at case level. For COM internal reporting purposes, cumulative data are reported on an annual basis. 

43 The agreement reached by the European Parliament and Council on the 2021-2027 EGF Regulation allows for breaking down the data by gender for all 
indicators. 

183 

  
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
Special Instruments and Mechanism Outside the MFF 

The result indicators will not have milestones. 

Target 

It lies in the nature of special instruments that they are used to flexibly react to unexpected 
events. As a consequence, the actions covered by the EGF are, by definition, not 
programmable. Therefore, defining in advance how many major restructuring events will take 
place in a given year, or how many will lead to an EGF application, is not possible.  

At case level, there are many factors that have an impact on the success of a case: first of all, 
it is the general situation of the economy, as well as the extent to which the profiles of the 
dismissed workers match the profiles sought after on the labour market. Therefore, it is not 
possible to use past success rates as a reference.  

The agreement reached by the European Parliament and Council on the 2021-2027 EGF 
Regulation allows the introduction of a beneficiary survey. In the long-run, it might be possible 
to collect further qualitative and quantitative data, for example on the perceived improvement 
of the employment status. This could translate into possibilities of performance measurement 
by means of a scorecard. Once knowledge is gathered, the Commission might review the 
possibility of target setting. The first surveys are unlikely to be conducted before 2024. 

184 

 
 
 
Special Instruments and Mechanism Outside the MFF 

EUSF 
European Union Solidarity Fund  

COUNCIL REGULATION establishing 
the European Union Solidarity Fund 

(EC) No 2012/2002 

RELEVANT WEBSITE FOR MORE 
INFORMATION 
https://europa.eu/!mu93qX  

FINANCIAL PROGRAMMING  
(EUR MILLION) 
3 114.544 

2014-2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026 

2027 

Total 
programming 

98.0 

50.0 

50.0 

50.0 

50.0 

50.0 

50.0 

398.0 

IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
The impact assessment of the EUSF 
was completed in 2019 
For further information please consult: 
https://europa.eu/!yj89yD  

44  Corresponds  to  the  sum  of  yearly 

budgeted amounts. 

Challenge 
Solidarity  is  one  of  the  fundamental  values  of  the 
European  Union  and  a  guiding  principle  of  the 
European  integration  process.  The  European  Union 
Solidarity Fund (EUSF) is based on this very principle, 
in  that  this  mechanism  turns  solidarity  into  tangible 
aid  for  Member  States  or  countries  negotiating  their 
accession to the EU, if they are affected by major or 
regional natural disasters such as earthquakes, floods, 
droughts, forest fires, storms, etc. 

The  EUSF  is  bringing  EU  added  value  to  Member 
States and accession countries, notably because of its 
intervene  with  additional  financial 
readiness  to 
resources.  Its  financial  contribution  to  post-disaster 
efforts  for  assisting  the  affected  population  and  for 
reconstruction  is  valued  especially  in  countries  and 
regions  with  tight  financing  constraints.  In  addition, 
in  public 
the 
administration  and  supports  learning  processes  and 
the evolution of disaster risk management. 

fund  promotes  EU 

standards 

Mission 
The  EUSF  is  a  budgetary  instrument  designed  to 
contribute  to  post-disaster  relief  in  Member  States 
and  countries  negotiating  their  accession  to  the  EU 
(henceforth,  eligible  beneficiaries)  confronted  with 
devastating natural disasters and major public health 
emergencies.  

Objectives 
The EUSF’s objective is to grant financial assistance to 
eligible  beneficiaries  in  the  event  of  a  major  natural 
disaster  or  a  major  public  health  emergency  with 
serious repercussions on living conditions, the natural 
environment  or  the  economy,  for  the  financing  of 
emergency 
public 
authorities in support of the affected population.  

undertaken 

operations 

by 

Solidarity support from the Fund is complementary to 
the efforts of the countries receiving it and is used to 
cover  part  of  public expenditure  incurred  in  response 
to the disaster. The Fund can be used for emergency 
relief actions in areas affected by a significant natural 
disaster. The Fund is designed in such a way that the 
amount  of  support  is  related  to  the  size  of  the 
disaster.  It  also  takes  into  account  the  country's 
capacity to cope on its own with the financial burden 
triggered by the disaster. 

Actions 
The  EUSF  can  (re-)finance  public  emergency  and 
recovery  operations  from  day  one  of  the  disaster  or 
health emergency. In case of a natural disaster, it can 
finance restoring basic infrastructure to working order, 
providing  temporary  accommodation  and  funding 
rescue  services  to  help  the  population  affected, 
securing of preventive infrastructure (e.g. dams/dykes) 
and  cleaning-up  operations.  In  case  of  a  health 
emergency,  it  can  provide  rapid  assistance,  including 
medical  aid  to  the  population,  and  protect  it  from 
risks,  including  through  prevention,  monitoring  or 
control of the spread of diseases. 

Delivery mode 
Eligibility  is  determined  by  total  direct  non-insurable 
(public)  loss  and/or  damage,  which  must  exceed  a 
threshold specific to each eligible beneficiary. It is set 
at  national  level  (“major  disasters”)  or  at  regional 
level  (“regional  disasters”).  The  number  and  size  of 
eligible  disasters  determine  the  amount  of  aid  in  a 
given year.  

The total annual budgetary allocation to the Fund laid 
down  in  the  multiannual  financial  framework  is  a 
ceiling,  rather  than  a  spending  target.  The  Fund  is 
therefore not programmable as it entirely depends on 
the  unpredictable  occurrence,  nature  and  magnitude 
of these disasters. 

The  Commission  may not  activate  the  EUSF  upon  its 
own  initiative.  Financial  assistance  from  the  EUSF  is 
mobilised  from  appropriations  raised  by  the  Council 
and  the  European  Parliament  over  and  above  the 
normal EU budget appropriations. This ensures that in 
each  case  the  aid  comes  as  an  expression  of 
solidarity with the full backing of Member States and 
the  Parliament,  not  just  as  an  administrative  act  of 
the Commission. 

Once  the  appropriations  become  available  in  the  EU 
budget,  the  Commission  adopts  a  decision  awarding 
the  aid  to  the  affected  State,  which  receives  it 
immediately and in a single instalment. After the aid 
is  paid  out,  the  affected  State  is  responsible  for  the 
implementation  including  the  selection  of  operations 
and their audit and control. Emergency measures may 
be  financed  retroactively  from  day  one  of  the 
disaster. 

is 

lead  DG 

(DG REGIO) 

Directorate-General  (DG)  for  Regional  and  Urban 
for  EUSF 
Policy 
the 
implemented 
implementation.  EUSF  assistance  is 
through  shared  management  (indirect  management 
for  countries  negotiating  their  accession  to  the  EU). 
However,  in  order  to  minimise  the  administrative 
burden on countries struggling with a serious disaster 
and  to  maximise  the  budgetary  effect,  there  are  no 
programming 
co-financing 
requirements. 

national 

and 

no 

In 

Link to MFF 2014-2020  
The  EUSF  is  a  special  instrument  outside  the  normal 
EU  budget.  Its  mobilisation  requires  the  approval  of 
the  European  Parliament  and  Council. 
the 
2021-2027  MFF,  the  EUSF  will  be  financed  through 
the Solidarity and Emergency Aid Reserve (SEAR). The 
maximum  annual  amount  of  SEAR  is  EUR  1.2  billion 
(in  2018  prices).  Of  this  amount,  75%  is  released  in 
equal  parts  to  the  EUSF  and  the  Emergency  Aid 
Reserve 
the  unspent 
amounts from the first period and after 1 October the 
retained  25%  can  be  used  by  any  of  the  SEAR 
components.  

(EAR).  After  1 September 

185 

 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
Special Instruments and Mechanism Outside the MFF 

Performance Framework 

Note: T= starting date of implementation, i.e. date of the adoption of awarding Implementing Decision 
Indicators will be measured annual. However, in order to avoid double counting, assistance provided will be counted only for the year when the awarding 
Implementing Decision is adopted. The indicators below are provided only for monitoring purposes. 

Grant financial assistance to Member States or countries negotiating their accession to the EU in the event of a major 
natural disaster or a major public health emergency. 

Indicator 

Dimension 
measured 

Type 

Source 

Data availability 

Population  of  the  EUSF-supported  countries  and 
regions 

Outreach 

Output 

Eurostat, REGIO monitoring 

First  data  in  T;  T  in  real-time; 
annually 

Number of countries supported by EUSF 

Outreach 

Output 

REGIO monitoring 

First  data  in  T;  T  in  real-time; 
annually 

Estimation of baselines and targets 

Type of 
Indicator 
Output  

0 

Baseline 

Milestone 

Target 

Not  available.  Given  the  nature  of  the 
programme,  the  output  indicators  only 
serve monitoring purposes. 

Not  available.  Given 
the 
programme,  the  output  indicators  only  serve 
monitoring purposes 

the  nature  of 

186 

 
 
 
METHODOLOGICAL NOTE 

Description of the programme 

The following information is presented to describe each of the 2021-2027 programmes: 

-  Challenge: brief description of the challenge that the programme is designed to solve, and of the reasons why addressing it at the EU level 

provides added value in the form of superior outcomes (over and above what could be achieved by Member States acting on their own). 

-  Mission: brief description of the general objective of the programme.  

-  Objectives:  list  of  specific  objectives  of  the  programme.  For  programmes  with  a  large  number  of  specific  objectives,  groups  of  specific 

objectives are used instead. 

-  Actions: what the programme is financing in order to achieve its objectives. 

-  Delivery  mode:  description  of  the  way  that  the  programme  is  implemented,  including  if  relevant  the  lead  DG  within  the  European 

Commission, agencies involved, type of management, types of financing, etc. 

-  Link to 2014-20 MFF: short description of what has changed in the transition from the 2014-2020 to the 2021-27 MFF.  

Financial information 

Top-ups coming from the Next Generation EU are included inside the programmes benefitting from the additional funds, unless stated otherwise. 
The amounts also take into account the 2022 programme-specific adjustments stemming from Article 5 (fines) of Council Regulation 2020/2093 
(2021-2027 Multiannual Financial Framework Regulation). 

The  2014-2020  budgets  had  allocations  for  28  Member  States  (including  the  UK),  whereas  the  2021-2027  financial  programming  have 
allocations for 27 Member States (excluding the UK). 

Performance framework - List of indicators 

The  performance  framework  for  the  2021-2027  spending  programmes  includes approximately 700 indicators.  This  number  has  been  reduced 
from over 1 100 indicators in the 2014-2020 period.  

In this Annex, the performance framework section of each programme presents the indicators included in the legal bases of the programme for 
the 2021-2027 period; the indicators are grouped by specific objective. If an indicator is associated to several specific objectives,  such indicator 
will appear several times (once for each specific objective).  

Based on the legal status of the programme, the source of the list of indicators could be: 

- 

- 

- 

legal base adopted; 

legal base agreed between the European Parliament and the Council; 

Commission’s proposal. 

If the legal base of the programme has not beed adopted yet, this information is highlighted on the top-right corner of the programme fiche. 

Performance framework – Indicator metadata 

For each indicator the following technical information is provided: 

-  Dimension measured: particular aspect of the specific objective that the indicator is measuring.  

-  Type: The Better Regulation guidelines45 define three types of indicators: 

o  Output: related to the financing provided or legal inputs, such as calls published or contracts signed. 

o 

Result: related directly to the measures financed, such as number of participants in trainings, number of companies financed, 
number of researchers receiving financing). 

45 https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/better-regulation-guidelines-monitoring.pdf 

187 

 
                                                 
o 

Impact:  showing the  desired  shift  towards  objectives  but still  closely  related to  the  measures  financed,  such  as number  of 
participants in trainings that have expanded their skill set, amount of renewable energy generation capacity installed. 

-  Source: source of the indicator data (e.g. database). 

-  Data availability: it includes three elements related to data availability: 

o 

o 

o 

First year in which the actual data is expected to be reported; 

Time lag: time gap between when the results take place and the reporting of the data. 

Frequency of available data: annually, quarterly, monthly, etc. 

Example containing the three data availability elements: First data in 2023; estimated lag 1 year; annually.  

Performance framework – Estimation of baselines and targets 

This  section  describes  how  the  targets,  milestones  and  baselines  will  be  set  at  the  beginning  of  the  implementation  period.  It  describes  the 
methodology and main assumptions which will be used to define the specific values.  

Targets come in various forms (e.g. quotas, benchmarks, numerical goals, etc). In some cases, the final target will be set for 2027, the end of the 
programming  period.  However,  account  should  be  taken  of  the  specific  nature  of  European  Structural  and  Investment  Funds,  which  can  be 
implemented is extended over the 3 years following the commitment of the funding, therefore the final target can be set for 2030. 

Baselines  are  a  measurements  taken  prior  to  a  specific  intervention,  which  allows  the  results  before  and  after  (i.e.  with  and  without)  the 
intervention to be compared. In the context of the EU budget, the baseline is the measurement of the indicator before the start of the EU budget 
funding for the current programming period. 

Because of its nature, a baseline is not always available for all the indicators, whereas in some cases the baseline should be considered to be 
zero. This is the case, for example, for ‘output indicators’ relating to the specific deliverables of the intervention, such as the number of projects 
funded by the EU budget. In the case of output indicators, the measurement prior to the EU budget intervention (baseline) is considered to be 
zero. 

The measurement of an indicator before the budgetary period need not automatically be considered as a baseline, since its measurement could 
have been influenced by the EU budget actions from the previous period. 

188